Environmental Project No. 1329, 2010 Life Cycle Assessment of Biogas from Separated slurryContents
3 Reference scenario for pig and for cow slurry (scenario A)
7 Biogas production from raw pig slurry and fibre pellets (Scenario I) – results and interpretation
Process F.19: Separation of the degassed biomass mixture Processes F.20 to F.23: fate of the degassed fibre fraction
Processes F.24 to F.27: fate of the degassed liquid fraction
Process F.28: Avoided production and application of mineral fertilizers and yield changes
Process G.19: Separation of the degassed biomass mixture Processes G.20 to G.23: fate of the degassed fibre fraction
Processes G.24 to G.27: fate of the degassed liquid fraction
Process G.28: Avoided production and application of mineral fertilizers and yield changes Annex H. Fibre fraction from mechanical separation for biogas production – Life Cycle Inventory data
Processes H.19 to H.22: Fate of the degassed biomass
Process H.23: Avoided production and application of mineral fertilizers and yield changes Annex I. Fibre pellets from mechanical separation for biogas production – Life Cycle Inventory data
Processes I.19 to I.22: Fate of the degassed biomass
Process I.23 to I.25: Fate of the ash from the Samson Bimatech Energy Plant Process I.26: Avoided production and application of mineral fertilizers and yield changes PrefaceThis study, entitled “Life Cycle Assessment of Biogas from Separated slurry” was commissioned by the Environmental Protection Agency of Denmark. It consists of the continuation of the project entitled “Life Cycle Assessment of Management Technologies”, available on Environmental Protection Agency of Denmark website (project no. 1298, 2009) and references to it are made several times throughout the present study. The outcome of this project consists of the present background report and 4 life cycle inventory annexes detailing all the calculations, assumptions and data used for the life cycle assessment of the different biogas production scenarios. The project has been carried out by Lorie Hamelin, Marianne Wesnæs and Henrik Wenzel from University of Southern Denmark in cooperation with Bjørn Molt Petersen, Department of Agroecology and Environment, Faculty of Agricultural Sciences, Aarhus University. The project was carried out in the period of August 2009 - December 2009. This study could not have been performed without the significant contributions from:
Furthermore, the authors would like to acknowledge the contributions from:
Definitions and abbreviationsAsh. Ash is the remains after heating the dry matter (DM, see below) at 550°C for one hour. Typically, 20% of the dry matter is ash. Another term frequently used for ashes is “fixed solids” (FS). DM - Dry matter. DM is the fraction of the manure that is left after water has been evaporated due to heating at 80°C to constant weight for typically 24 hours. It typically constitutes 1 – 10% of the slurry by mass (Sommer et al., 2008). In Danish: Tørstof (TS). It also consists of the total of volatile and fixed solids, and is frequently referred to as “total solids” (TS). Ecoinvent. Ecoinvent database (v2.0) is a life cycle inventory database containing more than 4000 datasets in a wide variety of areas such as agriculture, energy supply, transport, bioenergy and biomaterials, chemicals, construction materials, packaging materials, metal processing, electronics, etc. These data are internationally recognised as high-quality data and are thoroughly documented with extensive background reports, including uncertainty assessment, and they have been independently reviewed. LCA - Life Cycle Assessment. LCA is the assessment of the environmental impact of a product (or service) throughout its lifespan, i.e. “from cradle to grave”. The environmental impacts are followed through the whole product chain, typically from raw material extraction, through production and use, to final disposal or recycling. This methodology is standardised by the ISO standards ISO 14044 (ISO, 2006a) and ISO 14040 (ISO, 2006b). Marginal data (marginal supply). Marginal data are used in consequential LCA. This represents the data from the marginal supply, i.e. the one responding to a minute change in demand on the market in question. TAN - Total Available Nitrogen: TAN is the sum of NH3-N + NH4+-N. At pH 7.8 almost all the TAN is NH4 +(only around 1% is NH3). TAN is often used as synonym for NH4+ (assuming that the amount of NH3 is insignificant), e.g. by Hansen et al. (2008) and by the Danish Norm Data (Poulsen et al. (2001), DJF (2008) and DJF (2008)), which use “NH4+” and “TAN” for the same numbers. Strictly speaking, it does not totally cover the same – however, for practice use, they are used as synonyms – also in this study. VS - Volatile solids. VS are the fraction of DM that volatilises when heating the DM at 550°C for one hour. This is the fraction lost during incineration (Sommer et al., 2008). The content of volatile solids is equal to the difference between the dry matter and ashes (VS = DM – ash). Typically, about 80% of DM is VS for slurry. In Danish: Askefrit tørstof eller glødetab. VS – easily and heavily degradable. A distinction is made between two types of VS, the easily degradable VS (VSED) and the heavily (or slowly) degradable VS (VSSD). As opposed to the easily degradable VS, the heavily (or slowly) degradable VS are recalcitrant to microbial degradation (and subsequent transformation to CH4 and CO2). Among the different components constituting the VS (e.g. lipid, protein, volatile fatty acids, carbohydrates), this distinction between easily and heavily VS concerns only the carbohydrates (the VS from lipid, protein and volatile fatty acids are considered to be easily degradable only). Sommer et al. (2009) define the heavily degradable VS (VSSD) as the amount of VS in the crude fibre, i.e.: VDSD=VScrude fibre. The easily degradable VS (VSED) is defined as the remaining, from the whole VS content: VSED= VS – VSSD. Slurry: A mixture of all the faeces, urine and some bedding materials (straw, etc.) which is traditionally collected from the pit below the slatted floors. The dry matter content of slurry is typically 1-10% which is lower than for other types of manure, due to addition of washing water and little use of bedding materials. Slurry “ex animal”: Slurry directly after its excretion from the animals (ex-excretion) and before undergoing any further transformation (i.e. losses or addition). Slurry “ex housing”: Slurry leaving the slurry pits in the housing system. Slurry “ex storage”: Slurry after a long time of outdoor storage. Sammenfatning og konklusionerDe miljømæssige aspekter af biogasproduktion baseret på forbehandlet gylle fra slagtesvin og malkekvæg er undersøgt. Forbehandlingen består i opkoncentrering af gyllen ved hjælp af separationsteknologi. De miljømæssige aspekter er undersøgt ved anvendelse af livscyklusvurdering (LCA) som den grundlæggende metode. Der kan opnås betydelige miljømæssige fordele for både gylle fra slagtesvin og gylle fra malkekvæg sammenlignet med den ”konventionelle håndtering af gylle”, særligt med hensyn til at reducere bidragene til global opvarmning, men resultaterne afhænger i høj grad af effektiviteten af separationsteknologien før biogasanlægget. Separation efter biogasanlægget kan tilføjes, og dette kan bidrage til en mere effektiv udnyttelse af fosfor, hvilket er inkluderet i undersøgelsen. Baggrund og formålFormålet med undersøgelsen ”Livscyklusvurdering af biogas baseret på separeret gylle” er at fremme det igangværende arbejde med at etablere et fundament, der muliggør gennemførelsen af livscyklusvurderinger (LCA) af gyllebehandlingsteknologier i Danmark. Dette er nu blevet udbygget med biogasscenarier. Resultaterne af undersøgelsen er:
Formålet med undersøgelsen har været at give et svar på spørgsmålet: ”Hvad er de miljømæssige fordele og ulemper ved at bruge gylle fra slagtesvin eller malkekvæg til biogasproduktion, i stedet for at bruge den rå gylle som gødning ved at udbringe den til marker uden forudgående behandling?” I undersøgelsen vurderes fire forskellige biogasscenarier med gylle som eneste input til processen (dvs. uden supplerende tilsætning af let nedbrydelige kulstofforbindelser). Selv om biogas fremstillet udelukkende med gylle som input endnu ikke er den mest udbredte praksis i Danmark, er det sandsynligt, at dette bliver et vigtigt alternativ i Danmark fremover, både på grund af regeringens mål om at halvdelen af al husdyrgødning i 2020 skal bruges til grøn energi (jf. ”Grøn Vækst”), men også fordi der er begrænset adgang til andre kulstofkilder (f.eks. organisk affald) som omsættes sammen med gyllen. Undersøgelsen er en fortsættelse af projektet ”Livscyklusvurdering af gyllehåndteringsteknologier”, som blev startet af ”Partnerskab for Industriel Bioteknologi”. Begge projekter er udført for Miljøstyrelsen. UndersøgelsenUndersøgelsen inkluderer fire biogasscenarier:
HovedkonklusionerBaseret på resultaterne af undersøgelsen kan det konkluderes at:
De miljømæssige fordele er endvidere meget afhængige af hvilken energikilde den producerede kraftvarme fra biogassen substituerer.
ProjektresultaterDe miljømæssige fordele er opgjort per ton gylle ab dyr for at sikre et fælles grundlag for sammenligningerne mellem teknologierne. Miljøvurderingerne af biogasproduktion baseret på en blanding af rå og separeret gylle er blevet udført ved at sammenligne de udvalgte biogasscenarier med et referencescenarie. Referencescenarie er fastlagt som den ”konventionelle” måde at håndtere gylle på, dvs. at gyllen lagres indtil den kan spredes på marken, hvorved gyllens gødningsværdi udnyttes. Livscyklusmetodikken danner grundlag for sammenligningen. For de biogasscenarier, der inkluderer en effektiv separationsteknologi inden biogasanlægget, er der fundet en række interessante resultater:
For det biogasscenarie, der er baseret på separeringsteknologi med lav effektivitet, og for det biogasscenarie, der er baseret på tilførsel af fiberpiller, er der ikke fundet væsentlige miljømæssige fordele. Kun for global opvarmning og for forbrug af ikke-vedvarende energi er der reduktioner, men disse er imidlertid meget mindre i forhold til de biogasscenarier, der er baseret på separationsteknologi med høj separationseffektivitet. Det skyldes meget simpelt, at hvis separationseffektiviteten er lav, overføres de let-omsættelige kulstofforbindelser ikke til fiberfraktionen (som transporteres videre til biogasanlægget) men bliver i den tynde fraktion, der bliver lagret og spredt på marken hos landmanden parallelt med den ubehandlede gylle i referencescenariet. For alle biogasscenarier – både dem med høj separationseffektivitet og for dem med lav separationseffektivitet – gælder det, at de resulterer i gylle med højere kvælstoftilgængelighed og der opstår dermed et potentiale for udbyttestigning. Denne udbyttestigning er inkluderet og omsat til produktion af dansk hvede, (hvorved det ekstra udbytte erstatter hvede, der ellers skulle have været produceret, hvorfor dette trækkes fra systemerne). Det skal dog bemærkes, at det ekstra udbytte er forholdsvis lille, og at de miljømæssige konsekvenser af dette ikke bidrager væsentligt til at reducere den samlede netto-virkningen af de forskellige miljøpåvirkninger. En yderligere undersøgelse af hvilke afgrøder, der undgås, er ikke inkluderet. For alle scenarier er der to store ”hot spots”, der bidrager til flere af miljøeffekterne: Opbevaring af gylle i stalden (hovedsageligt pga. emissioner af NH3 og CH4) og processerne efter gyllen er spredt på marken. Disse repræsenterer muligheder for forbedringer af de samlede miljøbelastninger fra gylle, og dermed også for biogasscenarierne. Opbevaring af fiberfraktionen før og efter biogasanlægget er afgørende for det samlede bidrag til især global opvarmning og forsuring. Afdækning af fiberfraktionen under lagring kan reducere den globale opvarmning. Disse resultater gælder for danske forhold, og kan ikke umiddelbart overføres til lande med andet klima, anden lovgivning vedr. næringsstofregulering eller andre produktionssystemer. Summary and conclusionsThe environmental aspects of biogas production based on pre-treated slurry from fattening pigs and dairy cows have been investigated in a life cycle perspective. The pre-treatment consists of concentrating the slurry using a separation technology. Significant environmental benefits, compared to the status quo slurry management, can be obtained for both pig and cow slurry, especially regarding reductions of the contributions to global warming, but the results depend to a large extent on the efficiency of the separation technology. Adding separation after the biogas plant can contribute to a more efficient management of the phosphorus, and this has also been investigated. Background and objectivesThe objective of the study “Life Cycle Assessment of Biogas from Separated slurry” has been to foster the on-going work on a foundation for Life Cycle Assessment of slurry management in Denmark by biogas production scenarios. The outcomes of the study are:
The goal of the study has been to provide an answer to the question: “What are the environmental benefits and disadvantages of using fattening pig slurry or dairy cow slurry for biogas production instead of using the raw slurry as an organic fertiliser and spread it on land without any prior treatment?” This project assesses four biogas production alternatives where slurry is the only input in the process (i.e. without supplementary addition of easily degradable carbon). Although biogas produced exclusively from slurry input is not yet the most common practice in Denmark, it is likely to become an important alternative for the Danish panorama. This is due to the target to use more slurry for biogas production, but also to the limited availability of the carbon-source materials that are actually co-digested with the slurry. The study is a continuation of the project “Life Cycle Assessment of Slurry Management Technologies”, initiated by “Partnership for Industrial Biotechnology”. Both projects are commissioned by the Environmental Protection Agency of Denmark. ScopeThe study includes 4 biogas scenarios:
Main conclusionsBased on the results of the study it can be concluded that:
The benefits are also highly dependent upon the source of energy substituted by the biogas.
Project resultsThe overall environmental benefits are expressed per ton of slurry ex animal in order to ensure a common ground for comparisons between technologies. This is the basis on which the results of this study rely. The environmental assessment of biogas production scenarios based on a mixture of raw and separated slurry has been performed by comparing the selected biogas scenarios with a reference scenario. This reference scenario is defined as the “conventional” way of managing slurry, i.e. storing it and applying it to the field as an organic fertiliser. The Life Cycle Assessment methodology forms the basis for the comparison. For the biogas scenarios involving an efficient separation technology before the biogas production, the following results have been found:
No significant environmental benefits were obtained for the biogas scenario involving a separation technology with a low efficiency and the use of processed fibre pellets for the biogas production. For the biogas scenario involving a separation technology with a low efficiency and the used of fibre fraction for the biogas production, the only significant environmental benefits apply to the impact “global warming” and the impact “non-renewable energy”. The magnitude of these benefits is however much smaller as compared to the scenarios involving a separation technology with high separation efficiency. For both separation technology types (high and low efficiency), the biogas scenarios resulted in a slurry with higher nitrogen availability and thereby a potential for yield increase. This was taken into account and translated into the production of Danish wheat that is avoided through this increased yield. However, this represented a rather small difference and did not contribute significantly to reduce the overall net impact of the different environmental impact categories considered. For all scenarios, there are two major hot spots contributing to the impact categories assessed: in-house slurry storage (mostly through NH3 and CH4) and field processes. These represent opportunities for potential improvement of the overall environmental performance of the biogas scenarios assessed. The storage of the fibre fraction before and after the biogas plant is crucial for the overall contributions to especially global warming and acidification. Uncovered storage of the fibre fraction may reduce the global warming benefits of the scenarios assessed. These results only apply for Danish conditions and the results cannot be transferred to other countries with different climate, different production systems and different laws and rules regarding regulation of nutrients. 1 Introduction and objectives
1.1 BackgroundThe Danish Environmental Protection Agency, in collaboration with different companies and organisations active in Denmark, initiated the preparation of a foundation for Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) for slurry management technologies. As a result, a recent LCA report was released assessing five different scenarios of slurry management (including a reference scenario for both fattening pigs and dairy cows slurry management), highlighting the environmental consequences and hot spots of these slurry management scenarios. The present study represents a continuation of this foundation and build on the same reference scenarios. However, the emphasis of the present study is on different biogas production scenarios. In fact, anaerobic digestion of animal slurry has many acknowledged benefits such as: the production of a biogas rich in methane that can be used as a renewable energy source, mitigations effect on greenhouse gas and the production of an organic fertiliser having enhanced agronomic properties (as compared to raw slurry). In a high animal density country such as Denmark, anaerobic digestion therefore represents an interesting avenue not only for manure management, but also for renewable energy production, given the large quantities of slurry produced. Moreover, the target to use 40 % of all the slurry produced in Denmark for biogas production by 2020 has been announced many times, as well as the possibility to eventually use all manure produced in Denmark for biogas production. Currently, it is approximately only 5 % of the slurry that is digested for biogas production. This project assesses four biogas production alternatives where, in all cases, slurry is the only input to the process. Although biogas produced exclusively from slurry input (i.e. without supplementary addition of easily degradable carbon) is not yet the most common practice in Denmark, it is likely to become an important alternative for the Danish panorama. This is due to the target to use more slurry for biogas production, but also to the limited availability of the C-source materials that are actually co-digested with the slurry. As for the first publication of this LCA foundation initiative for slurry management technologies, the participating companies and organisations have agreed to put their own data, mass balances and emissions data at the disposal. 1.2 Objectives and goal of the studyThe objective of the present study is to foster the on-going LCA foundation for Life Cycle Assessment of slurry management in Denmark (described in Wesnæs et al., 2009) by biogas production scenarios. The outcomes of this study are:
The goal of this study is the same as in the first part of this on-going LCA foundation for Life Cycle Assessment of slurry management in Denmark, i.e. to provide an answer to the following question: “What are the environmental benefits and disadvantages of introducing this technology for slurry management?” Therefore, all biogas scenarios established in this study will be compared to the reference slurry management scenario established in Wesnæs et al. (2009), i.e. using raw slurry as an organic fertiliser and spread it on land without any prior treatment. The results of this study are intended for public disclosure and will be communicated to all participating companies and organisations. They are intended to provide a rigorous and documented support to decision making as regarding the implementation of the different biogas technologies presented in this study (as an alternative to the conventional slurry management). 1.3 Organisation, Participants and Target GroupsThis study was commissioned by the Environmental Protection Agency of Denmark. The project was carried out in the period August 2009 - December 2009 for a budget corresponding to approximately 1½ month of fulltime work. The steering committee for the study includes:
This study could not have been performed without the significant contributions from:
Furthermore, the authors would like to acknowledge the contributions from:
The study has been carried out by Lorie Hamelin, Marianne Wesnæs and Henrik Wenzel from the University of Southern Denmark in close collaboration with Bjørn Molt Petersen, Department of Agroecology and Environment, Faculty of Agricultural Sciences, Aarhus University. 2 Scope
2.1 MethodologyThe methodology used in this study is Life Cycle Assessment, and is standardised by international standards ISO 14044 (ISO, 2006a) and ISO 14040 (ISO, 2006b). This methodology assesses, for the whole life-cycle of a given product or service, the environmental impacts generated as a consequence to this product or service. According to the ISO standards 14044 and 14040 (ISO, 2006a; ISO, 2006b), a LCA is an iterative methodology including four main phases:
The present study is a comparative study; all four biogas scenarios will be compared to the reference scenario established and described by Wesnæs et al. (2009). The primary data for the technologies in this study are delivered by the producers of these technologies. Background data are from the Ecoinvent database (v2.0) as it is acknowledged that this is the most reliable and high-quality database for Life Cycle Inventory data, providing transparent, independent and consistent data for a large variety of processes. The Ecoinvent database structure and supporting material is described in more details by Frischknecht et al. (2007). Access to the Ecoinvent database requires a licence (Ecoinvent Centre, 2009). The modelling has been carried out by the use of the Simapro 7.1 LCA software. Details about the software can be found in PRé Consultants (2009). The use of this software also requires a license. 2.2 System overview: reference scenarios and alternatives2.2.1 Reference Scenario (Scenario A)The reference scenario used in this study reflects the conventional slurry management practices for both fattening pig slurry and dairy cow slurry, i.e. the slurry is used as an organic fertiliser and is spread to land without any prior treatment. For both fattening pig and dairy cow slurry, the reference scenario can be summarised as the following three main stages:
The in-housing slurry composition, which is the very basis for the various changes slurry undergoes according to the alternative studied, is described in the reference scenario (Annex A of Wesnæs et al., 2009 for an comprehensive description; Annex A of this study for a summarised description). The reference scenario used in the present study is the same as extensively described in Wesnæs et al. (2009), unless when otherwise specified. Some of the key processes described in Wesnæs et al. (2009) for the reference scenario are also described in Annex A of the present report. All the alternative biogas treatments investigated in this study will be compared to this reference scenario. 2.2.2 Biogas from raw pig slurry and fibre fraction from chemical-mechanical separation (Scenario F)This scenario considers the production of biogas with the two following inputs:
These fractions do not necessarily come from the same farm (and most probably they do not), but they both end up at the biogas plant. Once at the biogas plant, these fractions are mixed according to their composition and to their degradability in order to achieve realistic production conditions. This scenario shall be seen as a scenario including “best available technologies” for biogas production. This scenario can be summarised with the 4 following processes:
This biogas scenario is extensively described in Annex F of this report, including all mass balances, assumptions and detailed calculations. 2.2.3 Biogas from raw cow slurry and fibre fraction from chemical-mechanical separation (Scenario G)This scenario considers the production of biogas with the two following inputs:
This scenario shall be seen as a scenario including “best available technologies” for biogas production. This scenario can be summarised by the exact same processes as described in section 2.2.2 (however, the slurry origins from dairy cows instead of fattening pigs). An extensive description of all mass balances, assumptions and calculations involved in this scenario is presented in Annex G of the present report. 2.2.4 Biogas from raw pig slurry and fibre fraction from mechanical separation (Scenario H)This scenario considers the production of biogas from the two following inputs:
The mechanical separation considered is the screw press separation technology extensively described in Annex C of Wesnæs et al. (2009). This scenario can be summarised with the 4 following processes:
This biogas scenario is extensively described in Annex H of this report, including all mass balances, assumptions and detailed calculations. 2.2.5 Biogas from raw slurry and processed fibre pellets (Scenario I)This scenario considers the production of biogas from the two following inputs:
The fibre pellets process is the same as extensively described in Annex D of Wesnæs et al. (2009). This scenario can be summarised with the 4 following processes:
This biogas scenario is extensively described in Annex I of this report, including all mass balances, assumptions and detailed calculations. 2.2.6 Overview of the 4 alternative biogas scenarios and of the reference scenarioSome similarities can be noted between the biogas scenarios described in section 2.2.2 to 2.2.5. Scenario F and G are in fact mostly identical, the only difference being that scenario F assesses fattening pig slurry and scenario G assesses dairy cow slurry. The particularity of these two scenarios is that they use a chemical-mechanical separation process prior to the biogas production, which is anticipated to produce a fibre fraction rich in VS and thereby suitable for biogas production. These scenarios also involved a second separation after the biogas production, which is expected to produce a fibre fraction rich in phosphorus. Scenario H differs from scenario F as this second separation is not performed and as the first separation does not involve the use of polymer. Scenario I, as opposed to scenarios H and F, does not use fibre fraction as an input for biogas production but fibre pellets (produced as a result of further processing of the mechanical fraction). Figure 2.1 schematised the 4 alternative biogas scenarios and the reference scenario. Figure 2.1. Simplified illustration of the reference scenario and the 4 alternative biogas scenarios considered 2.3 Consequential approachAs in the first publication of this LCA foundation for slurry management technologies, the modelling approach adopted in this LCA study is the consequential LCA approach. Comprehensive details about this methodology can be found in Wenzel (1998), Ekvall and Weidema (2004) and Weidema (2004). The consequential modelling approach is set up in order to ensure that the results reflect the environmental consequences of implementing a given technology, product or service as compared to the implementation of a given reference scenario. Since the present study aims to highlight the environmental consequences of implementing different biogas technologies for slurry management instead of the conventional slurry management practices (described in section 2.2.1), the consequential approach was the most appropriate. In the consequential approach, system delimitation requires to include marginal data only (instead of averaged data). In fact, the approach considers that the interactions, i.e the changes in demand, created on the global market as a result of the implementation of a given scenario is the very starting point for the resulting environmental consequences. This means that the marginal processes and activities involved in the system assessed must be identified (i.e. those affected by a change of demand). This can be done in accordance with the methodology and principles described by Weidema (2003) and by Ekvall and Weidema (2004), which can be summarised by the following general principles:
In the case of the present study, this means that the marginal processes need to be identified for: electricity production, heat production and fertiliser-type (for N, P and K fertilisers), among others. This was performed in Wesnæs et al. (2009). Table 2.1 present the marginal electricity, heat and inorganic fertilisers (N, P and K) used in this study. For heat and electricity, sensitivity analysis was performed with other processes, as elaborated in section 8 of this report. Table 2.1. Marginal electricity, heat and inorganic fertilisers (N, P and K) used in this study
Moreover, the consequential approach ensures system equivalency through system expansion (thereby avoiding any allocation). This is in conformity with the ISO standards (ISO, 2006a; ISO 2006b) which state that “whenever possible, allocation should be avoided”. Interactions from secondary services (i.e. those arising together with the studied service) on the global market are included in the model so the full consequences of the system assessed can be reflected by the model results. As stated in Wesnæs et al. (2009), equivalence on all primary and secondary services is ensured in the consequential approach by identifying and including the displacements of alternative products that will occur when choosing one alternative over the other. 2.4 Basis for the comparison: The functional unitIn order to make a reliable comparison between the different alternatives, it has to be ensured that all alternatives are comparable in terms of the main services provided to society. In order to do so, a functional unit has to be defined (ISO 2006a; ISO 2006b), which shall reflects all services provided. According to ISO (2006a), a functional unit provides “a reference to which the input and output data are normalized”. In the present study, the functional unit was defined as in Wesnæs et al. (2009), i.e. “Managing 1000 kg slurry”. All inputs and outputs must then be linked to this functional unit through a reference flow. In the present study, the same reference flow as in Wesnæs et al. (2009) is used, i.e.: “1000 kg slurry ex-animal”. The functional unit and reference flow are the same as in Wesnæs et al. (2009) as the reference scenario (against which all the studied biogas alternatives will be compared) was defined in Wesnæs et al. (2009). This also ensures consistency and comparability of the various studies forming this life cycle foundation of slurry management technologies. 2.5 System boundariesAs stated in the ISO standards (ISO, 2006a), the system boundary determines which unit process shall be included in the LCA. The system boundary fixed on this study is consistent with the one fixed in Wesnæs et al. (2009). As explained in Wesnæs et al. (2009), the purpose of this study is comparative, i.e. different alternative biogas technologies are compared to a reference scenario. Because the interest of this study lies in the differences between the different alternatives and the reference scenario, the processes common to all the alternative technologies and the reference scenario will not be included within the system boundary. Similarly, all the processes irrelevant for answering the research question of this study (i.e. What are the environmental benefits and disadvantages of introducing slurry management technology X?) were also excluded from the system boundary. Excluded processes are as described in Wesnæs et al. (2009):
Included within the system boundary are all processes related to slurry handling: e.g. slurry storage (in-house, pre-tank, outdoor storage), slurry treatment (separation, biogas production), electricity needed for slurry handling (pumping, stirring, separation, biogas production), transport needed (for slurry transport from farm to biogas plant, or from outdoor storage to fields) and fertilisation operations (slurry application and slurry fate in the soil). One innovative aspect of this study is the inclusion of carbon sequestration in the modelling and the consideration of biogenic CO2 emissions. This was also included in Wesnæs et al. (2009). Biogenic carbon is generally neglected in LCA and considered as “neutral” (e.g. Hansen et al., 2006). Yet, Denmark is committed to include carbon changes in cultivated areas in connection to the Kyoto Protocol (Fødevareministeriet, 2008). Moreover, acknowledging that the carbon in the manure comes from feed (i.e. the portion of C ingested through the feed that was not absorbed by the animal and thereby excreted) and acknowledging the environmental importance of the feed production, it appears important to distinguish between the amount of that C that is returned to atmosphere (as CO2 and CH4) and sequestrated in the soils and to account for it. This is the only way to account for the benefits of a slurry management allowing greater C sequestration. This cannot be performed if all biogenic C is ignored and considered as “neutral”. According to Thomson et al. (2009), the assumption of valuing biogenic carbon or not has substantial consequences in environmental assessments, as it can be a crucial factor in determining if the greenhouse gas balance is positive or negative. Moreover, the biogeochemical C cycle is closely related to the N cycle (Nieder and Benbi, 2008), and this interdependence involves interactions that are ignored if the biogenic C is not taken into account. The optimal range of C and N in soil is rather narrow, and so are crops yields below these optimal ranges (Nieder and Benbi, 2008). However, above these ranges, emissions of reactive C and N compounds occur through both the atmosphere (CO2, N2O and NOX) and as discharge to waters (dissolved N and C) (Nieder and Benbi, 2008). In this study, the C/N ratios of the organic fertilisers that are applied to the land differ as a consequence of the different technologies. Therefore, the resulting environmental consequences of this must be reflected through the inclusion of all biogenic C flows in the model. As explained in Wesnæs et al. (2009), a reference crop rotation for both the fattening pigs farm and the dairy cows farm has been established in order to estimate the ammonia emissions in the period after application in the field (for liquid fractions). However, the life cycle of these crops is not included within the system boundary (e.g. sowing and harvesting operations, tillage, management of the crop residues, etc.), as this is not a consequence of the slurry management. In the case of the scenarios affecting the crop yield, the system was expanded in order to reflect the consequences of an increased yield. The consequences regarding extended pig or dairy cow production has not been included. According to Danish law, the introduction of separation with high efficiency will allow the farmer to increase the production, i.e. to have more pigs for the same area of land. With the consequential approach that mean, that the extra pig production should be included, and that pig production somewhere else should be subtracted. Introduction of new technology will not make the consumers eat more pig meat, and therefore, the total production of pigs in the world will not be affected, instead, the least competitive pig producer (“the marginal pig producer”) somewhere will have to close down the production and the marked share is lost. It has not been possible to include this aspect in the study. Conformingly with the approach used by Wesnæs et al. (2009), all emissions and flows with significant environmental impacts have to be included in a life cycle assessment. In case of lack of data, estimates have been made rather than leaving gaps. These estimates were then thoroughly justified in the life cycle inventory annexes. Furthermore, as stated in Wesnæs et al. (2009), all processes “behind” the processes directly assessed are included, e.g. production of diesel for the tractor, extraction of oil and refinery for production of the diesel, production of the tractor itself, production of mineral fertilisers and production of chemicals for these, extraction of minerals for production of these chemicals, electricity needed for this production, etc. The system “behind” the product chain for slurry management is in fact tremendous and comprises hundreds of processes. The inclusion of these processes “behind” is notably eased by the use of the Ecoinvent database, in combination with a LCA software. The slurry management alternatives investigated in this project involve complex processes exhibiting a high degree of spatial and temporal variability, and this particularly applies for field processes. Yet, life cycle assessment, as defined in the ISO standards (ISO 2006a; ISO 2006b), is not a methodology capable neither suitable for the modelling of dynamic processes. In fact, when performing LCA, dynamic data must be translated into a set of discrete values that are carefully chosen in order to represent the system assessed as accurately as possible. Such “translations” were performed as transparently as possible and all assumptions taken in this context were justified thoroughly. 2.6 Temporal, geographical and technological coverageThe temporal, geographical and technological coverage considered in this study is as in Wesnæs et al. (2009). Therefore, data from the most recent years (for which consistent data were available) were used. It is the intention that data used for this study applies for 2008 and 5-7 years ahead. As some of the alternative technologies represented in this study are fairly new, it is likely that ongoing product development will improve these technologies during the next decade. This study covers slurry management under Danish conditions (e.g. housing systems, storage facilities, soil types, application methods, energy production and legislation regarding fertilisation and nutrient substitution). Furthermore, the slurry composition varies significantly within the European countries due to differences in on-farm management, e.g. for feeding (Weidema et al., 2008). Accordingly, it is not possible to transfer the results of this study directly to other European countries without adjustments. For the reference scenario, the technological coverage is based on “average technology” and represents the “state of the year 2008”. The intended technology level for the alternative technologies is “Best available technology” (BAT), as these technologies are representing the future technologies. 2.7 Environmental Impacts and ResourcesThe impact assessment phase of the life cycle assessment methodology described in section 2.1 consists to relate the substances flow inventory to environmental impact potentials. The ISO standards for life cycle assessment (ISO 2006a; ISO 2006b) requires to clearly specify the impacts categories used for the assessment as well as the characterisation model upon which they are modelled. The environmental impact categories chosen in this study are the same as used and described in the first publication of this LCA foundation for slurry management technologies (Wesnæs et al., 2009). These are primarily based on the Danish EDIP method. Not all impact categories from the EDIP method were included, as shown in table 2.2. All the impacts categories included in this study are indicators, i.e. indicators for impacts on human beings and nature. For example, global warming (climate change) is an environmental concern in itself (mid-point); however, the larger concern is usually the subsequent damages to humans, animals and plants (end-point). Global warming has many impacts, for example drought in some areas, extreme weather conditions, flooding and rising sea levels in other areas, all having potential impact on crop yields and availability of food for humans. The Life Cycle methodology is a general approach focussing on the potential contributions of substances and emissions from the systems assessed to the environmental impacts, and not the actual environmental impacts. This is explained in more details by Wenzel et al. (1997). Accordingly, it is not within the frame of the LCA methodology to include site specific considerations of e.g. nature being particularly sensitive to specific emissions like e.g. ammonia. This is in accordance with both the ISO standards for Life Cycle Assessment (ISO, 2006a; ISO, 2006b) and international consensus, acknowledging that it is in practice impossible to know all reception sites of the various emissions to the environment and all actual exposure pathways of the emitted substances. From the EDIP method, the following categories have been included:
A few categories have been added to the EDIP method:
An attempt to include odour as a separate impact indicator category has been made. Odour emissions, the largest public concern in animal production areas (Blanes-Vidal et al., 2009), is the result of a large number of volatiles compounds. As most of these compounds are by-products of the decomposition of animal slurry (Blanes-Vidal et al., 2009), the slurry management system can have an important influence on the odour emissions. In the present study, technologies acknowledged to have a positive effect on odours (e.g. biogas production and separation) are involved. However, the inclusion of odour in LCA is not simple, and no methodology to include odour in LCA exists. The definition of where the odour measurements should be taken can be discussed. It is probably more the neighbours of the farm that are affected (or bothered) by the odour than the farmer, but the outdoor emissions from housing units to a great degree depend on the distance to the neighbours, the number of animals in the housing units, wind, temperature etc. Furthermore, the odour problem is not “mathematically linear” – an odour of 100*106 OUE for 5 days might be worse than an odour of 500*106 OUE for 1 day. The area where the odour is distributed is very significant, too. Moreover, it has been extremely difficult to find data for odour that can be related to “1000 kg slurry” especially for cattle slurry. The high uncertainty and variability of available data related to odour presents a challenge too. It has thus been decided not to include quantitative data on odour for this study, and odour is not included as an impact category in this study. However, as for the first part of this LCA foundation for slurry management, the database has been prepared for including odour at a later stage. As mentioned in section 2.5, the production of medicine was not included in the system boundary, as it is a process occurring prior to slurry excretion. Yet, the fate of these medicine residues that will end up in the slurry is likely to be influenced by the slurry management technology considered. However, it has not been possible to find adequate quantitative data on these aspects; thus, they were not included. The database for the LCA foundation was however prepared in order to facilitate their inclusions when more information will be available for this. This also applies for possible biological contamination of the slurry as a result of animal diseases, for example. Some of the separation technologies considered in this study involve the use of cationic polyacrylamide (PAM), a polymer highly resistant to biodegradation. As not enough information was available to assess the exact fate of this polymer in the environment, the “accumulation of polymer in the environment” was considered as a discussion point only rather than as an impact category. Table 2.2 presents the different impacts categories considered in this study as well as the methodology used to model each impact. In order to ensure transparency, the impacts categories not considered in this study are also mentioned and their omission is justified. Table 2.2. Included and excluded impact categories.
Table 2.3 shows the main emissions that contribute to the impact assessment categories mentioned in table 2.1. According to Sleeswijk et al. (2008), for LCA environmental impact categories not related with toxicity, 10 main contributors can be highlighted: CO2, CH4, SO2, NOX, NH3, PM10, NMVOC, (H)CFCs emissions to air as well as emissions of N- and P-compounds to fresh water. Nine of these were in fact inventoried in the present study. In the case of slurry management, one additional major contributor may be added to the list of Sleeswijk et al. (2008), namely N2O to air, which is a particularly important contributor to the impact category “global warming”. The emissions in table 2.3 have been included for all the “foreground processes” as far as possible (i.e. for all the processes regarding slurry management for which data have been collected in this study). The “background processes” from the Ecoinvent database contains far more emissions than these. Table 2.3. emissions for the “foreground processes” in this study.
[1] Methane is a volatile organic compound, but due to its exceptionally long lifetime, a distinction is often made between methane and others VOC (called NMVOC, which stands for non methane volatile organic compounds). 3 Reference scenario for pig and for cow slurry (scenario A)
3.1 System DescriptionThe reference scenario, for both fattening pig and dairy cows, consists to store the slurry in-house, to transfer it to a pre-tank and then to store it in an outdoor storage until application on-field is possible (suitable) (described in section 2.2.1). The final use of the slurry is then as an organic fertiliser. This scenario is thoroughly described in the first part of this LCA foundation for slurry management (section 3 of Wesnæs et al., 2009). All life cycle inventory data used for this reference scenario can be found in Annex A of Wesnæs et al. (2009). The major elements from this can be found in Annex A of the present study. A simplified diagram illustrating the main processes involved in the reference scenario is presented in figure 3.1 (after Wesnæs et al., 2009). Figure 3.1. Simplified flow diagram for the reference scenario (After Wesnæs et al., 2009) As mentioned in Wesnæs et al. (2009), it has been necessary to define the preconditions concerning the reference scenarios regarding e.g. housing units, type of storage, technology for application to the field and reference cropping scenarios. These pre-conditions also apply for all subsequent alternatives assessed. These pre-conditions are summarised in the present study, but their full description and justification can be found in Wesnæs et al. (2009). For fattening pigs, these pre-conditions include (after Wesnæs et al., 2009):
For dairy cows, these pre-conditions include (after Wesnæs et al., 2009):
3.2 Composition of reference slurryAs described in Wesnæs et al. (2009), the slurry composition is the very basis for the different process flows involved in this LCA foundation. The “reference slurry ” upon which all flows of this study will be normalized is defined as “ slurry ex-animal”, i.e. the slurry produced right after animal excretion. This is chosen as the reference point as this is where the system boundaries start. The composition of the slurry in the reference scenario is calculated at three points:
The chemical composition of pig slurry is given in table 3.1. The composition of dairy cow slurry is given in table 3.2. The explanations for the composition are given in Annex A of Wesnæs et al. (2009). The number of digits in table 3.1 and 3.2 should not be seen as a measure of the precision, but is only included as the values are the foundation for further calculations. Table 3.1. Characteristics of slurry from fattening pigs in the reference
scenario.
Table 3.2. Characteristics of slurry from dairy cows in the reference scenario.
3.3 Data for the reference scenariosAll data for the references scenarios are presented in Annex A of Wesnæs et al. (2009) and summarised in Annex A of the present study. 3.4 Results of the Impact AssessmentThe results of the impact assessment for the reference scenario are presented and discussed in detail in Wesnæs et al. (2009). In the present study, the results of all assessed scenarios are compared to the results for the reference scenario, as presented in the next sections. [2] In Danish: Sengestald med spaltegulv (1.2 m kanal) 4 Biogas production from raw pig slurry and fibre fraction from mechanical-chemical separation (Scenario F) – results and interpretation
This section presents the results and the interpretation from the life cycle assessment carried out for “Scenario F”, described below. The results from “Scenario F” are compared to those of the reference scenario for fattening pig slurry management, i.e. “Scenario A”. Doing so, it is therefore possible to answer the research question: “What are the environmental benefits and disadvantages of producing biogas from raw pig slurry and the fibre fraction obtained from a mechanical-chemical separation process, as compared to the reference situation for pig slurry management?” Scenario F was built in such a way that it integrates the “best available technologies” as well as the “best possible practices” as much as possible for an optimal environmental performance. This is important to remember in the results interpretation. The detailed description of this scenario, including all mass balances, assumptions and calculations, is presented in Annex F. All life cycle inventory data used for the results presented in this section can therefore be found in Annex F. 4.1 System descriptionThe system constituting Scenario F, as described in section 2.2.2, consists to produce biogas from a mixture of fibre fraction (from mechanically separated slurry, flocculated with polymer) and raw slurry, both from fattening pigs. After excretion (1000 kg), raw slurry is stored in-house; part of it is separated (845.1 kg) and part of it is kept as raw slurry (154.9 kg). These fractions do not necessarily come from the same farm (and most probably they do not), but they both end up at the biogas plant. Once at the biogas plant, these fractions are mixed according to their composition and to their degradability in order to achieve realistic production conditions. The separation process used is considered as a “best available technology” as regarding its efficiency to increase the relative fraction of dry matter and nutrients transferred to the fibre fraction. While the separated liquid fraction (651.9 kg) is stored and used on-field as an organic fertiliser, the separated fibre fraction (193.2 kg), as well as the raw slurry, is used as an input for biogas production. The temporal storage of the fibre fraction before the fibre is used for biogas production is assumed to be rather short (range of 1 to 3 days with 7 days as a maximum), which is considered as a “best management practice”. Similarly, it has been assumed that the raw slurry is stored in the pre-tank for a duration of less than 14 days before it is transferred either to the biogas plant or to the separation process, which is also considered as a “best management practice”. The biogas produced (24.4 Nm³) from the raw slurry and the fibre fraction mixture is used for co-production of heat and power, but a sensitivity analysis assesses the impacts of using the biogas directly as a source of natural gas (injected in the natural gas grid). The biogas engine used for the generation of heat and power is also considered as a “best available technology”, as the engine used has conversion efficiencies ranking in the highest available range. After the anaerobic digestion, the resulting degassed biomass (319.8 kg) is mechanically separated, but without polymer addition. The degassed liquid fraction resulting from this separation process (242.6 kg) is then stored until it can be used on-field as a fertiliser. The resulting degassed fibre fraction (77.3 kg) is stored as air-tight covered heap, the heaps being covered by a polyethylene plastic sheet. Others options are available for the management of the degassed fibre fraction (e.g. processing it in order to make fibre pellets), but covering was considered as a “best available technology”, as explained in Annex F (section F.21.1). The processes described and used for this scenario were built in collaboration with Xergi A/S and some of the data used were obtained directly from Xergi A/S (see Annex F). The conclusions made in this section rely on this information, and the authors of this study have not had the possibility of verifying these data. Figure 4.1 presents the process flow diagram for “Scenario F”. The process numbers in figure 4.1 follows the numbers of the sections in Annex F. Figure 4.1. Process flow diagram for “scenario F” – Biogas from raw pig slurry and fibre fraction of mechanical-chemical separation of pig slurry. The process numbers follows the numbers of the sections in annex F. 4.2 Results of the Impact Assessment4.2.1 Overall results of the comparisonTable 4.1 presents the results of the overall environmental impacts from “Scenario F” (biogas from raw pig slurry and fibre fraction from mechanical-chemical separation), and compare them to the impacts from the reference scenario “Scenario A” (described in section 3). Figures 4.2 A and 4.2.B illustrate the results presented in table 4.1. Figures 4.2 A and 4.2.B are identical except for the minimum and maximum at the axis. In the case of figure 4.2.B, the minimum and maximum were adjusted in order to present the full impacts covered for the consumption of non-renewable energy impact category. Results are presented for soil JB3 only (sandy soil). A sensitivity analysis assesses the differences in the results that are obtained if another soil type (soil JB6: clay soil) is considered (see section 8). The results presented are “characterised” results (as described in section 2.1). In the present case, the results are expressed relative to the result of the reference scenario for each impact category. The positive values are the contributions to the environmental impacts and resource consumptions by the slurry management scenarios. The negative values are “avoided environmental impacts”, because the production and/or consumption of a given good or service is avoided, or rather, it is replaced (and therefore subtracted from the system). For example, when electricity is produced from biogas, it replaces electricity production somewhere else, and hence, this is avoided – and subtracted from the system. In scenario F, G, H and I, the system obtains deductions for the heat and electricity production (as heat and electricity is produced from the biogas), for the “fertiliser value” of the slurry (the liquid fraction and the degassed fractions, see section F.28) and for extra crop yield, as the degassed fractions provides a higher fertiliser value (this is further explained in section F.28). In order to calculate the results of table 4.1 (and figures 4.2 A and B), the sum of the positive contributions of each process of the reference scenario was, for each impact category, equated to 100 %. The contributions to a given impact category from scenario F could then be expressed as a percentage of the total contribution in the reference scenarios. This is illustrated by equation 4.1: Where cat is the environmental impact category concerned (e.g. global warming, acidification, etc.). The sum of positive contributions is with the 10 years values for C horizon in the field, when this applies. This involves, as presented in Wesnæs et al. (2009), that the environmental impacts with the 100 years values (global warming and eutrophication -N) are above 100 % for the reference scenario. Results presented in table 4.1 should be interpreted with care in the light of the assumptions and data that were used to obtain them, i.e. the life cycle inventory data presented in Annex F. An attempt to discuss these results based on this focus, impact category per impact category, is presented in sections 4.2.2 to 4.2.11. Table 4.1. Scenario F vs A: Contribution of the different processes to each environmental impact categories selected. Results, for each impact category, are expressed in % of the total positive contributions from the reference scenario (considering the 10 years values, when this applies). Soil JB3 (sandy).[1] Figure 4.2.a Overall environmental impacts for the selected impact categories – scenario F vs scenario A. Fattening pig slurry management. Soil type JB3. 10 and 100 years time horizon for global warming and for aquatic eutrophication (N). Axis ranging from -180 to 120. Click here to see Figure 4.2.a Figure 4.2.b Overall environmental impacts for the selected impact categories – scenario F vs scenario A. Fattening pig slurry management. Soil type JB3. 10 and 100 years time horizon for global warming and for aquatic eutrophication (N). Axis ranging from -900 to 200. Click here to see Figure 4.2.b In the following sections, the benefits (and shortcomings) of producing biogas as described in Scenario F instead of the reference slurry management are discussed in details for each impact categories. Sensitivity analyses were performed for some processes, as described in Annex F. The results of these sensitivity analyses are presented in section 8 of this report. 4.2.2 Global warmingDifferent trends can be observed from figure 4.2.A as regarding global warming. First, when analysing the positive contributions, it can be seen that there are two major hot spots to global warming contribution:
The significant contribution from the in-house storage is due to CH4 emissions (for which, in the EDIP method, the 100 years global warming potential is 23 g CO2 equivalents per g CH4. This in turn is based on IPCC, 2001). In fact, only three gases contribute to the global warming potential of this process: CH4 (84 %), N2O (12 %) and CO2 (4 %). The proportions shown in parenthesis are for a 10-years value as regarding the C horizon in the field. High emissions from CH4 were expected for this process, as the anaerobic conditions for slurry stored below animal floors favour CH4 formation more than the formation of other greenhouse gases (i.e. those contributing to the global warming impact category). Yet, the high absolute contribution from CH4 is due to a conservative methodological choice. As detailed in Annex F (section F.2), CH4 is estimated based on IPCC methodology. This methodology involves a parameter called “methane conversion factor” (MCF: see definition in Annex F, section F.2), which range between 0 % (no methane formation) to 100 % (all methane producing potential is achieved). To ensure system equivalency, this parameter needs to be the same for the reference scenario (Scenario A) and the present scenario (Scenario F), as the in-house management of the slurry is performed the same way in both scenarios. Yet, a MCF of 17 % was used to build the reference scenario in the first part of this project (Wesnæs et al., 2009). This comes from tabulated values provided by the IPCC (IPCC, 2006) and corresponds to the value for pit storage below animal confinement greater than 1 month (table 10.17 in IPCC, 2006). The alternative value that could have been used for calculating in-house CH4 emissions is a MCF of 3 %, for an in-house storage duration below one month. Doing so, the emissions from CH4 from in-house storage would have been 0.58 kg CH4 per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal (instead of the 3.29 kg of table F.1, Annex F). Considering a factor of 23 kg CO2 equivalent/kg CH4 (EDIP method, for global warming on a 100 years horizon), a MCF of 3 % would therefore gives a reduction of 62.3 kg CO2 equivalent for this process. This corresponds to a reduction of 69 % of the global warming potential for this process as compared to what it is in this study (90.27 kg CO2 equivalent), which is rather significant. The CH4 would still have had the highest share in terms of contribution to the global warming potential from this process (CH4: 38 %; N2O: 32 % and CO2: 31 %). However, as explained in Annex F, this conservative estimation does not affect the conclusions to be drawn from this project, as the in-house storage is identical for all scenarios assessed. It may only overestimate the impact of in-house storage as a process contributing to the global warming potential in the scenarios assessed. With a MCF of 3 %, field processes would have been the major hot spot for global warming together with co-generation of heat and power. For both Scenario F and A, the contribution of field processes to global warming potential is dominated by biogenic CO2 (due to C from applied slurry being emitted as CO2). In the case of Scenario F, biogenic CO2 represents 60 % of the contribution to global warming from field processes, while N2O represents 37 % and fossil CO2 emissions (due to diesel combustion) represents 3%. In fact, there are other gases involved, but their relative contribution is rather insignificant (and not reflected when the percentages are expressed with no decimal place). The biogenic CO2 emitted in the field is lower for Scenario F than Scenario A (44 kg CO2 equivalent in Scenario F as compared to 89 kg CO2 equivalent in Scenario A). This is simply because, in the case of Scenario F, this biogenic CO2 was emitted in earlier stages, mostly during the co-generation of heat and power. In that case, however, heat and electricity were produced together with the emission. For Scenario F, it can also be highlighted that the biogenic CO2 emissions from field processes are the highest with the application of the degassed fibre fraction (27 kg CO2equivalent) as compared to the degassed liquid fraction (14 kg CO2equivalent) and the liquid fraction (3 kg CO2equivalent), respectively. This is because the fibre fraction has the highest C content per functional unit (table 4.2), and because it was considered that, on both a 10 and a 100 years horizon for C, most of the “slowly degradable” portion of the C end up to be degraded, thus contributing to CO2 emissions. High contributions to global warming potential from N2O were expected for field processes, because N2O has a 100-years global warming potential of 296 kg CO2 equivalent per kg N2O, based on the EDIP method (which in turn is based on IPCC, 2001). In Scenario F, “field processes” consist of: the application of separated liquid fraction to field (process F.7, see Annex F), the application of degassed solid fraction to field (process F.23, see Annex F) and the application of degassed liquid fraction to field (process F.27, see Annex F). In all these, the emission of N2O were estimated based on the IPCC methodology (IPCC, 2006), accordingly, the emissions are estimated as a function of the N content in the applied slurry. Table 4.2 shows the C and N content of the different fractions involved in scenario A and F. Table 4.2. C and N content of the different organic fractions involved in Scenario A and F
The separated liquid fraction thus has the highest contribution to N2O (as it has the highest N content per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal), followed by the degassed liquid and the degassed fibre fraction. The contribution of N2O to global warming from field processes has a similar magnitude in both Scenarios A and F (27 kg CO2 equivalent in Scenario F and 35 kg CO2 equivalent in Scenario A). If the emissions of N2O-N represent 3 to 5 % of the N applied as suggested by Crutzen et al. (2008) rather than the 1 % of the IPCC methodology (IPCC, 2006) as used in this study, the global warming contribution from field processes would be much more important, as a small increment of N2O has huge impact on global warming potential. The co-generation of heat and power from biogas also represents a rather significant contribution to global warming, representing 18 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario. This, as it can be deduced from table F.24 of Annex F, is mainly due to the combustion gases from burning the biogas (i.e. CH4 and CO2) in the biogas engine. The production of biogas itself (process F.15 of Annex F) represents a minor share of the contribution to global warming potential, with only 2 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario. The contribution to global warming from the biogas production process is due to fossil CO2 associated with the electricity input (44 %) as well as to the methane leaching (49 %). Another interesting observation to highlight from figure 4.2.A is the benefit on global warming contribution of storing the slurry as separated (and degassed) fractions rather than as raw slurry. While storage of raw slurry represents 21 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario, the contribution from separated liquid is 4.6 %, and it is 0.6 % and 2.9 % for the degassed fibre fraction and the degassed liquid fraction, respectively. This is mainly because of lower CH4 emissions. Emissions of CH4 are lower with separated liquid slurry as most of the DM, and thereby the VS, are transferred to the solid fraction (it is from the anaerobic degradation of the VS that CH4 is produced during storage of slurry). Yet, two types of VS can be distinguished, those that degraded easily and those that are recalcitrant to microbial degradation. Due to a lack of data, it was assumed that all the VS in the separated liquid fraction are easily degradable VS, which in fact may not be the case. In such a case, then the CH4 emissions from the stored liquid fraction would be even lower than estimated in the present project, as further explained in section F.5.4 of Annex F. This also applies for N2O, as described in section F.5.7 of Annex F. For the degassed fractions (liquid and fibre), the CH4 emissions are reduced as most of the VS easily degradable were degraded during the anaerobic digestion, only leaving a small emission potential for further CH4 emissions in the subsequent storage of the fractions. Finally, as it can be observed from figure 4.2.A, the contribution to global warming from the use of electricity, the use of polymer for separation and the transportation are rather negligible for the assessed scenarios. Both slurry management assessed allow avoiding the use of inorganic fertilisers (N, P and K). Furthermore, the biogas scenario allows avoiding the production of marginal heat and electricity (see definition section 2.3). Avoiding the production of marginal electricity (a mix of wind, coal and natural gas, see table 2.1) by the use of the electricity produced from the biogas allow considerable benefits in terms of global warming contribution avoided. This corresponds to an “avoidance” of 18 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario. Avoiding the production of marginal heat (i.e. 100 % coal, see table 2.1) through the heat produced from the biogas also has also a positive impact on global warming contribution (an avoidance of 6 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario). In section 8, a sensitivity analysis was carried out in order to assess the impact of changing the marginal electricity and heat source replaced. This illustrates how the gain from the biogas production can be greater if the energy source replaced has a greater contribution to the global warming, and vice versa. Avoiding the production and use of inorganic fertilisers (particularly N, but also P and K to a lesser extent) through the use of the produced organic fertilisers contribute, for both Scenario A and Scenario F, to the avoidance of global warming potential, and this avoidance is in the same order of magnitude for both scenarios. Avoiding the production and use of inorganic N avoids the production of N2O which represents the main reason for the magnitude of avoided contribution to global warming for this process. As explained in Annex F (section F.28.2), the amount of N avoided is the same in Scenario F than in the reference scenario as the “rule of conservation” (Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen, 2008) was applied to calculate the amount of inorganic N substituted by each organic fractions. The amount of inorganic P and K substituted in Scenarios A and F are different, but this does not affect the avoided contribution to global warming, as they are in the same order of magnitude for both scenarios. In the case of avoided P and K, the benefits are mostly due to the avoided fossil CO2. The higher yield obtained in Scenario F (because overall, more N in a form available to the plants is applied, see section F.28 of Annex F) contributes to avoid the production of a given amount of crop, here modelled as wheat. This avoided wheat production also allow to avoid contributions to global warming (mostly through N2O), though this is rather small, as illustrated on figure 4.2.A. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to global warming are accounted for, managing the slurry as described in Scenario F (i.e. biogas production with fibre fraction from a mechanical-chemical separation and raw pig slurry) allows a net reduction of 103 kg CO2 equivalent as compared to the reference scenario (figure 4.3). Table 4.3 summarises, for selected processes, the contribution of the main contributing substances to global warming, for both Scenario A and F. Table 4.3. Scenario F vs A: Contribution of the main contributing substances to global warming for selected processes. All values in kg CO2 equivalent. Soil JB3 (sandy).[1]
[1] The number of digits is not an expression of the uncertainty. [a] The balance is from other global warming contributing substances not presented in this table. [b] Fossil CO2 Managing slurry as described in scenario F therefore appears as an interesting mitigation strategy as regarding the efforts to reduce the global warming impacts. The major results as regarding global warming can be summarized as:
This information is summarised in figure 4.3. This figure presents the contribution to climate change of Scenario A and F only for the processes that are not equal between A and F (i.e. in-house storage and avoided N fertiliser are not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 4.3. Comparison of Scenario F vs Scenario A for global warming including carbon sequestration, for processes differing between A and F only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 4.2.3 AcidificationAs it can be seen from figure 4.2.A, in-house storage and field processes are also the major two hot spots as regarding contribution to acidification:
As described in Annex F, there are no differences in the in-house storage between Scenario A and F. The main contributor to acidification for the in-house storage of slurry is NH3, contributing to 99 % of the total acidification potential for this process. The other contributor to acidification from in-house slurry storage is NOx, with the remaining 1 % of the total acidification potential for this process. This result is consistent with other LCA performed in the context of pig production (e.g. Dalgaard, 2007; Basset-Mens, 2005). Similarly, the estimate used to calculate NH3 emissions from the housing system (i.e. 16% NH3-N of the total-N “ex animal”) is similar to what has been used in other studies (e.g. Cederberg and Flysjö (2004) used a loss of 14 % of the excreted N). In both scenarios, no mitigation technologies are considered in the pig housing system. Reduction of NH3 from animal buildings has been widely investigated (one scenario involving reduction of NH3 emissions potential from animal houses was investigated in the first part of this LCA foundation, see Wesnæs et al., 2009). Sommer et al. (2006), among others, provide an extensive overview of the different mitigation measures investigated in order to reduce NH3 emissions from livestock buildings. Though the reduction of NH3 from housing units is beyond the scope of this project, it nevertheless appears to be a hot spot that cannot be ignored in the whole slurry management system. The degassed liquid fraction contribute to the biggest share of the acidification from field processes in Scenario F (55 %), followed by the separated liquid fraction (35 %) and the degassed fibre fraction (10 %). This is mainly due to NH3 emissions. In fact, NH3 is also the main contributor to acidification as regarding field processes from Scenario F (95 %; as compared to 4 % for NOX and 1 % for SO2). Emission of NH3 during field application is in fact acknowledged as a major hot spot for NH3 emissions in slurry management, together with emissions from livestock buildings. The degassed liquid fraction presents higher emissions because NH3 emissions from degassed slurry were estimated using the same estimates as for the raw slurry. This approach was used because, in one hand, anaerobic digestion contributes to increase the slurry pH and accordingly the proportion of total ammoniacal N (or TAN) in it. On the other hand, it has a lower DM content and is less viscous, which involves it has an increased infiltration rate and thereby the exchange possibility of NH3 with the atmosphere is decreased (see section F.27.3, Annex F). Because of these contradictory effects, and because of the highly variable responses they have resulted in, in the available literature, it was decided to estimate the NH3 emissions from the application of degassed slurry using the same estimations as for raw slurry. It is acknowledged that this may overestimate the acidification contribution from Scenario F. This emphasises the research needs related to this issue. Apart from the in-housing slurry storage and the field processes, “co-generation of heat and power from the biogas” and “storage of degassed fibre fraction” can be distinguished as contributors to acidification for Scenario F, though their extent is much lower. For the “co-generation of heat and power”, the main contributor (91%) to acidification from the process is NOX. This is emitted during the combustion of biogas in the biogas engine. The process “co-generation of heat and power” represents 5.8 % of the total positive contributions to acidification from the reference scenario. For the “storage of degassed fibre fraction”, NH3 is, as expected, the main contributor to the acidification potential. Emission of NH3 from separated fibre fraction of animal slurries is recognised as a “hot spot” from slurry management involving separation (e.g. Amon et al., 2006; Petersen and Sørensen, 2008). In this study, it was considered that the degassed fibre fraction is stored in a covered storage platform. Due to the limited availability of data, it was considered that NH3 emissions from the covered degassed fibre fraction are in the same order of magnitude as those from storage of pig farmyard manure. Lower NH3 emissions were measured in one Danish study (Hansen et al., 2006) for the covered storage of degassed fibre fraction, but the authors themselves acknowledge their emissions for NH3 are rather low. Moreover, the study of Hansen et al. (2006) involves no replication, so it is judged that more information to support these low values is needed in order to use them in the present LCA. The approach used in the present study for NH3 emissions of the degassed fibre fraction is in fact based on a recommendation by the first author of the above-mentioned study (Hansen, 2009). Yet, though NH3 from the degassed fibre fraction has the potential to be reduced as compared to what is considered in this study, it must be emphasised that the contribution to acidification from this process is only 4.3 % of the total positive contributions from the reference scenario. More significant gain may therefore be achieved by reducing the NH3 emissions from in-house storage and field application. The storage of the fibre fraction at the farm (process F.8), just before it is sent to the biogas plant, was assumed to be without any losses, due, among others, to the temporal nature of this process (see section F.8 of Annex F). Yet, as mentioned above, NH3 from separated fibre fraction of animal slurries is recognised as a “hot spot” from slurry management involving separation, so this “no losses” assumption may have contributed to underestimate the overall acidification potential of Scenario F. As for global warming, the contribution to acidification from the use of electricity, the use of polymer for separation, the transportation and the production of biogas (and not its combustion) are rather negligible. Both scenarios allow avoiding the use of inorganic fertilisers and this contributes, in the two cases, to avoid the same magnitude of acidification potential. However, Scenario F also contributes to avoid the production of marginal heat and marginal electricity, which is translated by an additional contribution to avoid a share of acidification potential (see figure 4.2.A). For both avoided marginal heat and electricity, the main avoided contributor to acidification is SO2. The higher yield in Scenario F contributes to avoid the production of a given amount of crop (here modelled as wheat) and consequently the related contribution to acidification from it. Yet, this is rather small, as it can be seen in table 4.1 and figure 4.2.A. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to acidification are accounted for, managing the slurry as described in Scenario F (i.e. biogas production with fibre fraction from a mechanical-chemical separation and raw pig slurry) result in a difference of 3.4 m² area of unprotected ecosystem (UES) as compared to the reference scenario (figure 4.4). This difference is however compensated for when the uncertainties are taken into account (figure 4.10.A). Table 4.4 summarises, for selected processes, the contribution of the main contributing substances to acidification, for both Scenario A and F. Table 4.4. Scenario F vs A: Contribution of the main contributing substances to acidification for selected processes. All values in m² unprotected ecosystem (UES). Soil JB3 (sandy).[1]
[1] The number of digits is not an expression of the uncertainty. [a] The balance is from other acidification contributing substances not presented in this table. [b] This includes other contributing substances which are not reflected when contributions are presented with 2 decimal places. [c] This is not a zero value. Based on these results, it can be concluded that managing slurry as described in Scenario F does not allow significant environmental benefits as regarding acidification potential, as compared to the reference slurry management. The major results as regarding acidification can be summarised as:
This information is summarised in figure 4.4. This figure presents the contribution to acidification of Scenarios A and F only for the processes that are not equal between A and F (i.e. in-house storage and avoided N fertiliser are not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 4.4. Comparison of Scenario F vs Scenario A for acidification, for processes differing between A and F only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 4.2.4 Aquatic eutrophication (N)There is, for this impact category, only one major hot spot: field processes. These represent, for Scenario A, 81 % of the total positive contributions to eutrophication (N) from the reference scenario (10 years value for C horizon in the field). For Scenario F, field processes represent 75 % of the total positive contributions to eutrophication (N) from the reference scenario (10 years value for C horizon in the field). In Scenario F, the main contributors to N eutrophication from the field processes are N leached in soil (91 %) and re-deposited NH3 (8 %). There are other contributing substances, but their contribution is so small, that it is not reflected when the proportions are expressed with no decimal place. In the case of Scenario F, it is mainly the liquid and degassed liquid fractions that are concerned, as the contribution from the field processes related to the degassed fibre fraction are much lower. This, however, is simply due to the fact that a much smaller amount of degassed fibre fraction is applied to the field per functional unit (figure 4.1). Per functional unit, there is therefore much less N applied with the degassed fibre fraction (0.51 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) than the liquid (2.56 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) or the degassed liquid (2.11 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) (table 4.2). For both Scenarios A and F, all other processes (than field processes) are contributing rather insignificantly to aquatic N eutrophication. The exception is the in-house storage, which contribution represents, in both cases, 16.3 % of the total positive contributions to eutrophication (N) from the reference scenario (10 years value for C horizon in the field). The main contributor from this process is NH3 (98 %), as in the case of acidification, which fosters the importance of mitigating NH3 emissions from in-house slurry storage. The production (and use) of inorganic N is avoided in both scenarios, and this contribute to a quite important avoidance of N-eutrophication to occur (61 % of the total positive contributions to N-eutrophication from the reference scenario, for both Scenario A and Scenario F). The avoided production of heat and electricity in Scenario F has a minor impact on the N-eutrophication potential avoided. The avoided wheat production resulting from higher yield in Scenario F has here a more visible importance, the avoidance of N-eutrophication representing, considering the 10 years value for C horizon, 3.6% of the total positive contributions to N-eutrophication from the reference scenario (with the 100 years value for C horizon, it is 4.9 %). Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to N-eutrophication are accounted for, managing the slurry as described in Scenario F allows a net reduction of 0.11 kg N reaching aquatic recipients (characterisation unit for N-eutrophication potential) as compared to the reference scenario. This is for the 10 years value for C horizon in the field. When accounting for uncertainties, however, this benefit could be reduced to 0 (figure 4.10.A). Accordingly, there is no significant net reduction of N-eutrophication when comparing the biogas scenario F with the reference scenario A. The major findings as regarding N-eutrophication potential can be summarised as:
This information is summarised in figure 4.5. This figure presents the contribution to N-eutrophication of Scenarios A and F only for the processes that are not equal between A and F (i.e. in-house storage and avoided N fertiliser are not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 4.5. Comparison of Scenario F vs Scenario A for N-eutrophication, for processes differing between A and F only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 4.2.5 Aquatic eutrophication (P)For aquatic P-eutrophication, there is also one major hot spot: field processes, contributing to this environmental impact in approximately the same extent in both Scenario A and Scenario F. In both scenarios, it represents about 99 % of the total positive contributions to eutrophication (P) from the reference scenario, meaning that all other processes contribute rather insignificantly to this environmental impact. For Scenario F, it can be highlighted that, for the field processes, the degassed fibre fraction contribute to about 60 % of the total positive contributions to eutrophication (P) from the reference scenario, while it is 31 % for degassed liquid fraction and 8.7 % for the liquid fraction. For field processes in Scenario F, P leaching to soil contributes to 99 % of the substances contributions to this impact category. For all organic fertilisers involved (liquid fraction, degassed fibre fraction and degassed liquid fraction), it was considered that P leaching to soil corresponds to 10 % of the P applied to field, and 6 % of this has the possibility to reach aquatic recipients (based on Hauschild and Potting, 2005). This is detailed in sections F.7, F.23 and F.27 of Annex F. The differences obtained between the two liquid fractions therefore reflect the efficiency of the first separation to separate the P in the solid fraction, thus explaining a much lower contribution from the liquid fraction. The assumption used to estimate P leaching involves some uncertainties, as detailed in Wesnæs et al. (2009) (section 3.4.6 and section A.5.6, among others). In fact, the P actually reaching the aquatic recipients is also a function of the soil type and of the P already present in the soil. However, the purpose of the present study is comparative, and the same assumptions have been applied to both scenarios. In this perspective, the conclusions of this study are reliable, i.e. P leaching through soils is the main contributor to aquatic P-eutrophication for both scenarios. However, the “real” magnitude of P leaching through aquatic recipient (in kg P per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) may be different than as presented in Annex A and F of the present study. Avoiding inorganic P fertilisers to be produced and applied contribute, in both scenarios, to an important share of the avoidance of aquatic P eutrophication. This effect is however more important for Scenario F. This is because in Scenario F, the P is not applied in excess as most of it is applied via the degassed fibre fraction, which is applied on a field where P is the limiting nutrient for crop growth. Therefore, all organic P applied in Scenario F corresponds to avoided inorganic P, as compared to the reference scenario where only a share of the organic P substitute inorganic P, the rest being pure excess. To a much smaller extent, avoiding N and K fertilisers to be used and produced also allow to avoid P-eutrophication potential. Similarly to N-eutrophication, the avoided wheat production resulting from higher yields in Scenario F has here some importance, the avoidance of P-eutrophication representing 2.4 % of the total positive contributions to P-eutrophication from the reference scenario. Avoiding the production of marginal heat and electricity has, for Scenario F, only a minor effect on the avoidance of P-eutrophication potential. One interesting point about P eutrophication potential is that it is an impact category where the net contributions are negative. This means that whether the slurry is managed as in Scenario A or F, the fact of avoiding inorganic P fertilisers to be produced/used overcome the contribution to P-eutrophication from managing the slurry itself. This statement, however, is only true if 1 kg P in slurry contributes equally to P-eutrophication as 1 kg P in mineral fertiliser, which might not be the case. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions toP-eutrophication are accounted for, there is a gain in managing the slurry as described in Scenario F as compared to the reference slurry management regarding contribution to P-eutrophication. The difference is 0.0022 kg P between Scenario A and F. This is illustrated in figure 4.6. Figure 4.6. Comparison of Scenario F vs Scenario A for P-eutrophication, for processes differing between A and F only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. The major results as regarding P-eutrophication potential can be summarised as:
4.2.6 Photochemical Ozone Formation (“smog”)In both scenarios, there are 2 main hot spots for photochemical ozone formation. Common to both scenarios is:
For Scenario A, outdoor storage is also a hot spot for ozone formation, representing 39 % of the positive contributions from the reference scenario. For Scenario F, the co-generation of heat and power is the second hot-spot, representing 24 % of the positive contributions from the reference scenario. In the case of in-house storage, the main contributor is CH4, which represents about 95 % of the contribution to ozone formation for this process. The overall emissions of CH4 from in-house may have been overestimated, as discussed in section 4.2.2. The alternative MCF value for estimating CH4 from in-house slurry storage (see description section 4.2.2) would lead to a reduction of 0.07859 person*ppm*h, representing a reduction of about 78 % of the ozone formation potential. In spite of this, CH4 would remain the main contributor to ozone formation for in-house storage. For co-generation of heat and power, the main contributor is NOx, representing about 85 % of the contribution to ozone formation for this process. This is emitted during the combustion of biogas in the biogas engine. In Scenario A, CH4 emission is the main contributing substance (95 %) to ozone formation impact for the outdoor storage process. As it can be observed in table 4.1, slurry storage is much less significant for Scenario F than Scenario A. This is due, as described in section 4.2.2, to the lower VS content of separated and degassed slurry, thus involving a much lower potential for CH4 emissions. This again highlights the positive effect of slurry separation and digestion as regarding CH4 emissions during slurry storage. Avoiding inorganic fertilisers to be produced (N, but to a smaller extent P and K) also contribute to reduce the contribution to ozone formation, in similar magnitude for both scenarios. However, the avoided production of marginal heat and electricity in Scenario F contribute to “extra” avoidance of contribution to photochemical ozone. So does the avoided wheat production induced by increased yield, but this represent a rather small avoided contribution. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to photochemical ozone formation are accounted for, the difference between managing the slurry as described in Scenario F as compared to the reference scenario is 0.02 pers*ppm*h. However, when taking the uncertainties into account, this difference is not significant (figure 4.10.A). The major results as regarding photochemical ozone formation potential can be summarised as:
This information is summarised in figure 4.7. This figure presents the contribution to photochemical ozone formation of Scenarios A and F only for the processes that are not equal between A and F (i.e. in-house storage and avoided N fertiliser are not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 4.7. Comparison of Scenario F vs Scenario A for photochemical ozone formation, for processes differing between A and F only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 4.2.7 Respiratory inorganics (small particles)This impact category involves, for both scenarios, 2 main contributing processes. These are:
For Scenario F, another important contributor is the co-generation of heat and power from biogas, representing 14 % of the total positive contributions to respiratory inorganics from the reference scenario. For in-house storage, the main contributor is NH3 emissions, representing about 97 % of the contribution to respiratory inorganics for this process. This, as discussed in section 4.2.3, emphasises the importance of reducing NH3 from animal buildings. For field processes, in Scenario F, NH3 is also the main contributor to respiratory inorganics, accounting for 86 % of the contributions for this process. The contribution from the degassed liquid fraction is higher than the other two organic fertilisers for the same reasons as explained in section 4.2.3 (acidification). Co-generation of heat and power from the biogas has for main contributor to “respiratory inorganics” NOX, which are emitted during the combustion of the biogas in the biogas engine (NOx represents 96 % of the total contributions to respiratory inorganics for this process). Avoiding inorganic fertilisers to be produced (N, but to a smaller extent P and K) also contribute to reduce the contribution to respiratory organics, in similar magnitude for both scenarios. However, the avoided production of marginal heat and electricity in Scenario F contribute to “extra” avoidance of contribution to respiratory inorganics. So does the avoided wheat production induced by increased yield, but this represents a rather small avoided contribution. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to respiratory inorganics are accounted for, the difference between managing the slurry as described in Scenario F as compared to the reference slurry management amount to 0.006 kg PM2.5 equivalent. When accounting for uncertainties, this difference is however not significant (figure 4.10.A). The major results as regarding respiratory inorganics potential can be summarised as:
This information is summarised in figure 4.8. This figure presents the contribution to “respiratory inorganics” of Scenarios A and F only for the processes that are not equal between A and F (i.e. in-house storage and avoided N fertiliser are not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 4.8. Comparison of Scenario F vs Scenario A for “respiratory inorganics”, for processes differing between A and F only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 4.2.8 Non-renewable energy resourcesThis category involves 2 main hot spots:
For transport in Scenario F, the main contributor is crude oil, representing 65 % of the contributions from the transport process. This is mainly due to the diesel used to fuel the tractors and to transport the slurry by trucks between the farm and the biogas plant. This category is the only category where transport is significant. In Scenario A, transport processes contributed to 36.8 % of the total positive contributions to “use of non-renewable energy resources” from the reference scenario while in Scenario F, it is 51 %. This is because overall, much more transport is involved in Scenario F, as the slurry has to be transported to the biogas plant and come back. The process requiring energy inputs appeared as hot spots for the non-renewable energy resources. For Scenario F, the production of biogas can be highlighted, representing 51 % of the total positive contributions to “use of non-renewable energy resources” from the reference scenario. The main contributors to the “non-renewable energy resources” impact from this process are hard coal (52 %) and natural gas (43 %). This is because of the consumption of electricity for running the anaerobic digestion process (see section F.15.3, Annex F). The electricity consumption for producing biogas was estimated as 5% of the net energy production from the biogas. As discussed in section F.15.3 of Annex F, this may however be higher and represent 10 % of the net energy production. In such a case, this would simply double to amount of energy used, and increase the contribution of the biogas production process to the “non-renewable energy resources” category accordingly. The heat consumption for the process was calculated based on heating the biomass mixture from 8°C to the process temperature of 37°C (a temperature difference of 29°C). Reducing this temperature difference through heat exchangers would contribute to slightly attenuate the contribution from the biogas process to the present impact category, but this is likely to represent a rather small contribution overall, as the negative contributions for this impact category are much larger than the positive contributions. This means, in the case of Scenario F, that producing biogas allow avoiding the consumption of non-renewable energy much more than it contributes to it. This is particularly due to the consumption and production of marginal electricity that is avoided, but also to avoided marginal heat and fertilisers (particularly N). Avoiding fertilisers to be produced and used also has a positive effect on the non-renewable energy consumption for Scenario A, and such benefits are in the same order of magnitude for both scenarios, except for P where a little more non-renewable energy is saved in the case of Scenario F. In the case of Scenario F, the avoided wheat production induced by higher yield also contributes to avoided contributions to “non-renewable energy” impact category, but this is rather small as compared to the contributions from the avoided fertilisers and avoided energy. For this impact category, all storage process appears rather insignificant contributors, as they all require little or no energy input. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to non-renewable energy use are accounted for, managing the slurry as described in Scenario F allows a reduction of 834 MJ of (primary) non-renewable energy use as compared to the reference scenario. The major results as regarding the use of non-renewable energy resources can be summarised as:
4.2.9 Consumption of phosphorus as a resourceThis impact category aims to reflect the importance of phosphorus as a limited and valuable resource. Accordingly, any scenario allowing preventing the use of this limited resource can be highlighted. In the case of this study, this category allows to emphasise the benefits of using slurry as an organic source of P rather than using inorganic P from the limited reserves. As Scenario F allows to save more P (because all the slurry P contributes to avoid inorganic P to be produced, the P not being applied in excess as in Scenario A: section A.6.1 of Annex A and F.28.4 of Annex F), it provides more benefits as compared to Scenario A regarding this impact category. The avoided wheat production induced by higher yields in Scenario F also allows a tiny additional contribution in avoiding P resources to be consumed. Based on this result, it can be concluded that managing slurry as described in Scenario F offers more advantages over Scenario A as regarding the consumption of P (the difference is 0.33 kg P being saved, per functional unit). This is due to a better management of the P in Scenario F, as the P is concentrated in the solid fraction which is applied in a field where P is deficient. Yet, if this P would be applied in excess as in Scenario A, this benefit would be lost, which highlights the importance of using the P-rich fertiliser produced in Scenario F in a field where it is needed. 4.2.10 Carbon stored in soilThrough Scenario F, a certain amount of C ends up to be stored in soils, which means that this C is not going to the atmospheric C pool. This is through the C of the different slurry fractions that are applied to field and not emitted as CO2. For the reference scenario, a total of 3.61 kg C per 1000 kg pig slurry ex-animal is stored in soils, corresponding to 13.2 kg CO2 not emitted per functional unit. This is for a C horizon in the field of 10 years. With the 100 years values, more CO2 is emitted and consequently less C is stored per functional unit (1.03 kg), resulting to 3.8 kg CO2 not emitted per 1000 kg pig slurry ex-animal. These values are presented in table 4.1 of Wesnæs et al. (2009). For Scenario F, less C is added to field per functional unit but also less CO2 is emitted in the field (as this CO2 has been emitted already during the combustion of biogas). As a result, the amount of C sequestrated in the soil per functional unit (3.36 kg C considering 10 years values; 0.94 kg C considering 100 years values) is similar to the amount of C sequestrated for the reference scenario. In terms of CO2 avoided, this corresponds to 12.3 kg CO2 (10 years values) and 3.4 kg CO2 (100 years values) per 1000 kg pig slurry ex-animal. 4.2.11 PolymerThis scenario involves the use of cationic polyacrylamide (PAM) as a polymer during the separation (0.90 kg cationic PAM per 1000 kg slurry input in the separation process). This represents 0.76 kg PAM per functional unit. The impact of the polymer fabrication was considered in the assessment, but the fate of this polymer in the environment could not be assessed due to a lack of data. Polyacrylamide polymer can be defined as many units of the monomer acrylamide, which toxicity is acknowledged as a major concern, this component being known to affect the central and peripheral nervous system (ICON, 2001). Once the PAM degrades to acrylamide monomer, the monomer is then subjected to rapid degradation in which it is decomposed to ammonia and to acrylic acid (CH2CHCOOH), which in turn is degraded to CO2 and water (ICON, 2001). Because of the extremely rapid degradation of the acrylamide monomer, it is reported that it is unlikely to find this toxic product in the environment as a result of PAM degradation (Sojka et al., 2007). Based on the literature available, it is assumed that the PAM is not likely to be degraded during the anaerobic digestion. This is based, among others, on results from studies where the solid fraction from PAM-separated slurry was digested for biogas production. This is further described in Annex F, section F.4.3. Based on this, it was assumed that all the PAM end up in the degassed fraction (liquid and degassed). As regarding the fate of cationic PAM, many of the studies reviewed suggested that PAM is rather recalcitrant to biological degradation. This is explained, among others, by the high molecular weight of PAM that cannot pass through the biological membranes of the bacterium. However, PAM is more susceptible to undergo thermal degradation (temperatures above 200 °C), photodegradation, chemical degradation (under very acidic or very basic conditions) as well as mechanical degradation (if submitted to high shear). Yet, none of the required conditions for these are likely to be found in an agricultural field, as detailed in section F.23.10. This led to the assumption that the PAM accumulates in the environment, in the soil and water compartments (linear PAM is soluble in water). As regarding the effect of cationic PAM on living organisms, Sojka et al. (2007) report that the LC50 values (i.e. the amount causing the death of 50 % of a group of tested animals) of cationic PAM is in the range of 0.3 to 10 ppm. These authors also report that cationic PAM bind to sites rich in haemoglobin such as fish gills, thus posing a barrier to oxygen diffusion. Acknowledging this information, it is recognised that the use of this 0.76 kg of cationic PAM per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal may represents an important concern in the environment that could not be reflected in this life cycle assessment. Given the importance of the potential risk associated with the cationic PAM fate in the environment, it is suggested to investigate this aspect more deeply before implementing any large scale slurry management projects involving the use of cationic PAM. 4.3 UncertaintiesThe uncertainties on the compared results have been estimated by analysing the most important factors that are changed, when comparing scenario F with the reference scenario A. It means that the uncertainties for each scenario is not analysed as such, but only the emissions that are important for the differences. The uncertainties on the comparisons are based on estimates of the uncertainties on those emissions that are the most important for the changes. The uncertainties are related to the total positive contributions from the reference scenario A (i.e. the total that is set to 100% in figures 4.9 and 4.10 as “index”). The values of the uncertainty ranges are shown in table 4.5. 4.4 Synthesis of the results for all impact categories assessedTable 4.5 compares the overall characterised results of Scenario A versus Scenario F, for all impacts categories (including carbon stored in soils). It also presents the uncertainty ranges for all impact category results. Figures 4.9.A and 4.9.B illustrate the results presented in table 4.5, and give an impression of the uncertainty. The difference between these two figures is the axis, which has a greater range in the case of figure 4.9.B in order to capture the whole impacts of non-renewable energy consumption. Figures 4.10.A and 4.10.B present only the net differences between Scenario A and F, including the uncertainties. Table 4.5. Comparison of the impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario F (biogas from raw pig slurry + fibre fraction from chemical-mechanical separation). The number of digits is not an expression of the uncertainty. Figure 4.9.A Comparison of the environmental impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario F (biogas from raw pig slurry + fibre fraction from mechanical-chemical separation). Axis ranging from -180 to 120. Click here to see Figure 4.9.A Figure 4.9.B Comparison of the environmental impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario F (biogas from raw pig slurry + fibre fraction from mechanical-chemical separation). Axis ranging from -1000 to 200. Click here to see Figure 4.9.B Figure 4.10.A Comparison of the environmental impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario F (biogas from raw pig slurry + fibre fraction from mechanical-chemical separation). Net difference only. Axis ranging from -100 to 100. Click here to see Figure 4.10.A Figure 4.10.B Comparison of the environmental impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario F (biogas from raw pig slurry + fibre fraction from mechanical-chemical separation). Net difference only. Axis ranging from -1000 to 100. Click here to see Figure 4.10.B 5 Biogas production from raw cow slurry and fibre fraction from mechanical-chemical separation (Scenario G) – results and interpretation
This section presents the results and the interpretation from the life cycle assessment carried out for “Scenario G”, described below. The results from “Scenario G” are compared to those of the reference scenario for dairy cow slurry management, i.e. “Scenario A”. Doing so, it is therefore possible to answer the research question: “What are the environmental benefits and disadvantages of producing biogas from raw cow slurry and the fibre fraction obtained from a mechanical-chemical separation process, as compared to the reference situation for cow slurry management?” As it was done for Scenario F, Scenario G was built in such a way that it integrates the “best available technologies” as well as the “best possible practices” as much as possible for an optimal environmental performance. This is important to remember in the results interpretation. The detailed description of this scenario, including all mass balances, assumptions and calculations, is presented in Annex G. All life cycle inventory data used for the results presented in this section can therefore be found in Annex G. 5.1 System DescriptionThe system constituting Scenario G, as described in section 2.2.3, consists to produce biogas from a mixture of fibre fraction (from mechanically separated slurry, flocculated with polymer) and raw slurry, both from dairy cows. After excretion, raw slurry is stored in-house; part of it is separated and part of it is kept as raw slurry. These fractions do not necessarily come from the same farm (and most probably they do not), but they both end up at the biogas plant. Once at the biogas plant, these fractions are mixed according to their composition and to their degradability in order to achieve realistic production conditions. The separation process used is considered as a “best available technology” as regarding its efficiency to increase the relative fraction of dry matter and nutrients transferred to the fibre fraction. While the separated liquid fraction is stored and used on-field as an organic fertiliser, the separated fibre fraction, as well as the raw slurry, is then used as an input for biogas production. The temporal storage of the fibre fraction before the fibre is used for biogas production is assumed to be rather short (range of 1 to 3 days with 7 days as a maximum), which is considered as a “best management practice”. Similarly, it was assumed that the raw slurry is stored in the pre-tank for a duration of less than 14 days before it is transferred whether to the biogas plant or to the separation process, which is also considered as a “best management practice”. The biogas produced from the cow raw slurry and the fibre fraction mixture is used for co-production of heat and power. The biogas engine used for the generation of heat and power is also considered as a “best available technology”, as the engine used has conversion efficiencies ranking in the highest available range. After the anaerobic digestion, the resulting degassed slurry is mechanically separated, but without polymer addition. The degassed liquid fraction resulting from this separation process is then stored until it can be used on-field as a fertiliser. The resulting degassed fibre fraction is stored as air-tight covered heap, the heap being covered by a polyethylene plastic sheet. Other options are available for the management of the degassed fibre fraction (e.g. processing it in order to make fibre pellets), but covering was considered as a “best available technology”, as explained in Annex G (section G.21.1). The processes described and used for this scenario were built in collaboration with Xergi A/S and some of the data used were obtained directly from Xergi A/S (see Annex F). The conclusions made in this section rely on this information, and the authors of this study have not had the possibility of verifying these data. Figure 5.1 presents the process flow diagram for “Scenario G”. The process numbers in figure 5.1 follows the numbers of the sections in Annex G. Figure 5.1. Process flow diagram for “scenario G” – Biogas from raw cow slurry and fibre fraction of mechanical-chemical separation of cow slurry. The process numbers follows the numbers of the sections in annex G 5.2 Results of the Impact Assessment5.2.1 Overall results of the comparisonTable 5.1 presents the overall environmental impacts from “Scenario G” (biogas from raw cow slurry and fibre fraction from mechanical-chemical separation), and compare them to the environmental impacts from the reference scenario for cow slurry (described in section 3). Figures 5.2 A and 5.2.B illustrate the results presented in table 5.1. Figures 5.2 A and 5.2.B are identical except for the minimum and maximum at the axis. In the case of figure 5.2.B, the minimum and maximum were adjusted in order to present the full impacts covered for the impact “consumption of non-renewable energy resources”. As in section 4, results are presented for soil JB3 only (sandy soil), but a sensitivity analysis assesses the differences in the results that are obtained if another soil type (soil JB6: clay soil) is considered (this is however only performed with the data of Scenario F, see section 8). As explained in section 4.2.1, the results presented are “characterised” results and are expressed, for each impact categories, relative to the result of the reference scenario. The positive values are the contributions to the environmental impacts and resource consumption by the slurry management scenarios. The negative values are “avoided environmental impacts”. Results presented in table 5.1 should be interpreted with care in the light of the assumptions and data that were used to obtain them, i.e. the life cycle inventory data presented in Annex G. An attempt to discuss these results based on this focus, impact category per impact category, is presented in sections 5.2.2 to 5.2.11. Table 5.1. Scenario G vs A: Contribution of the different processes to each environmental impact categories selected. Results, for each impact category, are expressed in % of the total positive contributions from the reference scenario (considering the 10 years values, when this applies). Soil JB3 (sandy)[1] Figure 5.2.A Overall environmental impacts for the selected impact categories – scenario G vs scenario A. Dairy cow slurry management. Soil type JB3. 10 and 100 years time horizon for global warming and for aquatic eutrophication (N). Axis ranging from -180 to 140. Click here to see Figure 5.2.A Figure 5.2.B Overall environmental impacts for the selected impact categories – scenario G vs scenario A. Dairy cow slurry management. Soil type JB3. 10 and 100 years time horizon for global warming and for aquatic eutrophication (N). Axis ranging from -1200 to 200. Click here to see Figure 5.2.B In the following sections, the benefits (and shortcomings) of producing biogas as described in Scenario G instead of the reference slurry management are discussed in details for each impact categories. 5.2.2 Global warmingAs for Scenario F (which is the same as the present scenario, but with pig slurry), there are two main processes contributing to global warming:
As for Scenario F, the high contribution from the in-house storage is due to CH4 emissions. There are only three gases contributing to the global warming potential of this process: CH4 (76 %), N2O (14 %) and CO2 (10 %). The proportions shown in parenthesis are for a 10-years value as regarding the C horizon in the field. Important emissions from CH4 were expected for this process, as the anaerobic conditions for slurry stored below animal floors favour CH4 formation more than the formation of other greenhouse gases. Yet, the high absolute contribution from CH4 is due to a potentially conservative methodological choice, as detailed in section 4.2.2. For Scenarios A and G, the contribution of field processes to global warming potential is dominated by biogenic CO2 (due to C applied emitted as CO2). In the case of Scenario G, biogenic CO2 represents 73 % of the positive contributions to global warming from field processes, while N2O represents 25 %. The contribution to global warming from field processes caused by fossil CO2 emissions (due to diesel combustion) is 2 %. In fact, there are other gases involved, but their relative contribution is rather insignificant (and not reflected when the percentages are expressed with no decimal place). The biogenic CO2 emitted in the field is lower for Scenario G than Scenario A (83 kg CO2 equivalent in Scenario G as compared to 132 kg CO2 equivalent in Scenario A). This is simply because, in the case of Scenario G, this biogenic CO2 was emitted in earlier stages, mostly during the co-generation of heat and power. In that case, however, heat and electricity were produced together with the emission. For Scenario G, it can also be highlighted that the biogenic CO2 emissions from field processes are the highest with the application of the degassed fibre fraction (49 kg CO2equivalent) as compared to the degassed liquid fraction (24 kg CO2equivalent) and the liquid fraction (10 kg CO2equivalent), respectively. This is because the fibre fraction has the highest C content per functional unit (table 5.2), and because it was considered that, on both a 10 and a 100 years horizon for C, most of the “slowly degradable” portion of the C is also degraded, thus contributing to CO2 emissions. As explained in section 4.2.2, high contributions to global warming potential from N2O were expected for field processes, as N2O has a 100-years global warming potential of 296 kg CO2 equivalent per kg N2O, based on the EDIP method (which is in turn based on IPCC, 2001). Because, for all fractions applied to field, the emission of N2O were estimated based on the IPCC methodology (IPCC, 2006), the N2O emissions are function of the N content in the applied slurry. Table 5.2 shows the C and N content of the different fractions involved in scenario A and G. Table 5.2. C and N content of the different organic fractions involved in Scenario A and G
The degassed liquid fraction thus has the highest contribution to N2O, as it has the highest N content per functional unit, followed by the liquid fraction and the degassed fibre fraction. The contribution of N2O to global warming from field processes is higher for Scenario A than Scenario G (29 kg CO2 equivalent in Scenario G and 40 kg CO2 equivalent in Scenario A). If the emissions of N2O-N represent 3 to 5 % of the N applied as suggested by Crutzen et al. (2008) rather than the 1 % of the IPCC methodology (IPCC, 2006) as used in this study, the global warming contribution from field processes would be much more important, as a small increment of N2O has huge impacts on global warming potential. The co-generation of heat and power from biogas also represents, in the case of Scenario G, a rather significant contribution to global warming, representing 19 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario. This, as explained in section 4.2.2, is mainly due to the combustion gases from burning the biogas (i.e. CH4 and CO2) in the biogas engine. The production of biogas itself (process G.15 of Annex G) represents a minor share of the contribution to global warming potential, with only 2% of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario. Another interesting observation to highlight from figure 5.2.A is the benefit on global warming contribution obtained through storing the slurry as separated (and degassed) fractions rather than as raw slurry. While storage of raw slurry represents 18 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario, the contribution from separated liquid is 2.4 %, and it is 0.9 % and 4 % for the degassed fibre fraction and the degassed liquid fraction, respectively. This is mainly because of lower CH4 emissions due to the separation (and digestion) of the VS, as explained in section 4.2.2. Finally, as it can be observed from figure 5.2.A, the contributions to global warming from the use of electricity, the use of polymer for separation and the transportation are rather negligible. If both slurry management assessed allow to avoid the use of inorganic fertilisers (N, P and K), the biogas scenario also allow to avoid the production of marginal heat and electricity (see definition section 2.3). Avoiding the production of marginal electricity (a mix of wind, coal and natural gas, see table 2.1) by the use of the electricity produced from the biogas allow considerable benefits in terms of global warming contribution avoided. This corresponds to an “avoidance” of 19 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario. Avoiding the production of marginal heat (i.e. 100 % coal, see table 2.1) through the heat produced from the biogas also has a positive impact on global warming contribution (an avoidance of about 6 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario). Avoiding the production and use of inorganic fertilisers (particularly N, but also P and K to a lesser extent) through the use of the produced organic fertilisers contribute, for both Scenario A and Scenario G, to the avoidance of global warming potential, and this avoidance is in the same order of magnitude for both scenarios. Avoiding the production and use of inorganic N avoids the production of N2O which represents the main reason for the magnitude of avoided contribution to global warming for this process. As explained in Annex G (section G.28.2), the amount of N avoided is the same in Scenario G than in the reference scenario as the “rule of conservation” (Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen, 2008) was applied to calculate the amount of inorganic N substituted by each organic fractions. The amount of inorganic P and K substituted in Scenarios A and G are different, but this does not affect the avoided contribution to global warming, as they are in the same order of magnitude for both scenarios. In the case of avoided P and K, the benefits are mostly due to the avoided fossil CO2. Similarly, the higher wheat production obtained through higher yields in Scenario G also allows to avoid contribution to global warming (mostly through N2O), though this is rather small. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to global warming are accounted for, managing the cow slurry as described in Scenario G allows a net reduction of 107 kg CO2 equivalent as compared to the reference scenario (figure 5.3). Table 5.3 summarises, for selected processes, the contribution of the main contributing substances to global warming, for both Scenario A and G. Table 5.3. Scenario G vs A: Contribution of the main contributing substances to global warming for selected processes. All values in kg CO2 equivalent. Soil JB3 (sandy).[1]
[1] The number of digits is not an expression of the uncertainty. [a] The balance is from other global warming contributing substances not presented in this table. [b] Fossil CO2 Managing cow slurry as described in scenario G appears as an interesting mitigation strategy as regarding the efforts to reduce the global warming impacts. The major results as regarding global warming can be summarised as:
This information is summarised in figure 5.3. This figure presents the contribution to climate change of Scenario A and G only for the processes that are not equal between A and G (i.e. in-house storage and avoided N fertiliser are not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 5.3. Comparison of Scenario G vs Scenario A for global warming including carbon sequestration, for processes differing between A and G only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 5.2.3 AcidificationThe contribution to acidification is dominated by 2 processes:
The main contributing substance to acidification from field processes is NH3, accounting for 98 % of the contributions from this process from both scenarios. In Scenario G, the highest potential to acidification from the field processes comes from the application of the degassed liquid fraction (64 %), followed by the application of the liquid fraction (25 %) and the degassed fibre fraction (11 %). The NH3 emissions for the degassed liquid fraction were evaluated with the same estimation as for raw slurry, i.e. as a function of the TAN in the raw slurry. This approach was used as digestion affects both factor promoting and reducing the propensity for volatilisation, as discussed in section 4.2.3 of this report and section G.27.3 of Annex G. If factors reducing the propensity for volatilisation predominate over those promoting it, then the estimation for ammonia emissions would be slightly overestimated for the degassed liquid fraction. This would have some influence but it would not change the overall results of the comparison. For example, cutting the actual ammonia emissions from the digested liquid fraction of 50 % would yield a total acidification potential from the field processes of 14 m² unprotected ecosystem, as compared to 21 m² as it is now. As a comparison, the in-house storage has an acidification potential of 16 m² unprotected ecosystem. As described in Annex G, there are no differences in the in-house storage between Scenario A and G. The main contributing substance to acidification for the in-house storage of slurry is NH3, contributing to 98 % of the total acidification potential for this process. The other contributor to acidification from in-house slurry storage is NOx, with the remaining 2 % of the total acidification potential for this process. Apart from the in-housing slurry storage and the field processes, “co-generation of heat and power from the biogas” and “outdoor storage” (aggregated for all fractions) can be distinguished as contributors to acidification for Scenario G, though their extent is much lower. For the “co-generation of heat and power”, the main contributor (91%) to acidification from the process is NOX. This is emitted during the combustion of biogas in the biogas engine. The process “co-generation of heat and power” represents 8.0 % of the total positive contributions to acidification from the reference scenario. The storage of slurry represents 12 % of the total positive contributions to acidification from the reference scenario. The main contributor to acidification from the storage processes is NH3 (88 %), but there are also some contributions from NOX (12 %). Among the different fractions to store, the degassed liquid fraction has the highest contribution to acidification followed by the degassed fibre fraction and the liquid fraction. For all fractions, NH3emissions were estimated as a function of the N content in it (NH3-N = 2 % of the N content for both liquid fractions and 5.75 % for fibre fraction, see Annex G). The N content per functional unit for stored degassed liquid is higher (3.83 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) than for the other fractions (1.47 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal for the liquid fraction and 1.03 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal for the degassed fibre fraction), explaining the highest emissions for the storage of that fraction (table 5.2). The estimate used for the fibre fraction (5.75 %) is lower than the estimate recommended by Hansen (2009) (i.e. 13 %: see Annex G). Therefore, the emissions of NH3 from the fibre fraction and consequently the contribution to acidification may be higher in reality than as estimated in this project. As discussed in section 4.2.3, the storage of the fibre fraction at the farm (process G.8), just before it is sent to the biogas plant, was assumed to be without any losses, due, among others, to the temporal nature of this process (see section G.8 of Annex F). Yet, as mentioned in section 4.3.2, NH3 from separated fibre fraction of animal slurries is recognised as a “hot spot” from slurry management involving separation, so this “no losses” assumption may have contributed to underestimate the overall acidification potential of Scenario G. The contribution to acidification from transport, use of electricity and use of polymer for separation are rather negligible. Both scenarios allow avoiding the use of inorganic fertilisers and this contributes, in the two cases, to avoid the same magnitude of acidification potential. However, Scenario G also contributes to avoid the production of marginal heat and marginal electricity, which is translated by an additional credit on the acidification potential (see figure 5.2.A). For both avoided marginal heat and electricity, the main avoided contributor to acidification is SO2. The higher yield in Scenario G contributes to avoid the production of a given amount of crop (here modelled as wheat) and consequently the related contribution to acidification from it. Yet, this is rather small, as it can be seen in table 5.1 and figure 5.2.A. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to acidification are accounted for, managing cow slurry as described in Scenario G allows a net reduction of 2.36 m² area of unprotected ecosystem (UES) as compared to the reference scenario (figure 5.4). Table 5.4 summarises, for selected processes, the contribution of the main contributing substances to acidification, for both Scenario A and G. Table 5.4. Scenario G vs A: Contribution of the main contributing substances to acidification for selected processes. All values in m² unprotected ecosystem (UES). Soil JB3 (sandy).[1]
[1] The number of digits is not an expression of the uncertainty. [a] This includes other contributing substances which are not reflected when contributions are presented with 2 decimal places. [b] The balance is from other acidification contributing substances not presented in this table. [c] This is not a zero value. Based on these results, it can be concluded that managing slurry as described in Scenario G does not allow significant environmental benefits as regarding acidification potential, as compared to the reference slurry management. The major results as regarding acidification can be summarised as:
This information is summarised in figure 5.4. This figure presents the contribution to acidification of Scenarios A and G only for the processes that are not equal between A and G (i.e. in-house storage and avoided N fertiliser are not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 5.4. Comparison of Scenario G vs Scenario A for acidification, for processes differing between A and G only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 5.2.4 Aquatic eutrophication (N)This impact category is, for both scenarios, dominated by field processes. Field processes represent, for Scenario A, 89 % of the total positive contributions to eutrophication (N) from the reference scenario (10 years value for C horizon in the field). For Scenario G, field processes represent 88 % of the total positive contributions to eutrophication (N) from the reference scenario (10 years value for C horizon in the field). In both cases, the main contributing substance is N leaching through soil. For Scenario G, N leaching through soil represents about 88 % of the contributions to N-eutrophication from field processes, and NH3 represents about 12 % to it. The use of the degassed liquid fraction in the field has the highest contribution to N-eutrophication as compared to the liquid fraction and the degassed fibre fraction. This is because, there is, for the the degassed liquid fraction, a greater N content per functional unit (3.69 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) as compared to the liquid fraction (1.40 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) and the degassed fibre fraction (0.97 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) (table 5.2). In-house storage of slurry represents about 8 % of the total positive contributions to eutrophication (N) from the reference scenario (for the 10 years values for C horizon in the field), and this is mostly due to NH3 (97 %). All other processes are contributing rather insignificantly. The production (and use) of inorganic N is avoided in both scenarios, and this contribute to a quite important avoidance of N-eutrophication to occur (64 % of the total positive contributions to N-eutrophication from the reference scenario, for both Scenario A and Scenario G and for the 10 years values). The avoided production of heat and electricity in Scenario G has a minor impact on the N-eutrophication potential avoided. The avoided wheat production resulting from higher yield in Scenario G also contributes to avoid eutrophication-N potential, but the importance of this is rather small, as it can be visualised from figure 5.2.A. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to N-eutrophication are accounted for, the difference between managing the slurry as described in Scenario G as compared to the reference slurry management allows a net difference of 0.04 kg N reaching aquatic recipients, however, when accounting for uncertainties, this benefit could be reduced to 0 (figure 5.10.A). This is for the 10 years value for C horizon in the field. The major findings as regarding N-eutrophication potential can be summarised as:
This information is summarised in figure 5.5. This figure presents the contribution to N-eutrophication of Scenarios A and G only for the processes that are not equal between A and G (i.e. in-house storage and avoided N fertiliser are not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 5.5. Comparison of Scenario G vs Scenario A for aquatic N-eutrophication, for processes differing between A and G only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 5.2.5 Aquatic eutrophication (P)For aquatic P-eutrophication, there is also one major hot spot: field processes, contributing to this environmental impact in approximately the same extent in both Scenario A and Scenario G. In both scenarios, it represents about 99 % of the total positive contributions to eutrophication (P) from the reference scenario, meaning that all other processes contribute rather insignificantly to this environmental impact. For field processes in both scenarios, P leaching to soil contributes to 99 % of the substances contributions to this impact category. For Scenario G, it can be highlighted that, for the field processes, the degassed fibre fraction contribute to about 56 % of the total positive contributions to eutrophication (P) from the reference scenario, while it is 29 % for degassed liquid fraction and 15 % for the liquid fraction. For all organic fertilisers involved (liquid fraction, degassed fibre fraction and degassed liquid fraction), it was considered that P leaching to soil (the main contributor to P-eutrophication for field process) corresponds to 10 % of the P applied to field, and 6 % of this has the possibility to reach aquatic recipients (based on Hauschild and Potting, 2005). This is detailed in sections G.7, G.23 and G.27 of Annex G. The differences obtained between the two liquid fractions therefore reflect the efficiency of the first separation to separate the P in the solid fraction, thus explaining a much lower contribution from the liquid fraction. The assumption used to estimate P leaching involves some uncertainties, as detailed in Wesnæs et al. (2009) (section 3.4.6 and section A.5.6, among others). In fact, the P actually reaching the aquatic recipients is also a function of the soil type and of the P already present in the soil. However, the purpose of the present study is comparative, and the same assumptions have been applied to both scenarios. In this perspective, the conclusions of this study are reliable, i.e. P leaching through soils is the main contributor to aquatic P-eutrophication for both scenarios. However, the “real” magnitude of P leaching through aquatic recipient (in kg P per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) may be different than as presented in Annex A and G of the present study. Avoiding inorganic P fertilisers to be produced and applied contributes, in both scenarios, to an important share of the avoidance of aquatic P eutrophication. This effect is however more important for Scenario G. This is because in Scenario G, the P is not applied in excess as most of it is applied via the degassed fibre fraction, which is applied on a field where P is the limiting nutrient for crop growth. Therefore, all organic P applied in Scenario G corresponds to avoided inorganic P, as compared to the reference scenario where only a share of the organic P substitutes inorganic P, the rest being pure excess. To a much smaller extent, avoiding N and K fertilisers to be used and produced also allow to avoid P-eutrophication potential. Similarly to N-eutrophication, the avoided wheat production resulting from higher yields in Scenario G has here some importance, the avoidance of P-eutrophication representing about 3 % of the total positive contributions to P-eutrophication from the reference scenario. Avoiding the production of marginal heat and electricity has, for Scenario G, only a minor effect on the avoidance of P-eutrophication potential. One interesting point about P eutrophication potential is that it is an impact category where the net contributions are negative. This means that whether the slurry is managed as in Scenario A or G, the fact of avoiding inorganic P fertilisers to be produced/used overcome the contribution to P-eutrophication from managing the slurry itself. This statement, however, is only true if 1 kg P in slurry contributes equally to P-eutrophication as 1 kg P in mineral fertiliser, which might not be the case. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to P-eutrophication are accounted for, there is a gain in managing the slurry as described in Scenario G as compared to the reference slurry management. This is illustrated in figure 5.6. Figure 5.6. Comparison of Scenario G vs Scenario A for aquatic P-eutrophication, for processes differing between A and G only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. The major results as regarding P-eutrophication potential can be summarised as:
5.2.6 Photochemical ozone formation (“smog”)In both scenarios, there are 2 main hot spots for photochemical ozone formation. Common to both scenarios is:
For Scenario A, outdoor storage is also a hot spot for ozone formation, representing 39 % of the positive contributions from the reference scenario. For Scenario G, the co-generation of heat and power is the second hot-spot, representing 32 % of the positive contributions from the reference scenario. In the case of in-house storage, the main contributor is CH4, which represents about 94 % of the contribution to ozone formation for this process. The overall emissions of CH4 from in-house may have been overestimated, as discussed in section 4.2.2. The alternative MCF value for estimating CH4 from in-house slurry storage (see description section 4.2.2) would lead to a reduction of 0.06807 person*ppm*h, representing a reduction of about 76 % of the ozone formation potential. In spite of this, CH4 would remain the main contributor to ozone formation for in-house storage. For co-generation of heat and power, the main contributor is NOx, representing about 85 % of the contribution to ozone formation for this process. This is emitted during the combustion of biogas in the biogas engine. In Scenario A, CH4 emission is the main contributing substance (78 %) to ozone formation impact for the outdoor storage process. As it can be observed in table 5.1, slurry storage is much less significant for Scenario G than Scenario A. This is due, as described in section 4.2.2, to the lower VS content of separated and degassed slurry, thus involving a much lower potential for CH4 emissions. This again highlights the positive effect of slurry separation and digestion as regarding CH4 emissions during slurry storage. The production of biogas itself also contributes to photochemical ozone formation through the small amount of CH4 leakages that was assumed (CH4 represents 84 % of the contributions for this process). Avoiding inorganic fertilisers to be produced (N, but to a smaller extent P and K) also contribute to reduce the contribution to ozone formation, in similar magnitude for both scenarios. However, the avoided production of marginal heat and electricity in Scenario G contribute to “extra” avoidance of contribution to photochemical ozone. So does the avoided wheat production induced by increased yield, but this represents a rather small avoided contribution. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to photochemical ozone formation are accounted for, the difference between managing the slurry as described in Scenario G as compared to the reference slurry management is 0.01 pers*ppm*h (figure 5.7). However, when taking the uncertainties into account, this difference is not significant (figure 5.10.A). The major results as regarding photochemical ozone formation potential can be summarised as:
This information is summarised in figure 5.7. This figure presents the contributions to photochemical ozone formation of Scenarios A and G only for the processes that are not equal between A and G (i.e. in-house storage and avoided N fertiliser are not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 5.7. Comparison of Scenario G vs Scenario A for photochemical ozone formation, for processes differing between A and G only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 5.2.7 Respiratory inorganics (small particles)This impact category involves, for both scenarios, 2 main contributing processes. These are:
For Scenario G, another important contributor is the co-generation of heat and power from biogas, representing 19 % of the total positive contributions to respiratory inorganics from the reference scenario. For in-house storage, the main contributor is NH3 emissions, representing about 93 % of the contribution to respiratory inorganics for this process. This, as discussed in section 5.2.3, emphasises the importance of reducing NH3 from animal buildings. For field processes, in Scenario G, NH3 is also the main contributor to respiratory inorganics, accounting for 95 % of the contributions for this process. The contribution from the degassed liquid fraction is higher than the other two organic fertilisers for the same reasons as explained in section 4.2.3 (acidification). Co-generation of heat and power from the biogas has for main contributor to “respiratory inorganics” NOX, which are emitted during the combustion of the biogas in the biogas engine (NOx represents 96 % of the total contributions to respiratory inorganics for this process). Avoiding inorganic fertilisers to be produced (N, but to a smaller extent P and K) also contributes to reduce the contribution to respiratory organics, in similar magnitude for both scenarios. However, the avoided production of marginal heat and electricity in Scenario G contributes to “extra” avoidance of contribution to “respiratory inorganics”. So does the avoided wheat production induced by increased yield, but this represents a rather small avoided contribution. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to “respiratory inorganics” are accounted for, there are no significant benefits to manage the slurry as described in Scenario G in comparison the the reference slurry management. This is illustrated in figure 5.8 and figure 5.10.A. The major results as regarding respiratory inorganics potential can be summarised as:
This information is summarised in figure 5.8. This figure presents the contribution to “respiratory inorganics” of Scenarios A and G only for the processes that are not equal between A and G (i.e. in-house storage and avoided N fertiliser are not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 5.8. Comparison of Scenario G vs Scenario A for respiratory inorganics, for processes differing between A and G only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 5.2.8 Non-renewable energy resourcesThis category involves, for both Scenario G and Scenario A, the following common hot spot:
This impact category is the only category where transport is significant and reflects the use of diesel to fuel the tractors and to transport the slurry by trucks between the farm and the biogas plant. In the case of Scenario A, “field process” contributes to the use of non-renewable energy in about the same magnitude as “outdoor storage-electricity”. In the case of field process, this reflects the use of diesel for spreading operations. The process requiring energy inputs appeared as hot spots for the non-renewable energy resources. For Scenario G, the production of biogas can be highlighted, representing 110 % of the total positive contributions to “use of non-renewable energy resources” from the reference scenario. The main contributors to the “non-renewable energy resources” impact from this process are hard coal (79 %) and natural gas (14 %). This is because of the consumption of electricity and heat for running the anaerobic digestion process (see section G.15.3, Annex G). The electricity consumption for producing biogas was estimated as 5% of the net energy production from the biogas. As discussed in section G.15.3 of Annex G, this may however be higher and represent 10 % of the net energy production. In such a case, this would simply double to amount of energy used, and increase the contribution of the biogas production process to the “non-renewable energy resources” category accordingly. The heat consumption for the process was calculated based on heating the biomass mixture from 8°C to the process temperature of 37°C (a temperature difference of 29°C). Reducing this temperature difference through heat exchangers would contribute to slightly attenuate the contribution from the biogas process to the present impact category, but this is likely to represent a rather small contribution overall, as the negative contributions for this impact category are much larger than the positive contributions. This means, in the case of Scenario G, that producing biogas allow to avoid the consumption of non-renewable energy much more than it contribute to it. This is particularly due to the consumption and production of marginal electricity that is avoided, but also to avoided marginal heat and fertilisers (particularly N). Avoiding fertilisers to be produced and used also has a positive effect on the non-renewable energy consumption for Scenario A, and such benefits are in the same order of magnitude for both Scenarios, except for P where a little more non-renewable energy is saved in the case of Scenario G, as this scenario involve no excess P. In the case of Scenario G, the avoided wheat production induced by higher yield also contributes to avoided contributions to “non-renewable energy” impact category, but this is rather small as compared to the contributions from the avoided fertilisers and avoided energy. For this impact category, all storage process appears rather insignificant contributors, as they all require little or no energy input. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to non-renewable energy use are accounted for, managing the slurry as described in Scenario G allows a reduction of 946 MJ of (primary) non-renewable energy use as compared to the reference scenario. The major results as regarding the use of non-renewable energy resources can be summarised as:
5.2.9 Consumption of phosphorus as a resourceThis impact category aims to reflect the importance of phosphorus as a limited and valuable resource. Accordingly, any scenario allowing preventing the use of this limited resource can be highlighted. In the case of this study, this category allows to emphasise the benefits of using slurry as an organic source of P rather than using inorganic P from the limited reserves. As Scenario G allows to save more P (because all the slurry P contributes to avoid inorganic P to be produced, the P not being applied in excess as in Scenario A: section A.6.1 of Annex A and G.28.4 of Annex G), it provides more benefits as compared to Scenario A regarding this impact category. The avoided wheat production induced by higher yields in Scenario G also allows a tiny additional contribution in avoiding P resources to be consumed. Based on this result, it can be concluded that managing slurry as described in Scenario G offers more advantages over Scenario A as regarding the consumption of P (the difference is 0.13 kg P being saved). This is due to a better management of the P in Scenario G, as the P is concentrated in the solid fraction which is applied in a field where P is deficient. Yet, if this P would be applied in excess as in Scenario A, this benefit would be lost, which highlights the importance of using the P-rich fertiliser produced in Scenario G in a field where it is needed. 5.2.10 Carbon stored in soilThrough Scenario G, a certain amount of C ends up to be stored in soils, which means this C is not emitted as CO2. This is through the C of the different slurry fractions that is applied to field and not emitted as CO2. For the reference scenario, a total of 6.95 kg C per 1000 kg cow slurry ex-animal is stored in soils, corresponding to 25.5 kg CO2 not emitted per functional unit. This is when considering a horizon of 10 years for C. With the 100 years values, more CO2 is emitted and consequently less C is stored per functional unit (1.98 kg), resulting to 7.3 kg CO2 not emitted per 1000 kg cow slurry ex-animal. These values are presented in table 4.2 of Wesnæs et al. (2009). For Scenario G, less C is added to field per functional unit but also less CO2 is emitted in the field (as this CO2 has been emitted already during the combustion of biogas). As a result, the amount of C sequestrated in the soil per functional unit (6.09 kg C considering 10 years values; 1.69 kg C considering 100 years values) is similar to the amount of C sequestrated for the reference scenario. In terms of CO2 avoided, this corresponds to 22.3 kg CO2 (10 years values) and 6.2 kg CO2 (100 years values) per 1000 kg cow slurry ex-animal. 5.2.11 PolymerThis scenario involves the use of cationic polyacrylamide (PAM) as a polymer during the separation (0.60 kg cationic PAM per 1000 kg slurry input in the separation process). This represents 0.28 kg cationic PAM per functional unit. The impact of the polymer fabrication was considered in the assessment, but the fate of this polymer in the environment could not be assessed due to a lack of data. As explained in section 4.2.11, evidences from the literature suggest that the use of cationic PAM may represent an important concern in the environment. This could not be reflected in this life cycle assessment. Given the importance of the potential risk associated with the cationic PAM fate in the environment, it is suggested to investigate this aspect more deeply before implementing any large scale slurry management projects involving the use of cationic PAM. 5.3 UncertaintiesThe uncertainties on the compared results have been estimated by analysing the most important factors that are changed, when comparing scenario G with the reference scenario A. It means that the uncertainties for each scenario is not analysed as such, but only the emissions that are important for the differences. The uncertainties on the comparisons are based on estimates of the uncertainties on those emissions that are most important for the changes. The uncertainties are related to the total positive contribution from the reference scenario A (i.e. the total that is set to 100% in figures 5.9 and 5.10 as “index”). The values of the uncertainty ranges are shown in table 5.5. 5.4 Synthesis of the results for all impact categories assessedTable 5.5 compares the overall characterised results of Scenario A versus Scenario G, for all impacts categories (including carbon stored in soils). It also presents the uncertainty ranges for all impact category results. Figures 5.9.A and 5.9.B illustrate the results presented in table 5.5, and give an impression of the uncertainty. The difference between these two figures is the axis, which has a greater range in the case of figure 5.9.B in order to capture the whole impacts of non-renewable energy consumption. Figures 5.10.A and 5.10.B present only the net differences between Scenario A and G, including the uncertainties. Table 5.5. Comparison of the impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario G (biogas from raw cow slurry + fibre fraction from chemical-mechanical separation). The number of digits is not an expression of the uncertainty. Note: All numbers are all rounded and accordingly, if the reader calculates the difference, it might vary slightly from the numbers shown in the table. Figure 5.9.A Comparison of the environmental impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario G (biogas from raw cow slurry + fibre fraction from mechanical-chemical separation). Axis ranging from -180 to 120. Click here to see Figure 5.9.A Figure 5.9.B Comparison of the environmental impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario G (biogas from raw cow slurry + fibre fraction from mechanical-chemical separation). Axis ranging from -1200 to 200. Click here to see Figure 5.9.B Figure 5.10.A Comparison of the environmental impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario G (biogas from raw cow slurry + fibre fraction from mechanical-chemical separation). Net difference only. Axis ranging from -100 to 100. Click here to see Figure 5.10.A Figure 5.10.B Comparison of the environmental impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario G (biogas from raw cow slurry + fibre fraction from mechanical-chemical separation). Net difference only. Axis ranging from -1000 to 200. Click here to see Figure 5.10.B 6 Biogas production from raw pig slurry and fibre fraction from mechanical screw press separation (Scenario H) – results and interpretation
This section presents the results and the interpretation from the life cycle assessment carried out for “Scenario H”, described below. The results from “Scenario H” are compared to those of the reference scenario for fattening pig slurry management, i.e. “Scenario A”. The life cycle assessment is performed in order to answer the research question: “What are the environmental benefits and disadvantages of using the fibre fraction from Samson Bimatechs mechanical separation of pig slurry (see Annex C) for biogas production compared to the reference scenario for pig slurry management?”. This scenario does not rely on “best available technologies” or “best possible practices” as it was the case for Scenarios F and G. The detailed description of this scenario, including all mass balances, assumptions and calculations, is presented in Annex H. All life cycle inventory data used for the results presented in this section can therefore be found in Annex H. The environmental impacts and conclusions in this section build, among others, on data and information delivered by the producer of the technology, Samson Bimatech, and on data measured for Samson Bimatech (laboratory measurements of the slurry composition), combined with data for biogas production based on information from Xergi. The conclusions made in this section rely on this information, and the authors of this study have not had the possibility of verifying these data. 6.1 System descriptionThe system constituting Scenario H, as described in section 2.2.4, consists to produce biogas from a mixture of raw slurry and fibre fraction obtained from a mechanical screw press separation (Samsom Bimatech process), both from fattening pigs. This scenario is highly similar to Scenario F, but some major differences can be highlighted. The main differences between Scenario H and Scenario F are:
A flow diagram for “Scenario H” is shown in figure 6.1. The process numbers in figure 6.1 follows the numbers of the sections in Annex H. Figure 6.1. Process flow diagram for “scenario H” – Biogas production from raw pig slurry and fibre fraction from mechanical screw press separation. The process numbers follows the numbers of the sections in annex H. 6.2 Results of the Impact Assessment6.2.1 Overall results of the comparisonTable 6.1 presents the overall environmental impacts from “Scenario H” (biogas from raw pig slurry and fibre fraction from mechanical separation), and compare them to the environmental impacts from the reference scenario for pig slurry (described in section 3). Figures 6.2 A and 6.2.B illustrate the results presented in table 6.1. Figures 6.2 A and 6.2.B are identical except for the minimum and maximum at the axis. In the case of figure 6.2.B, the minimum and maximum were adjusted in order to present fully the consumption of non-renewable energy impact category. As in previous sections, results are presented for soil JB3 only (sandy soil). As explained in section 4.2.1, the results presented are “characterised” results and are expressed, for each impact categories, relative to the result of the reference scenario. The positive values are the contributions to the environmental impacts and resource consumptions by the slurry management scenarios. The negative values are “avoided environmental impacts”. Results presented in table 6.1 should be interpreted with care in the light of the assumptions and data that were used to obtain them, i.e. the life cycle inventory (LCI) data presented in Annex H. An attempt to discuss these results based on this focus, impact category per impact category, is presented in sections 6.2.2 to 6.2.10. Table 6.1. Scenario H vs A: Contribution of the different processes to each environmental impact categories selected. Results, for each impact category, are expressed in % of the total positive contributions from the reference scenario (considering the 10 years values, when this applies). Soil JB3 (sandy)[1] Figure 6.2.A Overall environmental impacts for the selected impact categories – scenario H vs scenario A. Fattening pig slurry management. Soil type JB3. 10 and 100 years time horizon for global warming and for aquatic eutrophication (N). Axis ranging from -140 to 120. Click here to see Figure 6.2.A Figure 6.2.B Overall environmental impacts for the selected impact categories – scenario H vs scenario A. Fattening pig slurry management. 10 and 100 years time horizon for global warming and for aquatic eutrophication (N). Axis ranging from -450 to 150. Click here to see Figure 6.2.B In the following sections, the benefits (and shortcomings) of producing biogas as described in Scenario H instead of the reference slurry management are discussed in details for each impact categories. Sensitivity analyses were performed for some processes, as described in Annex H. The results of these sensitivity analyses are presented in section 8 of this report. However, as all the sensitivity analyses identified concern the same processes as for Scenario F, the sensitivity analyses are performed with the data of Scenario F only. 6.2.2 Global warmingFrom table 6.1 as well as figure 6.2.A, it can be observed that two main processes contribute to global warming:
The main contributing substance for in-house storage contribution to global warming is CH4 (representing, for Scenario H, 84 % of the contribution from this process). The other contributors are N2O (12%) and CO2 (4 %). The proportions shown in parenthesis are for a 10-years value as regarding the horizon considered for C in the field. This process is exactly the same for Scenario A, F, H and I. In section 4.2.2, the explanations and discussions about the importance of CH4 emissions versus the assumptions taken are presented. The contribution to global warming from field process is less important if the slurry is managed as described in Scenario H than as in the reference scenario. This is mainly due to less biogenic CO2 emissions from the field in Scenario H (74 kg CO2 equivalent in Scenario H as compared to 89 kg CO2 equivalent in Scenario A). The biogenic CO2 emissions in this case represent the emissions of CO2 from the applied slurry in the field. Less biogenic CO2 emissions for Scenario H are due to the anaerobic digestion effect, where an important share of the C was removed from the slurry and used to produce energy. In fact, the emissions of biogenic CO2 from the liquid fraction (50 kg CO2 equivalent) are about the double as those from the digested biomass (24 kg CO2 equivalent). Overall, biogenic CO2 contribute to 67 % of the contribution to global warming from field processes in Scenario H (considering 10 years values horizon for C in the field). For Scenario A, this is 70 %. The other important contributing substance to global warming from field processes is N2O. As explained in section 4.2.2, the emissions of N2O were estimated based on the IPCC methodology (IPCC, 2006), accordingly, the emissions were estimated as a function of the N content in the applied slurry. As such, the contribution to global warming from the emissions of N2O of the degassed biomass (6.6 kg CO2 equivalent) are much lower than from the liquid fraction (26.6 kg CO2 equivalent) which has a higher N content. However, if the IPCC methodology underestimate N2O emissions from field as suggested by Crutzen et al. (2008), the global warming from field process could be much more important, as detailed in section 4.2.2. For both Scenario A and H, outdoor storage appears as the third most important contributing process to global warming. In Scenario A, this process represents 21 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario and the main contributing substance is CH4 (44.6 kg CO2 equivalent, representing 73 % of the contributing substances to global warming from this process). In Scenario H, this process represents, when accounting for all fractions to be stored (liquid fraction and degassed biomass), 16 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario. In this case, the main contributing substance is also CH4, but with 28.5 kg CO2 equivalent (representing 61 % of the contributing substances to global warming from this process). From this 28.5 kg CO2 equivalent, 23.5 kg is from the storage of the liquid fraction and 5 kg is from the storage of the degassed biomass. This illustrates the positive effect of digestion for storage of slurry, as most of the VS (whose degradation is the origin for CH4 emission) were degraded during the anaerobic digestion, leaving a much lower potential for subsequent CH4 emissions. Methane emissions from the liquid fraction may however be slightly overestimated in this study, as it was assumed that all the VS present in the liquid fraction are easily degradable (see section 4.2.2 of this report and F.5.4 of Annex F). This also applies for N2O, as described in section F.5.7 of Annex F. Emissions of N2O actually contribute to 32 % of the contribution to global warming from outdoor storage in Scenario H (i.e. 14.8 kg CO2 equivalent). Most of it comes from the liquid fraction (12.9 kg CO2 equivalent). For Scenario H, the contribution to global warming from co-generation of heat and power does not have an important magnitude as compared to the other biogas scenarios because of the lower amount of biogas produced per functional unit. Finally, as it can be observed from figure 6.2.A, the contributions to global warming from the use of electricity, the biogas process and the transportation are rather negligible. Using the slurry as an organic fertiliser allows, for both scenarios, to avoid the same amount of inorganic fertiliser to be produced, and consequently, contribute to avoid the same magnitude of global warming potential to be avoided. However, the biogas production in Scenario H has the additional advantage to avoid heat and electricity to be produced, which allows more global warming potential to be avoided. The avoided wheat production induced by an increased yield in Scenario H does not contribute significantly to avoid global warming potential, as shown in figure 6.2. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to global warming are accounted for, managing the slurry as described in Scenario H allow a net reduction of 37 kg CO2 equivalent of the global warming potential as compared to the reference scenario (figure 6.3). Table 6.2 summarises, for selected processes, the contribution of the main contributing substances to global warming, for both Scenario A and H. Table 6.2. Scenario H vs A: Contribution of the main contributing substances to global warming for selected processes. All values in kg CO2 equivalent. Soil JB3 (sandy).[1]
[1] The number of digits is not an expression of the uncertainty. [a] The balance is from other global warming contributing substances not presented in this table. [b] Fossil CO2 [c] This is not a zero value The major results as regarding global warming can be summarised as:
This information is summarised in figure 6.3. This figure presents the contribution to climate change of Scenario A and H only for the processes that are not equal between A and H (i.e. in-house storage and avoided N fertiliser are not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 6.3. Comparison of Scenario H vs Scenario A for global warming including carbon sequestration, for processes differing between A and F only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 6.2.3 AcidificationAs it can be observed from figure 6.2, the major contributor to acidification is in-house storage, for both scenarios. In both cases, it represents 60 % of the total positive contributions to acidification from the reference scenario. This is mostly due to one substance, namely NH3, as discussed in section 4.2.3. Field processes represent the other most important contributor to acidification, representing, for Scenario H, about 20 % of the total positive contributions to acidification from the reference scenario (accounting for both liquid fraction and degassed biomass). The main contributing substance in this case is also NH3 (96 % of the contributions for this process). The outdoor storage, if the contributions from the liquid fraction and the degassed biomass are aggregated in the case of Scenario H, contributes to acidification in the same magnitude for both scenarios (but it is a little higher for Scenario A). The main contributing substance to acidification for outdoor storage is also NH3 (77% of the contributions for this process). For Scenario H, as it can be observed in figure 6.2.A, the contributions to acidification from the biogas production, the co-generation of heat and power and the transportation are rather small. As explained in section 6.2.1, the amount of fertiliser avoided is the same for both scenarios, and so is the avoided contribution to acidification from the inorganic fertilisers not produced/used. The production of marginal heat avoided through the use of biogas for heating has a small contribution to acidification avoidance, but the production of marginal electricity avoided as well as the wheat production avoided have insignificant contributions in avoiding acidification. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to acidification are accounted for, the difference between managing the slurry as described in Scenario H with the reference slurry management amount to 7.1 m² unprotected ecosystem (UES) (figure 6.4). When accounting for uncertainties, this difference is however not significant (figure 6.10.A) Table 6.3 summarises, for selected processes, the contribution of the main contributing substances to acidification, for both Scenario A and H. Table 6.3. Scenario H vs A: Contribution of the main contributing substances to acidification for selected processes. All values in m² unprotected ecosystem (UES). Soil JB3 (sandy).[1]
[1] The number of digits is not an expression of the uncertainty. [a] The balance is from other acidification contributing substances not presented in this table. [b] This includes other contributing substances which are not reflected when contributions are presented with 2 decimal places. [c] This is not a zero value. The major results as regarding acidification can be summarised as:
This information is summarised in figure 6.4. This figure presents the contribution to acidification of Scenarios A and H only for the processes that are not equal between A and H (i.e. in-house storage and avoided N fertiliser are not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 6.4. Comparison of Scenario H vs Scenario A for acidification, for processes differing between A and H only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 6.2.4 Aquatic eutrophication (N)Aquatic N eutrophication is, as illustrated in figure 6.2.A, mostly due to field processes:
The percentages above considers 10 years value as regarding the horizon for C during field processes, these percentages are higher if 100 years values are considered, as presented in table 6.1. The contribution to N-eutrophication from field processes is therefore similar for both scenarios. In both case, it is essentially caused by N leaching through soils. Figure 6.2 illustrates that the contribution to N-eutrophication from Scenario H is much alike the contributions from the reference scenario. However, when the 100 years values are taken into account as regarding the horizon time for C during field processes, the gain created by avoided wheat in Scenario H becomes more significant, in which case Scenario H appears slightly more advantageous than the reference scenario. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to N-eutrophication are accounted for, managing the slurry as described in Scenario H present a difference of 0.07 kg N reaching aquatic recipients as compared to the reference scenario. This is for the 10 years value for C. Taking the 100 years values for C during field processes into account, the difference is 0.08 kg N. However, when accounting for uncertainties, there are no significant benefits (figure 6.10.A). This information is summarised in figure 6.5. This figure presents the contribution to N-eutrophication of Scenarios A and H only for the processes that are not equal between A and H (i.e. in-house storage and avoided N fertiliser are not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 6.5. Comparison of Scenario H vs Scenario A for N-eutrophication, for processes differing between A and H only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 6.2.5 Aquatic eutrophication (P)As it can be observed from figure 6.2.A and table 6.1, the contribution (positive and negative) to P-eutrophication are about the same for both scenarios. In fact, the only difference is the extra avoided heat, electricity and wheat production avoided in Scenario H, but all together they represent a minor magnitude. The major positive contribution to this impact is field processes (through P leaching in soils which represents 99 % of the contributions from this process in both scenarios) and the major negative contribution is the inorganic P fertiliser avoided. For Scenario H, it can be highlighted that, for the field processes, the liquid fraction contribute to about 79 % of the total positive contributions to eutrophication (P) from the reference scenario, while it is 21 % for the degassed biomass mixture. This difference reflects the important difference between the mass flow of these 2 fractions in the system; while there is 888.5 kg liquid fraction ex-storage (including water) per 1000 kg ex-animal, there is only 187.7 kg degassed biomass ex storage (including water) per 1000 kg ex-animal. For both fractions, it was considered that P leaching to soils corresponds to 10 % of the P applied to field, and 6 % of this has the possibility to reach aquatic recipients (based on Hauschild and Potting, 2005). This is detailed in sections H.7 and H.22 of Annex H. This assumption involves some uncertainties, as discussed in section 4.2.5. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to P-eutrophication are accounted for, managing the slurry as described in Scenario H does not allow a significant benefit for P-eutrophication over managing the slurry as in the reference scenario. This is illustrated in figure 6.6 and 6.10.A. Figure 6.6. Comparison of Scenario H vs Scenario A for P-eutrophication, for processes differing between A and H only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 6.2.6 Photochemical ozone formation (“smog”)In both scenarios, there are 2 main hot spots for photochemical ozone formation:
In the case of in-house storage, the main contributor is CH4, which represents about 95 % of the contribution to ozone formation for this process. Concerns regarding potential overestimation of in-house CH4 are discussed in section 4.2.6 and 4.2.2. Methane is also the main contributing substance to ozone formation for the outdoor slurry storage process (81 % in the case of Scenario A and 75 % in the case of Scenario H). The fact that the overall contribution from outdoor storage is lower for Scenario H reflects the effect of the digestion. This is due to the lower VS content of degassed slurry, thus involving a much lower potential for CH4 emissions. This again highlights the positive effect of slurry digestion as regarding CH4 emissions during slurry storage. Another contributing process to this impact category is, for Scenario H, the co-generation of heat and power. The main contributing substance in this case is NOX (85 % of the total contributions for this process), which is emitted during the combustion of the biogas in the biogas engine. Avoiding marginal heat and electricity to be produced only have a minor contribution in avoiding the photochemical ozone formation. Avoiding inorganic fertilisers to be used/produced does contribute in reducing the overall ozone formation impact, in similar magnitude for both scenarios. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions photochemical ozone formation are accounted for, managing the slurry as described in Scenario H present a difference of 0.012 pers*ppm*h as compared to the reference scenario. When the uncertainties are taken into account, this benefit is not significant (figure 6.10.A) This information is summarised in figure 6.7. This figure presents the contribution to photochemical ozone formation of Scenarios A and H only for the processes that are not equal between A and H (i.e. in-house storage and avoided N fertiliser are not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 6.7. Comparison of Scenario H vs Scenario A for photochemical ozone formation, for processes differing between A and H only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 6.2.7 Respiratory inorganics (small particles)Respiratory inorganics is caused by 3 main processes:
For in-house storage, the main contributor is NH3 emissions, representing about 97 % of the contribution to respiratory inorganics for this process. For field process, the main contributing substance to respiratory inorganics is also NH3 (contributing to about 91 % in Scenario A and 87 % in Scenario H for this process). For outdoor storage, the contributions are divided between NH3 and NOX. In the case of Scenario H, the co-generation of heat and power, i.e. when the biogas is burnt in the biogas engine, also contributes to “respiratory inorganics” formation, representing 4.5 % of the total positive contributions to respiratory inorganics from the reference scenario. Avoiding marginal heat and electricity to be produced only have a minor contribution in avoiding respiratory inorganics. This observation also applies for the avoided wheat production induced by the extra yield. Avoiding inorganics fertilisers to be produced does contribute to avoid “respiratory inorganics” formation, in similar magnitude for both scenarios. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to “respiratory inorganics” are accounted for, managing the slurry as described in Scenario H present a difference of 0.028 kg PM2.5 equivalent as compared to the reference scenario. This difference is not significant when accounting for uncertainties (figure 6.10.A). This information is summarised in figure 6.8. This figure presents the contribution to “respiratory inorganics” of Scenarios A and H only for the processes that are not equal between A and H (i.e. in-house storage and avoided N fertiliser are not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 6.8. Comparison of Scenario H vs Scenario A for “respiratory inorganics”, for processes differing between A and H only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 6.2.8 Non-renewable energy resourcesBoth scenarios contribute to the use of the non-renewable energy through the use of marginal electricity, of liquid fuel for transportation (road and tractors) and the use of marginal heat. This is reflected in figure 6.2.B where the contributing processes are those requiring electricity or fuel inputs. Avoiding marginal electricity but also heat to be produced through the use of biogas for scenario H allows a considerable “avoidance” of non-renewable energy to be used. This is also true for the fertilisers avoided, but the magnitude of this is similar for both scenarios. The wheat production avoided in Scenario H through the yield increase also contributes to avoid, in a rather small magnitude, the use of non-renewable energy resources. Overall, the difference between Scenario H and the reference scenario lies mostly in the avoided contributions rather than in the positive contributions. This is why, as explained in section 4.2.8, using less electricity or heat input for the biogas process (as suggested in Annex F, section F.15.3) would not contribute to a drastic change of the situation for this impact category, given the larger importance of the avoided contributions. Managing the slurry as described in Scenario H thus offers a significant advantage over the reference management, as regarding the impact on non-renewable energy use. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to non-renewable energy use are accounted for, managing the slurry as described in Scenario H allows a reduction of 266 MJ of (primary) non-renewable energy use as compared to the reference scenario. 6.2.9 Consumption of phosphorus as a resourceBoth scenarios allows about the same amount of P to be preserved as a resource (through the avoidance of inorganic P fertiliser to be produced). The wheat production avoided in Scenario H (induced by the increased yield) is an extra as compared to the reference scenario but has a rather insignificant contribution in P consumption avoidance, as it can be seen it table 6.1 and figure 6.2.A. 6.2.10 Carbon stored in soilsThrough Scenario H, a certain amount of C ends up to be stored in soils, which means this C is not emitted as CO2. This is through the C of the different slurry fractions that is applied to field and not emitted as CO2. For the reference scenario, a total of 3.61 kg C per 1000 kg pig slurry ex-animal is stored in soils, corresponding to 13.2 kg CO2 not emitted per functional unit. This is considering a horizon of 10 years. With the 100 years values, more CO2 is emitted and consequently less C is stored per functional unit (1.03 kg), resulting to 3.8 kg CO2 not emitted per 1000 kg pig slurry ex-animal. These values are presented in table 4.1 of Wesnæs et al. (2009). For Scenario H, less C is added to field per functional unit but also less CO2 is overall emitted. As a result, the amount of C sequestrated in the soil per functional unit (3.48 kg C considering 10 years values; 0.64 kg C considering 100 years values) is similar to the amount of C sequestrated for the reference scenario. In terms of CO2 avoided, this correspond to 12.7 kg CO2 (10 years values) and 2.4 kg CO2 (100 years values) per 1000 kg pig slurry ex-animal. 6.3 UncertaintiesThe uncertainties on the compared results have been estimated by analysing the most important factors that are changed, when comparing scenario H with the reference scenario A. It means that the uncertainties for each scenario is not analysed as such, but only the emissions that are important for the differences. The uncertainties on the comparisons are based on estimates of the uncertainties on those emissions that are most important for the changes. The uncertainties are related to the total positive contributions from the reference scenario A (i.e. the total that is set to 100% in figures 6.3 and 6.4 as “index”). The values of the uncertainty ranges are shown in table 6.4. 6.4 Synthesis of the results for all impact categories assessedTable 6.4 compares the overall characterised results of Scenario A versus Scenario H, for all impacts categories (including carbon stored in soils). It also presents the uncertainty ranges for all impact category results. Figures 6.9.A and 6.9.B illustrate the results presented in table 6.4, and give an impression of the uncertainty. The difference between these two figures is the axis, which has a greater range in the case of figure 6.9.B in order to capture the whole impacts of non-renewable energy consumption. Figures 6.10.A and 6.10.B present only the net differences between Scenario A and H, including the uncertainties. Table 6.4. Comparison of the impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario H (biogas from raw pig slurry + fibre fraction from mechanical separation). The number of digits is not an expression of the uncertainty. Figure 6.9.A Comparison of the environmental impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario H (biogas from raw pig slurry + fibre fraction from mechanical separation). Axis ranging from -180 to 120. Click here to see Figure 6.9.A Figure 6.9.B Comparison of the environmental impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario H (biogas from raw pig slurry + fibre fraction from mechanical separation). Axis ranging from -1000 to 200. Click here to see Figure 6.9.B Figure 6.10.A Comparison of the environmental impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario H (biogas from raw pig slurry + fibre fraction from mechanical separation). Net difference only. Axis ranging from -100 to 100. Click here to see Figure 6.10.A Figure 6.10.B Comparison of the environmental impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario H (biogas from raw pig slurry + fibre fraction from mechanical separation). Net difference only. Axis ranging from -1000 to 100. Click here to see Figure 6.10.B 7 Biogas production from raw pig slurry and fibre pellets (Scenario I) – results and interpretation
This section presents the results and the interpretation from the life cycle assessment carried out for “Scenario I”. The results from “Scenario I” are compared to those of the reference scenario for fattening pig slurry management, i.e. “Scenario A”. The life cycle assessment is performed in order to answer the research question: “What are the environmental benefits and disadvantages of utilising pig slurry for producing fibre pellets and utilising the fibre pellets for biogas production - compared to the reference scenario for pig slurry?”. As for Scenario H, the present scenario does not relies on “best available technologies” or “best possible practices” as it was the case for Scenarios F and G. The detailed description of this scenario, including all mass balances, assumptions and calculations, is presented in Annex I. All life cycle inventory data used for the results presented in this section can therefore be found in Annex I. The environmental impacts and conclusions in this section to a great extent build on data and information delivered by the producer of the technology, Samson Bimatech, and on data made from Samson Bimatech (laboratory measurements of the slurry composition), combined with data for biogas production based on information from Xergi. The conclusions made in this section rely on this information, and the authors of this study have not had the possibility of verifying the data. 7.1 System descriptionThe system constituting Scenario I, as described in section 2.2.5, consists to use pig slurry for the production of fibre pellets, and these fibre pellets are used for biogas production in a mixture with raw pig slurry. After excretion, raw slurry is stored in-house; part of it is separated and part of it is kept as raw slurry. The separation process used is the same mechanical separation technology as used for Scenario H. The fibre fraction from this separation is used as an input for producing fibre pellets, while the liquid fraction is used as an organic fertiliser. The production of pellets also involves the production of ashes which are used on-field as an organic fertiliser. The pellets and un-separated raw slurry are used for biogas production. The biogas produced is used for co-production of heat and power. The degassed biomass effluent resulting from the anaerobic digestion process is stored and used on-field as an organic fertiliser. The flow of the pig slurry “from farm to soil” is shown in figure 7.1. The process numbers refer to the heading of the sections in Annex I. Figure 7.1. Process flow diagram for “scenario I” – biogas production from raw pig slurry and fibre pellets. The process numbers follows the numbers of the sections in annex I. 7.2 Results of the Impact Assessment7.2.1 Overall results of the comparisonTable 7.1 presents the overall environmental impacts from “Scenario I” (biogas from raw pig slurry and fibre pellets) and compare them to the environmental impacts from the reference scenario for pig slurry (described in section 3). Figures 7.2 A and 7.2.B illustrate the results presented in table 7.1. Figures 7.2 A and 7.2.B are identical except for the minimum and maximum at the x-axis. In the case of figure 7.2.B, the minimum and maximum were adjusted in order to present the full impacts covered for the consumption of non-renewable energy impact category. As in previous sections, results are presented for soil JB3 only (sandy soil). As explained in section 4.2.1, the results presented are “characterised” results and are expressed, for each impact categories, relative to the result of the reference scenario. The positive values are the contributions to the environmental impacts and resource consumptions by the slurry management scenarios. The negative values are “avoided environmental impacts”. Results presented in table 7.1 should be interpreted with care in the light of the assumptions and data that were used to obtain them, i.e. the life cycle inventory data presented in Annex I. An attempt to discuss these results based on this focus, impact category per impact category, is presented in sections 7.2.2 to 7.2.10. Table 7.1. Scenario I vs A: Contribution of the different processes to each environmental impact categories selected. Results, for each impact category, are expressed in % of the total positive contributions from the reference scenario (considering the 10 years values, when this applies). Soil JB3 (sandy)[1] Figure 7.2.a Overall environmental impacts for the selected environmental impacts categories – Scenario I vs Scenario A. Fattening pig slurry management. Soil type JB3. 10 and 100 years time horizon for global warming and for aquatic eutrophication (N). Axis ranging from -140 to 120. Click here to see Figure 7.2.a Figure 7.2.b Overall environmental impacts for the selected environmental impacts categories – Scenario I vs Scenario A. Fattening pig slurry management. Soil type JB3. 10 and 100 years time horizon for global warming and for aquatic eutrophication (N). Axis ranging from -400 to 250. Click here to see Figure 7.2.b In the following sections, the benefits (and shortcomings) of producing biogas as described in Scenario I instead of the reference slurry management are discussed in details for each impact categories. Sensitivity analyses were performed for some processes, but are only presented using the data of Annex F, see section 8. 7.2.2 Global warmingDifferent trends can be observed from figure 7.2.A as regarding global warming. First, when analysing the positive contributions, it can be seen that there are two major hot spots to global warming contribution:
As for the other scenarios assessed, the high contribution from the in-house storage is due to CH4 emissions. There are only three gases contributing to the global warming potential of this process: CH4 (84 %), N2O (12 %) and CO2 (4 %). The proportions shown in parenthesis are for Scenario I and for the 10-years value as regarding the C horizon considered for field processes. Important emissions from CH4 were expected for this process, as the anaerobic conditions for slurry stored below animal floors favour CH4 formation more than the formation of other greenhouse gases. Yet, the high absolute contribution from CH4 is due to a potentially conservative methodological choice, as detailed in section 4.2.2. For Scenario I, the contribution of field processes to global warming potential is dominated by biogenic CO2 (due to C applied emitted as CO2) (66 % of the contribution to global warming from field processes) and N2O (31 %). The contribution to global warming from field processes caused by fossil CO2 emissions (due to diesel combustion) is 2 %. The balance comes from a multitude of other substances, having small contributions all together. As explained in section 4.2.2, high contributions to global warming potential from N2O were expected for field processes, as N2O has a 100-years global warming potential of 296 kg CO2 equivalent per kg N2O (based on the EDIP method, in turn based on IPCC, 2001, table 6.7). Because, for all fractions applied to field, the emission of N2O were estimated based on the IPCC methodology (IPCC, 2006), the N2O emissions are function of the N content in the applied slurry. This is why the liquid fraction has the highest contribution to N2O, as it has the highest N content per functional unit. The ashes, assumed to contain no N, therefore do not contribute to generate N2O. The contribution of N2O to global warming from field processes is similar for Scenario A than Scenario I (32 kg CO2 equivalent in Scenario I and 35 kg CO2 equivalent in Scenario A). If the emissions of N2O-N represent 3 to 5 % of the N applied as suggested by Crutzen et al. (2008) rather than the 1 % of the IPCC methodology (IPCC, 2006) as used in this study, the global warming contribution from field processes would be much more important, as a small increment of N2O has huge impacts on global warming potential. It shall also be emphasised that the contribution to global warming from field processes from Scenario I are below those of scenario A (table 7.2), but the difference is not as big as in the case of the other scenarios. In the present case, the difference between scenario I and A for field processes is mainly due to biogenic CO2 emissions, which are lower for Scenario I (67.6 kg CO2 equivalent in Scenario I as compared to 88.6 kg CO2 equivalent in Scenario A).This reflects the fact that a share of the C is recuperated for energy production in Scenario I, thus not available for CO2 emissions in the field. For Scenario I, the biogenic CO2 emissions from field processes (i.e. the portion of the C from slurry applied that is emitted as CO2) are the highest with the application of the liquid fraction (51.5 kg CO2equivalent) as compared to the degassed biomass mixture (16 kg CO2equivalent). This is because the liquid fraction has the highest C content per functional unit (19.66 kg C per functional unit as compared to 5.74 kg C per functional unit for the degassed biomass mixture). This reflects the potential for improvement as regarding the separation efficiency of C in the first separation. The co-generation of heat and power from biogas also represents, in the case of Scenario I, a positive contribution to global warming, representing 4 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario. This, as explained in section 4.2.2, is mainly due to the combustion gases from burning the biogas (i.e. CH4 and CO2) in the biogas engine. Another interesting observation to highlight from figure 7.2.A is the benefit on global warming contribution obtained through storing the slurry as separated (and degassed) fractions rather than as raw slurry. While storage of raw slurry (Scenario A) represents 21.4 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario, the contribution from separated liquid is 14 %, and it is 2 % for the degassed biomass mixture. This is mainly because of lower CH4 emissions due to the separation (and digestion) of the VS, as explained in section 4.2.2. The fact that the contributions are much lower for the degassed biomass mixture reflects that the flow of degassed biomass to store is small in the overall system (116 kg degassed biomass mixture entering the storage per functional unit, figure 7.1). In comparison, there is 843.7 kg of liquid fraction entering the storage per functional unit. In Scenario I, another significant contributor to global warming is the production of the fibre pellets, representing 10.5 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario (29.9 kg CO2 equivalent for this process, including separation). The main contributing substance for this is CO2. This CO2 is 56 % biogenic and 44 % fossil. The biogenic portion represents 16.10 kg CO2 equivalent and is due to the losses of C through CO2 during the fabrication of the pellets (this data is based on in-situ measurements). The fossil portion represents 12.48 kg CO2 equivalent and is due to the energy consumption. Finally, as it can be observed from figure 7.2.A, the contributions to global warming from the transportation and the biogas production itself are rather negligible. If both slurry management assessed allow to avoid the use of inorganic fertilisers (N, P and K), the biogas scenario also allow to avoid the production of marginal heat and electricity (see definition section 2.3). Avoiding the production of marginal electricity (a mix of wind, coal and natural gas, see table 2.1) by the use of the electricity produced from the biogas allow additional benefits in terms of global warming contribution avoided. This corresponds to an “avoidance” of 4 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario. Avoiding the production of marginal heat (i.e. 100 % coal, see table 2.1) through the heat produced from the biogas also has a positive impact on global warming contribution (an avoidance of 1.2 % of the total positive contributions to global warming from the reference scenario). Avoiding the production and use of inorganic fertilisers (particularly N, but also P and K to a lesser extent) through the use of the produced organic fertilisers contribute, for both Scenario A and Scenario I, to the avoidance of global warming potential, and this avoidance is in the same order of magnitude for both scenarios. Avoiding the production and use of inorganic N avoids the production of N2O which represents the main reason for the magnitude of avoided contribution to global warming for this process. In the present case, differently from previous scenarios, the amount of avoided N differs slightly between Scenario A and Scenario I. This is because of the fact that part of the produced fibre pellets is burned in the energy plant to be used in order to cover the heat need. This burned fraction allow the use of a different substitution rule for the liquid portion associated with it, see Annex I for more details. However, this difference is so small that it does not make any major difference in the overall picture, as it can be seen from figure 7.2.A. The amount of inorganic P and K substituted in Scenarios A and I are different, but this does not affect the avoided contribution to global warming, as they are in the same order of magnitude for both scenarios. In the case of avoided P and K, the benefits are mostly due to the avoided fossil CO2. Similarly, the higher wheat production obtained through higher yields in Scenario I also allows to avoid contribution to global warming (mostly through N2O), though this is rather small. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to global warming are accounted for, the difference between managing the slurry as in Scenario A and I is 15 kg CO2 equivalent. Accounting for the uncertainties (figure 7.9.A), this benefice becomes rather small. Table 7.2 summarises, for selected processes, the contribution of the main contributing substances to global warming, for both Scenario A and I. Table 7.2. Scenario I vs A: Contribution of the main contributing substances to global warming for selected processes. All values in kg CO2 equivalent. Soil JB3 (sandy).[1]
[1] The number of digits is not an expression of the uncertainty. [a] The balance is from other global warming contributing substances not presented in this table. [b] Fossil CO2 [c] This is not a zero value [d] This includes 16.10 kg CO2 from biogenic origin (based on measurements) and 12.48 kg CO2 from fossil origin (energy consumption) The major results as regarding global warming can be summarised as:
This information is summarised in figure 7.3. This figure presents the contribution to climate change of Scenario A and I only for the processes that are not equal between A and I (i.e. in-house storage). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 7.3. Comparison of Scenario I vs Scenario A for global warming including carbon sequestration, for processes differing between A and I only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 7.2.3 AcidificationAs it can be observed from figure 7.2, the major contributor to acidification is in-house storage, for both scenarios. In both cases, it represents 60 % of the total positive contributions to acidification from the reference scenario. This is mostly due to one substance, namely NH3, as discussed in section 4.2.3. Field processes represent the other most important contributor to acidification, representing, for Scenario I, about 20 % of the total positive contributions to acidification from the reference scenario (accounting for liquid fraction, degassed biomass mixture and ashes). The main contributing substance in this case is also NH3 (96 % of the contributions for this process). The contribution from the liquid fraction represents 75 % of the share for the total contribution from field processes to acidification in Scenario I. This reflects the important flow of liquid fraction as compared to the flow of degassed biomass involved in the system. The overall contribution to acidification from field processes is much lower for Scenario I (15.7 m² unprotected ecosystem) as compared to Scenario A (9.2 m² unprotected ecosystem). This reflects the positive effect of the separation, where the N is most likely to enter the soil quickly due to the lower dry matter content, and thereby it reduces the potential for this N to be emitted as NH3 in the atmosphere (see detailed explanation in Annex F, section F.7.3) The outdoor storage, if the contributions from the liquid fraction and the degassed biomass are aggregated in the case of Scenario I, contributes to acidification in the same magnitude for both scenarios. The main contributing substance to acidification for outdoor storage is also NH3 (77% of the contributions for this process). The fabrication of the pellets in the energy plant also has some significance as regarding acidification in Scenario I (representing 3.5 % of the total positive contributions to acidification from the reference scenario). The main contributing substance responsible for this is NOX (representing 81 % of the contributions to acidification for this process). The co-generation of heat and power has here a minor contribution to acidification (representing 1.3 % of the total positive contributions to acidification from the reference scenario). The main contributing substance for this process is also NOX. For Scenario I, as it can be observed in figure 7.2.A, the contributions to acidification from the biogas production and the transportation are rather small. The amount of fertiliser avoided, though different, has the same magnitude for both scenarios, and so is the avoided contribution to acidification from the inorganic fertilisers not produced/used. The production of marginal heat avoided through the use of biogas for heating has a small contribution to acidification avoidance, and the production of marginal electricity avoided as well as the wheat production avoided have even smaller contributions in avoiding acidification. Table 7.3 summarises, for selected processes, the contribution of the main contributing substances to acidification, for both Scenario A and I. Table 7.3. Scenario I vs A: Contribution of the main contributing substances to acidification for selected processes. All values in m² unprotected ecosystem (UES). Soil JB3 (sandy).[1]
[1] The number of digits is not an expression of the uncertainty. [a] The balance is from other acidification contributing substances not presented in this table. [b] This includes other contributing substances which are not reflected when contributions are presented with 2 decimal places. [c] This is not a zero value. The major results as regarding acidification can be summarised as:
This information is summarised in figure 7.4. This figure presents the contribution to acidification of Scenarios A and I only for the processes that are not equal between A and H (i.e. in-house storage). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 7.4. Comparison of Scenario I vs Scenario A for acidification, for processes differing between A and I only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 7.2.4 Aquatic eutrophication (N)Aquatic N eutrophication is, as illustrated in figure 7.2.A, mostly due to field processes:
The percentages above considers 10 years value as regarding the horizon for C during field processes, these percentages are higher if 100 years values are considered, as presented in table 7.1. The contribution to N-eutrophication from field processes is therefore similar for both scenarios. In both cases, it is essentially caused by N leaching through soils. The other important contributor to N eutrophication is, for both scenarios, in-house storage, through NH3 emissions. In both scenarios, avoiding inorganic fertilisers to be used (mostly N) allow to avoid considerable contribution to N-eutrophication, and this is in similar magnitude for both scenarios. The wheat avoided through higher yields in Scenario I is an extra avoided contribution, but it is rather smaller in the overall picture. When the 100 years values are taken into account as regarding the horizon time for C during field processes, the gain created by avoided wheat in Scenario I becomes more significant. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to N-eutrophication are accounted for, managing the slurry as described in Scenario I allows a net difference of 0.08 kg N reaching aquatic recipients (characterisation unit for N-eutrophication potential) as compared to the reference scenario. This is for the 10 years value for C. Taking the 100 years values for C during field processes into account, the difference is 0.09 kg N. However, when accounting for uncertainties, it does not appear so clear whether there is a net benefit or not (figure 7.9.A). This information is summarised in figure 7.5. This figure presents the contribution to N-eutrophication of Scenarios A and I only for the processes that are not equal between A and I (i.e. in-house storage). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 7.5. Comparison of Scenario I vs Scenario A for N-eutrophication, for processes differing between A and I only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 7.2.5 Aquatic eutrophication (P)As it can be observed from figure 7.2.A and table 7.1, the contribution (positive and negative) to P-eutrophication are about the same for both scenarios. The major positive contribution to this impact is field processes (through P leaching in soils which represents 99 % of the contributions from this process in both scenarios) and the major negative contribution is the inorganic P fertiliser avoided. For Scenario I, it can be highlighted that, for the field processes, the liquid fraction contribute to about 81 % of the total positive contributions to eutrophication (P) from the reference scenario, while it is 16 % for the degassed biomass mixture and 3 % for the ashes. This difference reflects the important difference between the mass flow of these 3 fractions in the system; while there is 916.3 kg liquid fraction ex-storage (including water) per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal, there is only 125.9 kg degassed biomass ex-storage (including water) per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal and 1.5 kg of ashes per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. For both fractions, it was considered that P leaching to soils corresponds to 10 % of the P applied to field, and 6 % of this has the possibility to reach aquatic recipients (based on Hauschild and Potting, 2005). This is detailed in sections I.7 and I.22 of Annex H. This assumption involves some uncertainties, as discussed in section 4.2.5. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to P-eutrophication are accounted for, managing the slurry as described in Scenario I does not allow a significant benefit for P-eutrophication over managing the slurry as in the reference scenario. This is illustrated in figure 7.6. Figure 7.6. Comparison of Scenario I vs Scenario A for P-eutrophication, for processes differing between A and I only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 7.2.6 Photochemical ozone formation (“smog”)In both scenarios, there are 2 main hot spots for photochemical ozone formation:
In the case of in-house storage, the main contributor is CH4, which represents about 95 % of the contribution to ozone formation for this process. Concerns regarding potential overestimation of in-house CH4 are discussed in section 4.2.6 and 4.2.2. Methane is also the main contributing substance to ozone formation for the outdoor slurry storage process (81 % in the case of Scenario A and 74 % in the case of Scenario I). The fact that the overall contribution from outdoor storage is lower for Scenario I reflects the effect of the digestion. This is due to the lower VS content of degassed slurry, thus involving a much lower potential for CH4 emissions. This again highlights the positive effect of slurry digestion as regarding CH4 emissions during slurry storage. Another contributing process to this impact category is, for Scenario I, the co-generation of heat and power. The main contributing substance in this case is NOX (85 % of the total contributions for this process), which is emitted during the combustion of the biogas in the biogas engine. The fabrication of the pellets also contributes importantly to the photochemical ozone formation (representing about 12 % of the total positive contributions to photochemical ozone from the reference scenario). The main contributing substance in this case is also NOX. Avoiding marginal heat and electricity to be produced only have, for the compared scenarios, a minor contribution in avoiding the photochemical ozone formation. Avoiding inorganic fertilisers to be used/produced does contribute in reducing the overall ozone formation impact, in similar magnitude for both scenarios. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions photochemical ozone formation are accounted for, managing the slurry as described in Scenario I does not allow a benefit as compared to the reference slurry management. This information is summarised in figure 7.7. This figure presents the contribution to photochemical ozone formation of Scenarios A and I only for the processes that are not equal between A and H (i.e. in-house storage not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 7.7. Comparison of Scenario I vs Scenario A for photochemical ozone formation, for processes differing between A and I only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 7.2.7 Respiratory inorganics (small particles)Respiratory inorganics is caused by 3 main processes:
For in-house storage, the main contributor is NH3 emissions, representing about 97 % of the contribution to respiratory inorganics for this process. For field process, the main contributing substance to respiratory inorganics is also NH3 (contributing to about 91 % in Scenario A and 876% in Scenario I for this process). For outdoor storage, the contributions are divided between NH3 and NOX. In the case of Scenario I, the fabrication of the fibre pellets, also contributes to “respiratory inorganics” formation, representing 9 % of the total positive contributions to respiratory inorganics from the reference scenario. The main contributing substance in this case is NOX. Avoiding marginal heat and electricity to be produced only have a minor contribution in avoiding respiratory inorganics. This observation also applies for the avoided wheat production induced by the extra yield. Avoiding inorganics fertilisers to be produced does contribute to avoid “respiratory inorganics” formation, in similar magnitude for both scenarios. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to “respiratory inorganics” are accounted for, managing the slurry as described in Scenario I allows a net difference of 0.018 kg PM2.5 equivalent as compared to the reference scenario. This is not significant when uncertainty is accounted for (figure 7.9.A). This information is summarised in figure 7.8. This figure presents the contribution to “respiratory inorganics” of Scenarios A and I only for the processes that are not equal between A and I (i.e. in-house storage is not included). All processes are presented; the category labelled “other processes non equal” represents the aggregation of all processes not presented in the legend. Figure 7.8. Comparison of Scenario I vs Scenario A for “respiratory inorganics”, for processes differing between A and I only. Soil JB3, 10 years values. 7.2.8 Non-renewable energy resourcesBoth scenarios contribute to the use of the non-renewable energy through the use of marginal electricity, of liquid fuel for transportation (road and tractors) and the use of marginal heat. This is reflected in figure 7.2.B where the contributing processes are those requiring electricity or fuel inputs. The importance of the process “production of fibre pellets” for this impact category is highlighted in figure 7.2.B. Avoiding marginal electricity but also heat to be produced through the use of biogas for scenario I allows a considerable “avoidance” of non-renewable energy to be used. This is also true for the fertilisers avoided, but the magnitude of this is similar for both scenarios. The wheat production avoided in Scenario I through the yield increase also contributes to avoid, in a rather small magnitude, the use of non-renewable energy resources. Overall, the difference between Scenario I and the reference scenario lies mostly in the avoided contributions rather than in the positive contributions. This is why, as explained in section 4.2.8, using less electricity or heat input for the biogas process (as suggested in Annex F, section F.15.3) would not contribute to a drastic change of the situation for this impact category, given the larger importance of the avoided contributions. Overall, when the “deductions” from the avoided contributions to non-renewable energy use are accounted for, the difference between managing the slurry as described in Scenario I as compared to the reference slurry management is 19 MJ of (primary) non-renewable energy. This however becomes lower when taking the uncertainties into account (figure 7.9.B). 7.2.9 Consumption of phosphorus as a resourceBoth scenarios allows about the same amount of P to be preserved as a resource (through the avoidance of inorganic P fertiliser to be produced). The wheat production avoided in Scenario I (induced by the increased yield) is an extra as compared to the reference scenario but has a rather insignificant contribution in P consumption avoidance, as it can be seen it table 7.1 and figure 7.2.A. 7.2.10 Carbon stored in soilsThrough Scenario I, a certain amount of C ends up to be stored in soils, which means this C is not emitted as CO2. This is through the C of the different slurry fractions that is applied to field and not emitted as CO2. For the reference scenario, a total of 3.61 kg C per 1000 kg pig slurry ex-animal is stored in soils, corresponding to 13.2 kg CO2 not emitted per functional unit. This is for a C horizon in the field of 10 years. With the 100 years values, more CO2 is emitted and consequently less C is stored per functional unit (1.03 kg), resulting to 3.8 kg CO2 not emitted per 1000 kg pig slurry ex-animal. These values are presented in table 4.1 of Wesnæs et al. (2009). For Scenario I, less C is added to field per functional unit but also less CO2 is overall emitted (table 7.2). As a result, the amount of C sequestrated in the soil per functional unit (2.99 kg C considering 10 years values; 0.51 kg C considering 100 years values) is similar, though lower than the amount of C sequestrated for the reference scenario. In terms of CO2 avoided, this correspond to 10.9 kg CO2 (10 years values) and 1.9 kg CO2 (100 years values) per 1000 kg pig slurry ex-animal. 7.3 UncertaintiesThe uncertainties on the compared results have been estimated by analysing the most important factors that are changed, when comparing scenario I with the reference scenario A. It means that the uncertainties for each scenario is not analysed as such, but only the emissions that are important for the differences. The uncertainties on the comparisons are based on estimates of the uncertainties on those emissions that are most important for the changes. The uncertainties are related to the total positive contributions from the reference scenario A (i.e. the total that is set to 100% in figures 7.9 and 7.10 as “index”). The values of the uncertainty ranges are shown in table 7.4. 7.4 Synthesis of the results for all impact categories assessedTable 7.4 compares the overall characterised results of Scenario A versus Scenario I, for all impacts categories (including carbon stored in soils). It also presents the uncertainty ranges for all impact category results. Figures 7.9.A and 7.9.B illustrate the results presented in table 7.4, and give an impression of the uncertainty. The difference between these two figures is the x axis, which has a greater range in the case of figure 7.9.B in order to capture the whole impacts of non-renewable energy consumption. Figures 7.10.A presents only the net differences between Scenario A and I, including the uncertainties. Table 7.4. Comparison of the impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario I (biogas from raw pig slurry + fibre pellets). The number of digits is not an expression of the uncertainty. Figure 7.9.A Comparison of the environmental impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario I (biogas from raw pig slurry + fibre pellets). Axis ranging from -180 to 120. Click here to see Figure 7.9.A Figure 7.9.B Comparison of the environmental impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario I (biogas from raw pig slurry + fibre pellets). Axis ranging from -1000 to 250. Click here to see Figure 7.9.B Figure 7.10.A Comparison of the environmental impacts from Scenario A (reference) versus Scenario I (biogas from raw pig slurry + fibre pellets). Net difference only. Axis ranging from -100 to 100. Click here to see Figure 7.10.A 8 Sensitivity analysis8.1 Overview of sensitivity analysis performedWhile building the life cycle inventory for this study (Annexes F to I), the uncertainty regarding the choice of some values and methodologies has been highlighted. Different values or methodologies could have been used and this would have affected the outcome. A sensitivity analysis consists to answer such “what if” questions by changing some of the inputs in the model and assess the effect this has on the overall results. In this study, different sensitivity analyses have been performed, as enumerated through the inventory annexes. The sensitivity analyses performed are summarised in table 8.1. As it can be seen in table 8.1, most of these sensitivity analyses refer to parameters that are common for all Scenarios. In such a case, the sensitivity analysis was only performed for one scenario. Table 8.1. Summary of sensitivity analysis performed for the 4 biogas scenarios assessed
[a] This is already included in all scenarios 8.2 Results of the sensitivity analysis8.2.1 Soil typeFigure 8.1 presents the sensitivity analysis for the different soil types. As it can be seen from figure 8.1, the soil type only affects two impact categories;
For this reason, a larger scale presenting the whole impact range for “non-renewable energy” is not presented as this is not affected by the soil type. The difference between soil type JB3 and JB6 has significance for the actual value of the result, especially regarding nitrogen eutrophication (caused by N leaching). However, the goal of this study is to compare the “biogas scenario” with the reference scenario (the soil type being fixed and the same in both scenarios), and on that perspective, the differences between a given biogas scenario and the reference scenario are not changed if the soil type is changed. Figure 8.1 is for Scenario F. The calculations and graphs have also been made for scenario G, but as these provided no additional information, they have not been shown in this report. Figure 8.1 Sensitivity analyses, illustrating the difference between soil type JB3 and JB6 8.2.2 Horizon considered for C during field processesIn all scenarios, the impacts affected by different horizon for C during field processes, namely global warming and N-eutrophication, were presented for both 10 year and 100 year horizon values, see figures 4.2, 5.2, 6.2 and 7.2. The concept of 10 year horizon and 100 year horizon regards the time for the turnover of C and N in the field, i.e. “after 10 years, how much of the carbon has been transformed into CO2 and how much of the nitrogen has leached” and the same after 100 years at the field. As can be seen from figures 4.2, 5.2, 6.2 and 7.2, the time perspective has influence on the actual results for each scenario, but for the comparison between the biogas scenario and the reference scenario, the time horizon does not change the overall conclusions. The contributions to global warming (CO2 emissions from the field) and the nitrogen leaching is higher over a 100 years perspective – but the relative difference between the biogas scenarios and the reference scenario is at the same magnitude, and most important: The conclusion does not change whether a 10 years or 100 years perspective is taken into account. 8.2.3 Electricity, heat and biogas utilisationFigures 8.2.A and 8.2.B present the sensitivity analysis for the following possibilities for scenario F:
From figures 8.2.A and 8.2.B it can be seen that:
The calculations and graphs have also been made for scenario G, but as these provided no additional information, they have not been shown in this report. Figure 8.2.A Sensitivity analysis: avoided heat and electricity, biogas utilisation and amount of usable heat. Figure 8.2.B Sensitivity analysis: avoided heat and electricity, biogas utilisation and amount of usable heat. 8.2.4 Long term CO2 emissions from anaerobic digestion residuesRegarding the long term (decades to a century) emission of CO2 from various residues from biogas production, there is a lack of empirical data to support the model findings. It is a well-established fact that C from animal manure has a higher long-term retention than C from plant residues (e.g. Stemmer et al., 2000), which is supported by many independent long-term field trials. The same issue has, to our knowledge, not to date been investigated for biogas residues. The present model simulations are based on the conservative assumption that the long-term retention equals that of C from animal manure. From a theoretical viewpoint, it may be argued that the retention is a bit higher for biogas residues, but this is not verifiable, neither can there be put a possible coefficient on this hypothetical effect. If the retention should be higher than presumed here, it all in all would mean that the biogas system is slightly more favourable than estimated. But only results from possible, future long-term experiments can disclose that. 8.2.5 Avoided N fertiliserSensitivity analysis for alternative methods for calculating the replaced amount of mineral N fertiliser has been performed by a combination of rule a, c and d as mentioned in section F.28.2 of Annex F. The calculations are shown in tables 8.2-8.5 below:
Table 8.2 Sensitivity analysis for the replaced amount of mineral N fertiliser in Annex F. All calculations per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. Application of rule c).
Table 8.3 Sensitivity analysis for the replaced amount of mineral N fertiliser in Annex F. All calculations per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. Application of rule d), norm data values.
Table 8.4 Sensitivity analysis for the replaced amount of mineral N fertiliser in Annex F. All calculations per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. Application of rule d), measured values.
Table 8.5 Sensitivity analyses for the replaced amount of mineral N fertiliser in Annex F. All calculations per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. Overview of all results.
The different methods for how the amount of avoided N fertiliser is calculated do not change the overall conclusions, which is illustrated in figures 8.3.A and 8.3.B, where the results for Scenario A, Scenario F, sensitivity 1 and sensitivity 3 are compared. It can be seen that if the amount of avoided N fertiliser is increased it will just reduce the yield, which will to some extend counteract for the increased amount of avoided N. Or, to explain this further: When applying pig slurry, the N in the slurry replace 75% mineral fertiliser, which means that if applying 100 kg N in slurry, the farmer has to apply 75 kg mineral N fertiliser less (Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen (2008), paragraph 21). For example, if the farmer has a field with winter barley, and the soil type is JB3, the farmer has a “Nitrogen quota” for that field at 149 kg N per ha (Plantedirektoratet, 2008). If the farmer applies 100 kg N per ha as pig slurry, this accounts for 75 kg N per ha, which means that the farmer is allowed to apply the remaining 149 kg N per ha – 75 kg N per ha = 74 kg N per ha as mineral N fertiliser. In consequence, the farmer is interested in that the “mineral fertiliser replacement values” of the slurry are as small as possible as this will increase the yield. When the yield is increased, the extra yield is subtracted from the system. The increase of a crop yield of is assumed to replace winter wheat produced somewhere else in Denmark. This is a very simplified assumption. The consequences of increased crop yield probably replace another crop type somewhere else in the world. It is beyond the frame of this project to identify the avoided crop as a consequence of the increased crop yield. In this report, it is assumed that the increased crop yield replace winter wheat, using data from the process “Wheat, conventional, from farm“ from LCA-food data base (modified with the updated data for production of fertilisers as described in Annex A in Wesnaes et. al (2009)). Figure 8.3.A Sensitivity analysis: Replaced amount of mineral N. Click here to see Figure 8.3.A Figure 8.3.B Sensitivity analysis: Replaced amount of mineral N. Click here to see Figure 8.3.B 9 ReferencesAmon B, V Kryvoruchko, T Amon and S Zechmeister-Boltenstern (2006): Methane, nitrous oxide and ammonia emissions during storage and after application of dairy cattle slurry and influence of slurry treatment. Agriculture, Ecosystems and Environment, 112, 153-162. Andersen J (2009): Personal communication with Jesper Andersen, Xergi, August 2009. Barvenik F W (1994): Polyacrylamide characteristics related to soil applications. Soil Science, 158 (4), 235-243. Bernal M P and H Kirchmann (1992): Carbon and nitrogen mineralization and ammonia volatilization from fresh, aerobically and anaerobically treated pig manure during incubation with soil. Biology and Fertility of Soils, 13, 135-141. Basset-Mens C (2005): Propositions pour une adaptation de l’analyse de cycle de vie aux systèmes de production agricole. Mise en œuvre pour l’évaluation environnementale de la production porcine. Rennes, France : Agrocampus Rennes. PhD Thesis. Blanes-Vidal V; M N Hansen; A P S Adamsen; A Feilberg; S O Petersen and B B Jensen (2009): Characterization of odor released during handling of swine slurry: Part I. Relationship between odorants and perceived odor concentrations. Atmospheric Environment, 43, 2997-3005. Börjesson P and M Berglund (2006): Environmental systems analysis of biogas systems – Part I : Fuel-cycle emissions. Biomass and Bioenergy, 30, 469-485. Börjesson P and M Berglund (2007): Environmental systems analysis of biogas systems – Part II: The environmental impact of replacing various reference systems. Biomass and Bioenergy, 31, 326-344. Brauer P D (2006): A method of treating manure slurry, a fibrous product produced from manure slurry, uses of such a fibrous product. Patent EP1688475. [Online] http://www.freepatentsonline.com/EP1688475.html Accessed 07.08.2009. Buchhave K (2009): Personal communication with Karsten Buchhave, Bigadan, August 2009. Campos E, M Almirall, J Minez-Almela, J Palatsi and X Flotats (2008): Feasibility study of the anaerobic digestion of dewatered pig slurry by means of polyacrylamide. Bioresource Technology, 99, 387-395. Caulfield M J, G G Qiao and D H Solomon (2002): Some aspects of the properties and degradation of polyacrylamides. Chemical Reviews, 102, 3067-3083. Cederberg C and A Flysjö (2004): Environmental Assessment of Future Pig Farming Systems – Quantifications of Three Scenarios form the FOOD 21 Synthesis Work. SIK-rapport Nr. 723 2004. The Swedish Institute for food and Biotechnology. ISBN 91-7290-236-1. Crutzen P J, A R Mosier, K A Smith and W Winiwarter (2008): N2O release from agro-biofuel production negates global warming reduction by replacing fossil fuels. Atmospheric Chemistry and Physics, 8, 389-395. Dalgaard R L (2007): The environmental impact of pork production from a life cycle perspective. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Aarhus Faculty of Agricultural Sciences & Aalborg University, Department of Development and Planning. Dalgaard R, N Halberg, I S Kristensen and I Larsen (2006): Modelling representative and coherent Danish farm types based on farm accountancy data for use in environmental assessments. Agriculture, Ecosystems and Environment, 117, 223-237. Dämmgen U and N J Hutchings (2008): Emissions of gaseous nitrogen species from manure management: A new approach. Environmental Pollution, 154, 488-497. Dinuccio E, W Berg and P Balsari (2008): Gaseous emissions from the storage of untreated slurries and the fractions obtained after mechanical separation. Atmospheric Environment, 42, 2448–2459. Dones R, C Bauer and A Röder (2007): Teil VI. Kohle. Data v2.0. Ecoinvent report no 6-VI. Paul Scherrer Institut Villigen, Swiss Centre for Life Cycle Inventories, Dübendorf, Switerzarland. DJF (2008a): Normtal 2008. Gældende pr. 1.august.2008. [Online] http://www.agrsci.dk/var/agrsci/storage/original/application/ DJF (2008b): Baggrundstal 2008. [Online] http://www.agrsci.dk/var/agrsci/storage/original/application/ DMU (2009): Emission factors for stationary combustion greenhouse gasses and main pollutants for the year 2007. [Online] http://www.dmu.dk/NR/rdonlyres/18A52201-26F3-4D5C-B8DC-B6F67628DBF0/0/Emf_internet_januar2009_GHG_final_web.htm Accessed 10.10.2009 Ecoinvent Centre (2009): Database. [Online] http://www.ecoinvent.org/database/ Accessed 15.12.2009 Entry J A, R E Sojka, M Watwood and C Ross (2002): Polyacrylamide preparations for protection of water quality threatened by agricultural runoff contaminants. Environmental Pollution, 120, 191-200. Ekvall T and B P Weidema (2004): System boundaries and input data in consequential life cycle inventory analysis. International Journal of LCA 9 (3), 161-171. El-Mamouni R, J-C Frigon, J Hawari, D Marroni and S R Guiot (2002): Combining photolysis and bioprocesses for mineralization of high molecular weight polyacrylamides. Biodegradation, 13, 221-227. Faist-Emmenegger M, T Heck, N Jungbluth and M Tuchschmid (2007): Teil V Erdgas. Data v2.0. Ecoinvent report no. 6-v. Paul Scherrer Institut Villigen, Swiss Centre for life cycle inventories, Dübendorf, Switzerland. Frandsen T Q (2009): Separering af svinegylle med GEA Westfalia UCD 305. Bygninger, no. 41. [Online] http://www.lr.dk/bygningerogmaskiner/informationsserier/farmtest/ Fødevareministeriet (2008): Fuelling future energy needs – The agricultural contribution. The interaction between food, animal feed and bioenergy. [Online] www.fvm.dk/Admin/Public/DWSDownload.aspx?File=%2FFiles%2FFiler%2FEnglish%2FAgriculture%2F29727_Rapport_rent_UK_v2_web.pdf Accessed 29.10.2009 GEA (2009): Gaspotentiale tests med og uden polymer. Decanter UCD 305 ”krokodille”. Excel sheet. Unpublished data. GE Energy (2008): Jenbacher Type 3. Technical description of Jenbacher Gas Engines. [Online] http://www.gepower.com/prod_serv/products/recip_engines/en/index.htm Accessed 06.08.2009. González-Fernández C, P P Nieto-Diez, C León-Cofreces and P A García-Encina (2008): Solids and nutrients removals from the liquid fraction of swine slurry through screening and flocculation treatment and influence of these processes on anaerobic biodegradability. Bioresource Technology, 99, 6233-6239. Goodrich M, L H Dulak, M A Friedman, J J Lech (1991): Acute and long-term toxicity of water-soluble cationic polymers to rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus Mykiss) and the modification of toxicity by humic acid. Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry, Vol. 10, pp. 509-515, 1991. Pergamonn Press. Gyldenkærne S, B M Petersen and J.E. Olesen (2007): Konsekvenser og muligheder ved Danmarks deltagelse i Kyotoprotokollens artikel 3.4 på landbrugsområdet. Arbejdsrapport fra Miljøstyrelsen Nr 5, 2007. [Online] http://www2.mst.dk/Udgiv/publikationer/2007/978-87-7052-380-6/pdf/978-87-7052-381-3.pdf Accessed 06.08.2009 Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen (2008): Plantedirektoratets bekendtgørelse nr. 786 af 22. juli 2008 om jordbrugets anvendelse af gødning og om plantedække i planperioden 2008/2009. [Online] https://www.retsinformation.dk/Forms/R0710.aspx?id=116486&exp=1 Accessed 06.08.2009 Gødskningsloven (2006): Fødevareministeriets lovbekendtgørelse nr. 757 af 29. juni 2006 om jordbrugets anvendelse af gødning og om plantedække. [Online] https://www.retsinformation.dk/Forms/R0710.aspx?id=8459 Accessed 06.08.2009 Frischknecht R, N Jungbluth, H-J Althaus, G Doka, T Heck, S Hellweg, R Hisc, T Nemecek, G rebitzer, M Spielmann and G Wernet (2007): Overview and methodology. Ecoinvent report no.1. Swiss Centre for Life Cycle Inventories, Dübendorf. Hansen M N (2009): Personal communication with Martin Nørregarrd Hansen, January and October 2009. Hansen M N, K Henriksen and SG Sommer (2006): Observations of production and emission of greenhouse gases and ammonia during storage of solids separated from pig slurry: Effects of covering. Atmospheric Environment, 40, 4172–4181. Hansen M N, S Sommer, N J Hutchings and P Sørensen (2008): Emissionsfaktorer til beregning af ammoniak-fordampning ved lagring og udbringning af husdyrgødning. Det Jordbrugsvidenskabelige Fakultet, Aarhus Universitet. DJF Husdyrbrug nr. 84. December 2008. Hauschild M and J Potting (2005): Spatial differentiation in Life Cycle impact assessment – The EDIP 2003 methodology. Environmental News no 80. Danish Ministry of the Environment. Environmental Protection Agency. [Online] http://www2.mst.dk/udgiv/publications/2005/87-7614-579-4/pdf/87-7614-580-8.pdf Accessed 15.11.2009. Hjorth M, M L Christensen and P V Christensen (2008): Flocculation, coagulation, and precipitation of manure affecting three separation techniques. Bioresource Technology, 99, 8598-8604. Humbert S, M Margni and O Jolliet (2005): Impact 2002+: User Guide. Draft for version 2.1. École Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne. Industrial Ecology & Life Cycle System Group, GECOA, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology Lausanne (EPFL), Lausanne, Switzerland. ICON (2001): Pollutants in urban waste water and sewage sludge. Final report. For Directorate-General Environment. Luxembourg : European Communities. [Online] http://ec.europa.eu/environment/waste/sludge/pdf/sludge_pollutants.pdf Accessed 18.10.2009. IPCC (1997): Revised 1996 IPCC guidelines for national greenhouse gas inventories. Reference manual. Volume 3. [Online] http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/gl/guidelin/ch4ref1.pdf Accessed 10.10.2009. IPCC (2001): Climate change 2001: The scientific basis. Contributions from working group I to the third assessment report of the intergovernmental panel on climate change. Houghton J.T, Y Ding, D J Griggs, M Noguer, P J van der Linden, X Dai, K Maskell and C A Johnson (eds). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA, 881 p. [Online] http://www.ipcc.ch/ipccreports/tar/wg1/index.htm Accessed 20.11.2009. IPCC (2006): 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories. [Online] http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html Accessed 10.10.2009. ISO 14040 (2006b). Environmental management — Life cycle assessment — Principles and framework. International Standard. Second edition 2006-07-01 ISO 14044 (2006a). Environmental management — Life cycle assessment — Requirements and guidelines. International Standard. First ed. 2006-07-01. Jensen A P (2009): Personal communication with Anders Peter Jensen, Xergi, June 2009. Jensen T K (2009b): Opgradering af biogas til naturgaskvalitet. Gasteknik, 4, 12-13. Jolliet O, M Margni, R Charles, S Humbert, J Payet, G Rebitzer and R Rosenbaum (2003): IMPACT 2002+: A New Life Cycle Impact Assessment Methodology. International Journal of LCA, 8 (6), 324-330. Janzen H H, R L Desjardins, J M R Asselin and B Grace (1998): The health of our air: Towards a sustainable agriculture in Canada. Ottawa, Canada: Agriculture and Agri-food Canada. Jørgensen K and L S Jensen (2009): Chemical and biochemical variation in animal manure solids separated using different commercial separation technologies. Bioresource Technology 100, 3088-3096. Jungbluth N, F Dinkel, C Stettler, G Doka, M Chudacoff, A Dauriat, E Gnansounou, M Spielmann, J Sutter, N Kljun, M Keller and K Schleiss (2007): Life Cycle Inventories of Bioenergy. Data v. 2.0 (2007). Ecoinvent Report no. 17. Swiss Centre for Life Cycle Inventories. A joint Initiative of the ETH domain and Swiss Federal Offices. Kay-Shoemake J L, M E Watwood, R T Lentz and R E Sojka (1998): Polyacrylamide as an organic nitrogen source for soil microorganisms with potential effects on inorganic soil nitrogen in agricultural soil. Soil Biology & Biochemistry, 30 (8/9), 1045-1052. Kemira (year unknown,a): Kemira 808 C. Gylleseparation – kvæg. [Online] http://www.kemira.dk/gylleseparation/pdffiles/27859_kemira_808C.pdf Accessed 11.10.2009. Kemira (year unknown,b): Kemira 812 P. Chemical-mechanical manure separation solution. [Online] http://www.kemira.dk/gylleseparation/pdffiles/kemira812penglish_v3.pdf Accessed 11.09.2009. Kjelddal M (2009): Personal communication with Mogens Kjelddal, Landsforeningen Danske Maskinstationer, March 2009. Kløverpris J (2008): Consequential Life Cycle Inventory Modelling of Land Use induced by Crop Consumption. Industrial PhD Thesis. April 2008. Department of Management Engineering. Sustainability Development. Technical University of Denmark. Laursen H (2009): Personal communication with Henrik Laursen, Xergi, September 2009. Loria E R, J E Sawyer, D W Barker, J P Lundvall and J C Lorimor (2007): Use of anaerobically digested swine manure as a nitrogen source in corn production. Agronomy Journal, 99, 1119-1129. Lund H (2009): Personal communication with Henrik Lund, Aalborg University, June 2009. Marcato C-E, E Pinelli, P Pouech, P Winterton and M Guiresse (2008): Particle size and metal distributions in anaerobically digested pig slurry. Bioresource Technology, 99, 2340-2348. Marcato C-E, R Mohtar, J-C Revel, P Pouech, M Hafidi and M Guiresse (2009): Impact of anaerobic digestion on organic matter quality in pig slurry. International Biodeterioration and Biodegradation, 63, 260-266. Martinez J, F Guiziou, P Peu and V Gueutier (2003): Influence of treatment techniques for pig slurry on methane emissions during subsequent storage. Biosystems Engineering, 85(3), 347-354. Martinez-Almela J and J M Barrera (2005): SELCO-Ecopurin® pig slurry treatment system. Bioresource Technology, 96, 223-228. Massé D I, F Croteau and L Masse (2007): The fate of crop nutrients during digestion of swine manure in psychrophilic anaerobia sequencing batch reactors. Bioresource Technology, 98, 2918-2823. Mathiesen B V, M Münster and T Fruergaard (2009): Uncertainties related to the identification of the marginal energy technology in consequential life cycle assessment. Journal of Cleaner Production, 17, 1331-1338. Mikkelsen M H, S Gyldenkærne, H D Poulsen, J E Olesen and S G Sommer (2006): Emission of ammonia, nitrous oxide and methane from Danish agriculture 1985-2002. Methodology and estimates. National environmental Research Institute, Denmark, 90 pp – Research notes from NERI no. 231. [Online] http://www2.dmu.dk/Pub/AR231.pdf Accessed 11.10.2009. Miljøministeriet (2006): Bekendtgørelse om husdyrbrug og dyrehold for mere end 3 dyreenheder, husdyrgødning, ensilage m.v. (BEK nr. 1695 af 19/12/2006). Möller K and W Stinner (2009): Effects of different manuring systems with and without biogas digestion on soil mineral nitrogen content and on gaseous nitrogen losses (ammonia, nitrous oxides). European Journal of Agronomy, 30, 1-16. Møller H B, S G Sommer and B K Ahring (2004): Biological degradation and greenhouse gas emissions during pre-storage of liquid animal manure. Journal of Environmental Quality, 33, 27-36. Møller H B (2007): Biogas demonstration activity: Influence on biogas yield by pressure cooking the solid manure fraction from slurry separation. Unpublished. Møller H B, A M Nielsen, R Nakakubo and H J Olensen (2007a): Process performance of biogas digesters incorporating pre-separated manure. Livestock Science, 112, 217-223. Møller H, H S Jensen, L Tobiasen and M N Hansen (2007b): Heavy metals and phosphorus content of fractions from manure treatment and incineration. Environmental Technology, 28 (12), 1403-1418. Møller H B, J D Hansen and C A G Sørensen (2007c): Nutrient recovery by solid-liquid separation and methane productivity of solids. Transactions of the ASABE, 50(1), 193-200. Nemecek T and T Kägi (2007): Life Cycle Inventory of Agricultural Production Systems. Data v 2.0 (2007). Ecoinvent report No. 15. Agrosope Reckenholz-Tänikon Research Station ART. Zürich and Dübendorf, December 2007. Nieder R and D K Benbi (2008): Carbon and nitrogen in the terrestrial environment. Springer Science. Nielsen A M (2009). Optimising the production of biogas from manure and energy crops. PhD Thesis, Institute of Chemical Engineering, Biotechnology and Environmental Technology, University of Southern Denmark, Odense, Denmark. Nielsen P H (2002): Heat and power from pig manure. [Online] http://www.lcafood.dk/processes/energyconversion/ Nielsen P H (2004): Energy production from pig manure. Data in the LCAfood database available in the SimaPro software. Nielsen O-K, E Lyck, M H Mikkelsen, L Hoffmann, S Gyldenkærne, M Winter, M Nielsen, P Fauser, M Thomsen, M S Plejdrup, R Albrektsen, K Hjelgaard, L Vesterdal, I S Møller and L Baunbæk (2009): Denmark’s national inventory report. Emission inventories 1990-2007 – Submitted under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. National Environmental Research Institute, Aahrus University. 826 pp. – NERI technical report no.724. [Online] http://www2.dmu.dk/Pub/FR724.pdf Accessed 10.10.2009. Nielsen P H and H Wenzel (2005): Integrated Environmental Assessment of Ronozyme® Phytase application as an Alternative to Phosphate Supplementation to Pig Feed. March 2005. The Institute for Product Development. Technical University of Denmark. Norddahl B (2009): Personal communication with Birgir Norddahl, University of Southern Denmark, August 2009. Petersen B M, J E Olesen and T Heidmann (2002): A flexible tool for simulation of soil carbon turnover. Ecological Modelling, 151, 1-14. Petersen J and P Sørensen (2008): Loss of nitrogen and carbon during storage of the fibrous fraction of separated pig slurry and influence on nitrogen availability. Journal of Agricultural Science, 40, 4172–4181. Plantedirektoratet (2008): Vejledning om gødsknings- og harmoniregler. Planperioden 1.august 2007 til 31 juli 2008 – Revideret udgave april 2008. [Online] http://www.pdir.dk/files/filer/topmenu/publikationer/vejledninger/ Poulsen H D, C F Børsting, H B Rom and S G Sommer (2001): Kvælstof, fosfor og kalium i husdyrgødning – normtal 2000 (Standard values of nitrogen, phosphorous and potassium in animal manure). Danmarks Jordbrugs Forskning. DJF rapport Nr. 36. Husdyrbrug. Miljøministeriet for fødevarer, landbrug og fiskeri. Danmarks Jordbrugsforskning, Tjele. Pp 152. Potting J and M Hauschild (2005): Background for spatial differentiation in LCA impact assessment – The EDIP 2003 methodology. Environmental Project no. 996 2005. Miljøprojekt. Danish Ministry of the Environment. Environmental Protection Agency. Pré Consultants (2009): Download Centre. [Online]. http://www.pre.nl/download/default.htm Accessed 15.12.2009. Rosager F (2009): Personal communication with Frank Ulrik Rosager, Xergi, June 2009. Sherlock RR, S G Sommer, R Z Khan, C Wesley, C W Wood, E A Guertal, J R Freney, C O Dawson and K C Cameron (2002): Emission of Ammonia, Methane and Nitrous Oxide from Pig Slurry Applied to a Pasture in New Zealand. Journal of Environmental Quality 31, 1491-1501. Sleeswijk A W, L F C M van Oers, J B Guinée, J Struijsd and M A J Huijbregtsb (2008): Normalisation in product life cycle assessment: An LCA of the global and European economic systems in the year 2000. Science of the Total Environment 390 (2008) p. 227–240. By Anneke Wegener Sleeswijk (Radboud University, Faculty of Science, Department of Environmental Science, The Netherlands), Lauran F.C.M. van Oers and Jeroen B. Guinée (Institute of Environmental Sciences (CML), Leiden University, The Netherlands), Jaap Struijs (National Institute for Public Health and the Environment) and Mark A.J. Huijbregts (Radboud University, Faculty of Science, Department of Environmental Science, The Netherlands). Sojka RE, D L Bjorneberg, J A Entry, R D Lentz and W J Orts (2007): Polyacrylamide in agriculture and environmental land management. Advances in Agronomy 92, 75-162. Sommer S G (1997): Ammonia volatilization from farm tanks containing anaerobically digested animal slurry. Atmospheric Environment, 31(6), 863-868. Sommer S G, L S Jensen, S B Clausen and H T Søgaard (2006): Ammonia volatilization from surface-applied livestock slurry as affected by slurry composition and slurry infiltration depth. Journal of Agricultural Science, 144, 229-235. Sommer S G, H B Møller and S O Petersen (2001): Reduktion af drivhusgasemission fra gylle og organisk affald ved biogasbehandling. DJG rapport nr. 31. Husdyrbrug. Juli 2001. Sommer S G, J Olesen, S O Petersen, M R Weisbjerg, L Valli, L Rodhe and F Béline (2009): Region-specific assessment of greenhouse gas mitigation with different manure management strategies in four agroecological zones. Global Change Biology, doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2486.2009.01888.x. Sommer S G, S O Petersen and H B Møller (2004): Algorithms for calculating methane and nitrous oxide emissions from manure management. Nutrients Cycling in Agroecosystems, 69, 143-154. Spielmann M, C Bauer, R Dones and M Tuchschmid (2007): Transport services. Data v2.0. Ecoinvent report no.14. Swiss centre for life cycle inventories, Dübendorf, Switzerland. Symons G E and A M Buswell (1933): The methane fermentation of carbohydrates. Journal of the American Chemical Society, 55, 2028-2036. Steen I. (1998): Phosphate Recovery - Phosphorus availability in the 21st century - Management of a non-renewable resource. Phosphorus & Potassium, Issue No: 217 (September-October, 1998). Downloaded October 2008 from http://www.nhm.ac.uk/research-curation/projects/phosphate-recovery/p&k217/steen.htm Stemmer, M., Roth, K. & Kandeler, E. (2000): Carbon mineralization and microbial activity in a field trial used for 14C turnover experiments over a period of 30 years. Biol. Fert. Soils 31, 294-302. Stranddorf HK, L Hoffmann and A Schmidt (2005): Update on Impact Categories, Normalisation and Weighting in LCA - Selected EDIP97-data. Danish Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Project No. 995, 2005. Thomson A, M Wise, K Calvin, L Clarke, R Sands, B Bond-Lamberty, S Smith, A Janetos and J Edmonds (2009): Integrated assessment modelling of land-use change and climate change impacts on terrestrial carbon stocks. IOP Conf. Series, Earth and Environmental Science, 6. [Online] http://iopscience.iop.org/1755-1315/6/16/162007/pdf/1755-1315_6_16_162007.pdf Accessed 06.11.2009. Utoft J (2009): Grøn vækst vil kræve biogas i naturgasnettet. Gasteknik, 4, 16-17. Vanotti M B, D M C Rashash and P G Hunt (2002): Solid-liquid separation of flushed swine manure with PAM: effect of wastewater strength. Transactions of the ASAE, 45 (6): 1959-1969. Vanotti M B, J M Rice , A Q Ellison, P G Hunt, F J Humenik and C L Baird (2005): Solid-liquid separation of swine manure with polymer treatment and sand filtration. Transactions of the ASAE, 48 (4), 1567-1574. Vinther F (2004): SimDen. en simpel model til beregning af denitrifikation af N2O-emission. [Online] www.agrsci.dk/media/webdav/filer/jpm/ostof/simden_ver_2_0 Accessed 06.08.2009. Weidema B, M Wesnæs, J Hermansen, T Kristensen, N Halberg, P Eder, L Delgado (2008): Environmental improvement potentials of meat and dairy products. Sevilla: Institute for Prospective Technological Studies. JRC Scientific and Technical Reports. JRC 46650. EUR 23491 EN. ISBN 978-92-79-09716-4. ISSN 1018-5593. DOI 10.2791/38863. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications of the European Communities. © European Communities, 2008. 217 sider. http://ftp.jrc.es/EURdoc/JRC46650.pdf Weidema B P, H Wenzel, C Petersen and K Hansen (2004): Product, functional unit and reference flows in LCA. Danish Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental News No. 70, 2004. Weidema B P (2004): Geographical, technological and temporal delimitation in LCA – UMIP 2003 method. Danish Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental News No. 74, 2004. Wenzel H, M Hauschild and L Alting (1997): Environmental assessment of products. Volume 1: Methodology, tools and case studies in product development. Chapman & Hall. ISBN 0 412 80800 5. Wesnæs M, H Wenzel and B M Petersen (2009): Life cycle assessment of slurry management technologies. Environmental project no. 1298, 2009. Danish Ministry of the Environment, Environmental Protection Agency. [Online] http://www2.mst.dk/udgiv/publications/2009/978-87-92548-20-7/pdf/978-87-92548-21-4.pdf Accessed 10.10.2009. Wu S and R A Shanks (2004): Solubility study of polyacrylamide in polar solvents. Journal of Applied Polymer Science, 93, 1493-1499. Annex F. Biogas production with pig slurry and fibre fraction from a mechanical-chemical separation– Life Cycle Inventory dataF.1 System descriptionThis annex contains Life Cycle Inventory data for biogas production from a mixture of fibre fraction (from mechanically separated slurry, flocculated with polymer) and raw slurry, both from fattening pigs. The separation process used in this annex is considered as a “best available technology” for biogas production. The resulting fibre fraction has a degradation potential similar to the one of raw slurry. The biogas is used for co-production of heat and power. The biogas engine used for the generation of heat and power is also considered as a “best available technology”, as the engine used has conversion efficiencies ranking in the highest available range. The processes described and used for this scenario were built in collaboration with Xergi A/S, as Xergi A/S has experience and data for more than 30 biogas plants established throughout the country. The degassed slurry resulting from the anaerobic digestion is mechanically separated again, but without polymer addition. The liquid fraction is then used on field as a fertilizer, and so is the fibre fraction. Although biogas exclusively from slurry input (i.e. without supplementary addition of easily degradable carbon) is not yet the most common practice in Denmark, it is likely to become an important alternative for the Danish panorama. This is due to the limited availability of the organic waste or the other C-source materials that are actually co-digested with the slurry. Co-digesting the raw slurry is practiced in order to ensure the economic feasibility of biogas production. Moreover, the Danish government has set the objective to use more than 50 % of the slurry produced in Denmark for biogas production, in which case the possibility to make biogas from 100 % slurry input represents an interesting option. Several plants running on inputs from slurry only (i.e. raw slurry and separated fibre fraction) are currently under development throughout the country, and the first one has just been put into operation (Morsø Bioenergi was inaugurated 15 of June 2009). The present annex describes the process flow for a biogas scenario comprising a total of 28 main processes, which were divided into 8 main sections:
The scenario described in this annex has been modelled in order to include “Best Available Technology” as much as possible. The conditions considered throughout the scenario were chosen in the light of the best feasible possibilities. This applies for the technologies used as well as for the management practices. However, conservative assumptions were used in the calculation of the emissions, in order to ensure the life cycle assessment reflects the correct picture as regarding the environmental consequences of this manure management option. It shall also be mentioned that many possibilities could have been included as regarding the different variants in the biogas production, which could be worth another life cycle assessment themselves. For example, instead of being used for co-generation of heat and power through a biogas engine, the biogas could have been cleaned and injected directly to the natural gas grid (this possibility is however considered as a sensitivity analysis). Else, it could also have been upgraded and used as a transportation fuel. Also, the slurry is sometimes treated in a pre-treatment plant before entering the biogas plant, which is another variant not included here. The overall flow diagram for this scenario is presented in figure F.1. Figure F.1. Flow diagram for biogas production based on raw slurry + fibre fraction from mechanically separated pig slurry with a decanter centrifuge and polymer addition Processes F.2 to F.7: Raw slurry from which the fibre fraction origins: production, separation and fate of the liquid fraction
F.2 In-house storage of slurryThe assumptions and Life Cycle Inventory data for the storage of slurry in the housing units are the same as for the reference scenario (section A.2, Annex A). Accordingly, the CH4 and N2O emissions are calculated with the IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006). For CH4, the calculation is thus as follows: CH4 [kg] = VS [kg] * B0[1] * 0.67 [kg CH4 per m³ CH4] * MCF [2], with the “ex animal” VS and with MCF = 17 % (value for pit storage below animal confinement greater than 1 month, table 10.17 in IPCC 2006). The choice of a MCF value of 17 %, as explained in Annex A (section A.2), is conservative, the alternative being a MCF = 3 % if the storage is less than one month, based on IPCC (2006) tabulated values. The gap between these two alternative MCF values is considerable. This means that the overall greenhouse gas emissions related to the in-house storage presented in this study, if compared to other studies, may be significantly higher based on the choice of this MCF value. Yet, systems need to be comparable, so the alternatives assessed hereby must be assessed as in the reference scenario. As the in-house storage of slurry is identical to the one in the reference case, performing a sensitivity analysis with a lower MCF would only contribute to reduce the CH4 emissions of both the present and the reference scenario by the same order of magnitude. Instead, the effect of this conservative choice for the MCF value is raised as a discussion point in the interpretation of the results. It is however acknowledged that the CH4 emissions during in-house storage could have been estimated with an Arrehenius relationship, as proposed by Sommer et al. (2004) and Sommer et al. (2009) instead of the IPCC methodology. For direct N2O emissions, IPCC (2006) estimates the N2O emissions from pit storage below animal confinements to be 0.002 kg N2O-N per kg N “ex animal” (uncertainty: a factor 2), based on the judgement of an IPCC expert group combined with various studies. The indirect N2O emission corresponds to 0.01 kg N2O–N per kg (NH3–N + NOX–N volatilised) (IPCC, 2006, table 11.3). The NO-N and N2-N emissions were calculated in the same way as in Annex A, i.e. based on the study of Dämmgen and Hutchings (2008). In their study, they assumed that the emission of nitrogen monoxide (NO) is the same as the direct emission of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as NO-N and N2O-N). Furthermore, they assumed that emission of nitrogen (N2) is three times as high as the direct emissions of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as N2-N and N2O-N). As regarding the total NOX emissions (NOX = NO + NO2), it was assumed, as in Annex A, that NOX = NO. This is because it has not been possible to find data on NO2. Ammonia emissions are estimated based on Poulsen et al. (2001), where an emission factor of 16% NH3-N of the total N ex-animal is suggested for fattening pigs on fully slatted floors. Emissions of CO2 are based on mass balances, i.e. as the total loss of carbon in the housing units minus the carbon lost as CH4 emissions. The total loss of carbon in the housing units is 3.4 kg (table A.7, Annex A), so this gives a CO2 emission of 3.44 kg/1000 kg slurry ex-housing (see calculation in table F.1).This mass balance approach is used because the slurry composition for C was determined backwards, i.e. from the C content of ex-storage slurry through the C content of ex-housing slurry and finally ex-animal slurry. This backwards approach was used due to the availability of data. Estimating the CO2 emissions for the in-house storage with another approach than the mass balance would therefore change the ex-housing manure composition, which is the very basis of comparison between all scenarios. Yet, in subsequent anaerobic storages of slurry, the CO2 emissions are estimated as a function of the CH4 emissions (i.e. sections F.5, F.15 and F.25). If the in-house CO2 production would had been calculated in accordance with the CO2:CH4 ratio as described in section F.5 (i.e. 1.42 g of CO2 is produced per g of CH4) the CO2 emission here would have been 4.67 kg CO2(1.42 kg CO2/kg CH4 x 3.29 kg CH4). Compared to the actual 3.44 kg CO2, the difference is not significant for the overall results. Accordingly, the current method for calculation of the CO2 emission from slurry stored in the barn does not influence the overall results. Moreover, part of the produced CO2 from the in-house storage (and also outdoor storage) is emitted to air immediately and part of the CO2 is dissolved in the slurry. In this life cycle assessment, it is calculated as all the CO2 is emitted to air immediately. By calculating this way, the CO2 will be emitted at the process that causes the CO2, which makes the interpretation of the sources easier. Furthermore it does not change the overall result, as the overall amount of CO2 emitted is exactly the same. The only difference is that it would have been emitted at a later stage in the life cycle chain of the slurry. The same approach has been used in Annex B, see section B.2. Table F.1 (taken from Annex A), shows the life cycle data for the in-house storage of raw slurry. Table F.1. Life cycle Inventory data for storage of raw slurry in the housing units. All data per 1000 kg of slurry “ex animal”. (taken from Annex A, table A.9)
F.3 Storage of slurry in pre-tankThe raw slurry ex-housing is stored in the pre-tank, and will later be directly pumped from there when transferred to the separation unit. No significant losses from the pre-tank storage as well as no water addition are assumed; it is thus consistent with section C.3 in Annex C (storage of slurry in pre-tank before separation with the Samson Bimatech technology). The exact duration of the storage in the pre-tank is, in practice, quite variable, from a few days to a few weeks, according to the contracts farmers have with the biogas plants regarding the deliveries. According to Rosager (2009), assuming a storage duration of maximum 10 to 14 days in the pre-tank would be a reasonable, though conservative, assumption. This assumption was therefore applied in this project. Assuming no losses may be reasonable for this duration period, but it may not be correct for a longer storage period, particularly as regarding losses of C (through CH4 and CO2). In fact, Møller et al. (2004), who estimated the losses of carbon from in-house storage of both pig and cattle manure in a laboratory-scale study, reported the losses of both CO2 and CH4 as a function of the storage time. From the graphs presented in Møller et al. (2004), it can be seen that an emission peak (for both CH4 and CO2) occurs between 10 and 20 days after excretion (storage at 15°C). In the case of this project, no specific storage duration was assumed for the in-house storage (it was only assumed that it is less than 1 month, see section A.2.2 of Annex A), but it appears likely that the emission peak presented in Møller et al. (2004) for CH4 did occur during the in-house storage (i.e. before the slurry was transferred to the pre-tank). Moreover, important CH4 emissions were considered during the in-house storage of the slurry (as a methane conversion factor of 17% was used in the calculation, see discussion in section F.2). Given these facts, it appears reasonable to assume no additional methane losses for the pre-tank storage phase. The energy consumption related to the slurry transfer from the pre-tank through the separation unit involves the electricity for stirring in the pre-tank before pumping (1.2 kWh per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing, as in table A.10 of Annex A) and the electricity for pumping (0.5 kWh per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing, as in table A.10 of Annex A). This involves a total energy consumption of 1.7 kWh per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing. The life cycle data for the storage of the slurry in the pre-tank are presented in table F.2. The ex pre-tank slurry composition considered is presented in table F.3 (which is identical to the ex-housing slurry of Annex A, table A.1). Table F.2. Life cycle Inventory data for storage of raw slurry in the pre-tank. All data per 1000 kg of slurry “ex animal”.
Table F.3. Characteristics of slurry ex pre-tank from fattening pigs
F.4 Separation by a decanter-centrifuge separator combined with the use of polymerF.4.1 Description of the separation technologyThe GEA Westfalia separation process, which is used in this study, is based on centrifugal separation technology. The present scenario is calculated based on data from a UCD 305 decanter centrifuge. It contains a horizontally oriented, conical rotor constructed in a manner allowing for continuous removal of separated material. The centrifugal force makes particulate matter move towards the perimeter of the centrifuge, while the liquid fraction moves vertically through the centrifuge. Adding polymer, especially polyacrylamide (PAM) to the slurry input prior to the separation process contribute to increase the relative fraction of dry matter and nutrients transferred to the fibre fraction (Martinez-Almela and Barrera, 2005; Campos et al., 2008; Vanotti et al., 2002; Vanotti et al., 2005; González-Fernández et al., 2008). The present scenario is based on a relatively high polymer consumption (0.90 kg polymer addition per 1000 kg slurry input in the separation process, see table F.8). F.4.2 Separation indexes and mass balancesIt is assumed that the composition of the slurry leaving the pre-tank is the same as the “ex housing” composition in the reference scenario, as it has been assumed that there are no loss or emissions during the storage in the pre-tank (section F.3). This assumption is not strictly correct due to the biological processes in the slurry during the residence time in the pre-tank, as discussed in section C.3 of Annex C. The efficiencies of the separation must be known in order to evaluate the composition of the subsequent liquid and solid fraction. In order to do so, data provided by GEA (GEA, 2009) were used, which are presented in table F.4. Values in table F.4 are based on measurements performed from raw slurry and solid fraction samples, and may therefore involve some inconsistencies when performing the whole mass balances, due to unavoidable experimental errors occurring during the sampling and related to measurement equipments. This is a general problem when performing measurements on separation data, and as described in Annex C, this also applies for literature data. Table F.4. Experimental data provided by GEA (chemical-mechanical separation of pig slurry).
a) The separation index for phosphorus is based on the phosphorus mass balances for the liquid fraction (data provided by GEA) and not on the separation indexes data provided by GEA, as the separation index was 100% in spite of that there were still phosphorus in the liquid fraction after the separation. The efficiency of separation is typically measured as the “separation index”. The separation index is the mass of a compound in the solid fraction divided by the mass of the compound in the original slurry before separation, e.g. The separation index for a given element can be interpreted as the percentage of the total amount of that parameter in the raw slurry that ends up in the solid fraction. The remaining is ending up in the liquid fraction (i.e. percentage in liquid fraction = 100 % - separation index). In this project, the separation efficiencies will be based the data shown in table F.4, except for the total mass. The reason for this is that the amount of water in the slurry given by the “Danish Norm Data” for pig slurry (which is used as reference in this study) is far lower than the amount of water in the slurry that was used for the measurements by GEA. As described in Annex A, the reference pig slurry in the present study is based on the Danish Norm Data (Poulsen et al. (2001), DJF (2008a) and DJF (2008b)), and water from the housing units – used for cleaning - is not included in the Norm Data (the amount of water that is not included is probably in the order of 220 litres of water per 1000 kg pig slurry [3]). Yet, water contributes significantly to the total mass, so an adjustment is needed for the mass separation index. In order to do so, it was assumed that the DM of the solid fraction coming out of the separator would remain approximately constant independently of the water content of the raw slurry. Based on this, the total mass of fibre fraction can be evaluated, and thereby the separation index for the total mass. Since the amount of DM in the fibre fraction was measured (26.59 %, which means that there is 265.9 kg DM per 1000 kg of fibre fraction), and since the DM content of the input slurry is known (69.7 kg DM per kg raw slurry, table A.1, Annex A), the mass of fibre fraction produced can be calculated. This amounts to 228.58 kg fibre fraction per 1000 kg raw slurry[4], which means that 22.858 % of the initial mass is found in the solid fraction. The remaining mass is then going in the liquid fraction, corresponding to 77.142 % (i.e. 100 % - 22.858 %). Of course, this separation index for the mass will result in a lower water content of the liquid fraction as compared to the measurements performed by GEA(due to the relatively low water content of the reference slurry). As the emissions and field processes are calculated in relation to the amount of N and C, the water content (not the concentration) is relatively unimportant for the overall results. From the experimental data presented in table F.4, it can be noticed that the efficiencies for C, Cu and Zn cannot be evaluated as there are no data. Therefore, it was assumed that the separation efficiency for C is the same as for DM, i.e. 87.2 %. For Cu and Zn, separation efficiencies given in a recent study of Møller et al. (2007b) were used (centrifuge, pig slurry no.1). Since no polymer addition is involved in the study performed by Møller et al. (2007b), these efficiencies may be lower as those involved in the actual study, but it is yet a better approximation than simply ignoring Cu and Zn for the rest of the analysis. Table F.5 presents the separation efficiencies considered in this study. Table F.5. Separation efficiencies considered for the chemical-mechanical separation of pig slurry.
The mass balance calculations and composition of the resulting liquid and solid fractions are presented in table F.6. Table F.6 Mass balances for gea separation of slurry from fattening pigs (Decanter centrifuge + polymer) The composition of the slurry used in order to get the experimental data presented in table F.4 is presented in table F.7 and is compared to the slurry used in this study (i.e. slurry from the Norm data, as described in Annex A and detailed in table A.1. of Annex A). The resulting composition of both fractions are also compared and discussed. This comparison is performed since most of the separation efficiencies used in this project come from the experimental data provided by GEA. Table F.7 Comparison of the separation of the “Danish Norm Data pig slurry” with the pig slurry sample used by gea for measurements. When comparing the separation of the “Norm Data pig slurry” and the “GEA pig slurry sample” in table F.7, it can be seen that:
F.4.3 Polymer additionAs described in F.4.1, the GEA separation includes the use of a polymer (liquefied cationic polyacrylamide). The polymer data is shown in table F.8 below. Table F.8. Data on the polymer used for the separation.
a) From the “Sikkerhedsdatablad” b) Calculated as the rest Polyacrylamide polymers (PAM) are widely investigated in the scientific literature as regarding their performance in solid-liquid separation of slurries (e.g. Martinez-Almela and Barrera, 2005; Campos et al., 2008; Vanotti et al., 2002; Vanotti et al., 2005; González-Fernández et al., 2008; Hjorth et al., 2008). Though the polyacrylamide polymer can be defined as many units of the monomer acrylamide, the chemical nature of the polymer and the monomer is highly different (Caulfield et al., 2002). While polyacrylamide is considered as a relatively safe material, the toxicity of acrylamide monomer is a major concern (El-Mamouni et al., 2002), this component being known to affect the central and peripheral nervous system (ICON, 2001). PAM can be charged positively (anionic), negatively (cationic) or non-charged (non-ionic) (Barvenik, 1994). Concerns regarding the toxicity of cationic PAM (as used in this project) have been expressed in the literature (e.g. Entry et al., 2002; Barvenik, 1994), and flow-through conditions showed that water-soluble cationic polymers present more long-term toxicity than they do under static conditions (Goodrich et al., 1991). Once the PAM degrades to acrylamide monomer, the monomer is then subjected to rapid degradation in which it is decomposed to ammonia and to acrylic acid (CH2CHCOOH), which in turn is degraded to CO2 and water (ICON, 2001). Because of the extremely rapid degradation of the acrylamide monomer, it is reported that it is unlikely to find this toxic product in the environment as a result of PAM degradation (Sojka et al., 2007). Campos et al. (2005) investigated if PAM degradation takes place during the anaerobic digestion of solid fractions obtained from pig slurry separated with and without the use of PAM. The authors concluded from the results of their biodegradability study that PAM is not significantly biodegradable by anaerobic microorganisms and is not toxic for anaerobic microorganisms, as no significant differences were observed between the maximum methanogenic activity of the different treatments investigated (different concentration of PAM in the solid fractions). Similarly, Martinez-Almela and Barrera (2005) as well as Gonzalez-Fernández et al. (2008) also concluded that PAM residues do not contribute to toxicity of the anaerobic digestion and do not affect the methane production. Recalcitrance of PAM to microbial degradation under both aerobic and anaerobic conditions was also observed by El-Mamouni et al. (2002). In this study, it was therefore considered that all the polymer used during the separation will end up in the field, through the application of the degassed fibre fraction as a fertilizer. The fate of the polymer in the soil is further detailed in section F.23. F.4.4 Energy consumptionThe electricity consumption for the separation is calculated based on data from Frandsen (2009). According to this, the energy consumption for separating pig slurry with a GEA separator requires 2.45 kWh per m³ when separating 5 m³ slurry per hour and 1.86 kWh per m³ slurry when separating 7 m³ slurry per hour. According to the GEA measurements including addition of polymer used in this Annex, 5.5 m³of slurry was separated per hour, corresponding to approximately 2.3 kWh per m³ slurry (using linear interpolation). Using a slurry density of 1053 kg per m³ for pig slurry (from Annex A, table A.1), this means that 2.184 kWh are needed per 1000 kg of slurry input in the separator, as presented in table F.9. Table F.9. Energy consumption for the separation process
F.4.5 Material consumptionA list of the materials used for the construction of the separation equipment is shown in table F.10. This material consumption is based on qualified expert estimates and was assumed to be of the same magnitude as for the mechanical separation in Annex C. As calculations performed by Wesnæs et al. (2009) has shown that the material consumption has no significance for the overall environmental impacts, the differences between the separator in this Annex and the separator in Annex C has no significance. Table F.10 Material consumption for the separation equipment
F.4.6 Overall life cycle data for separationTable F.11 presents the overall lifecycle data for the separation process. It should be highlighted that no data as regarding the emissions occurring during the separation process has been found. This lack of data is particularly critical as regarding ammonia emissions, which are likely to occur given the volatile nature of ammonia. Emissions of ammonia at this stage would change the total N content of the two fractions. As no data were available to make any reasonable estimate, no emissions will be considered to occur during the separation. Yet, it appears reasonable to assume that all the emissions likely to occur during the separation are occurring in later stages anyway, so considering them at this stage or at later stages does not change the overall results. Table F.11. Life cycle data for separation (decanter centrifuge + polymer). Data per 1000 kg slurry (ex pre-tank).
F.5 Outdoor storage of the liquid fractionF.5.1 General descriptionThe liquid fraction is stored in an outdoor concrete tank covered with a floating layer consisting of 2.5 kg of straw per 1000 kg slurry stored (as in the outdoor storage of the untreated slurry in the reference scenario, Annex A). Because straw is regarded as a waste product from cereal production (rather than a co-product), the life cycle data of straw production are not included in this study. F.5.2 Addition of waterWater will be added in the liquid fraction during storage through precipitations. The amount of precipitations is the same as in Annex A, i.e. a total of 86 kg of water. F.5.3 Electricity consumptionThe electricity for pumping and stirring is taken from table A.10 (Annex A) and further adjusted by a reduction factor. This is because the electricity consumption data presented in Annex A are for raw slurry. Yet, the separated liquid fraction can be anticipated to offer much less resistance when stirring or pumping than does the slurry, therefore resulting in smaller energy consumption. Therefore, the total energy consumption, as calculated from data in Annex A, will be multiplied by 0.5. This is a rather rough estimate, but as the energy consumption from pumping and stirring has had a rather insignificant contribution on the overall environmental impacts in Wesnæs et al. (2009) (figure 3.3), the magnitude of the uncertainty does not matter so much for this parameter. The electricity consumption involves : the consumption for stirring when straw is added (1.2 kWh per 1000 kg slurry), the consumption for stirring (1.2 kWh per 1000 kg) and pumping (0.5 kWh per 1000 kg slurry), before application to the field. This gives an electricity consumption of 2.9 kWh per 1000 kg slurry, on which a factor of 50 % is applied, which results in an electricity consumption of 1.45 kWh per 1000 kg liquid fraction. F.5.4 Emissions of CH4Martinez et al. (2003) studied the influence of different pig slurry treatment on the emissions occurring during storage. For the liquid fraction from slurry separation, they observed CH4 emissions reduction of 7 % and 40 %, with laboratory scale and farm scale mechanical separator, respectively. The reductions are as compared to the emissions occurring during the storage of non treated pig slurry. They measured emissions of CH4-C corresponding to 1.9 % and 10.2 % of the initial C, for the two different separation technologies tested after 50 days of open storage. Dinuccio et al. (2008) measured CH4-C emissions from a mechanically separated liquid fraction (from raw swine slurry) corresponding to 4.39 and 12.8 % of the VS for slurry stored during 30 d at 5 °C and 25 °C respectively. For this project, it has been decided to calculate the CH4 emissions based on the IPCC methodology[5], but by using the VS content of the separated liquid fraction (the VS being calculated with the hypothesis that VS = DM * 80 %). This gives a CH4 emission of 0.279 kg per 1000 kg of liquid separated fraction (i.e. 80 % * 11.57 kg DM per 1000 kg liquid fraction * 0.45 * 0.67 * 10 % = 0.279 kg). This represents the highest emission potential, as not all the VS will contribute significantly to CH4 emissions. In fact, the heavily degradable portion of the VS is recalcitrant to microbial degradation (Sommer et al., 2009). Yet, no information is available in the literature in order to assess the portion of easily and heavily degradable VS in both liquid and solid fractions of separated slurry (Sommer et al., 2009). This means that, with the actual status of data availability, it is not possible to reflect the better performance of some separation technologies as regarding their efficiency in separating the easily degradable VS in the solid fraction and heavily degradable VS in the liquid fraction. Separating the easily degradable VS out of the liquid fraction is desirable, given the anaerobic conditions of the liquid fraction favouring their degradation into CH4 and CO2. The CH4 emissions estimated in this project may therefore slightly overestimate the actual magnitude of emissions occurring during the storage of the separated liquid. On the other hand, the effect of the straw cover, which represents an additional C source for methanogens, was not accounted for, in conformity with the reference scenario. Therefore, it is assumed that these effects are overall counterbalanced and that the CH4 emissions calculated as described above give a fair picture of the emissions occurring in reality. The value of 0.279 kg CH4 emissions per 1000 kg of liquid fraction used in this study represents a reduction of 86 % as compared to the emissions occurring during storage of raw slurry (which was 1.94 kg CH4 per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing, table A.11, Annex A), which is quite higher than the reductions reported in the literature. This is due to the better separation efficiency of total VS of the separation technology used in this study. F.5.5 Emissions of CO2Emissions of CO2 were estimated as a function of the methane emissions. This is the approach used throughout this study for estimating CO2 emissions in processes where slurry is kept in anaerobic conditions (e.g. F.5 and F.25) The ratio between CO2 and CH4 emitted during anaerobic degradation was estimated based on the Buswell equation (Symons and Buswell, 1933), as presented in equation (1): The organic components making up the VS in slurry and their relative amount in pig slurry were taken from Sommer et al. (2009), and are presented in table F.12. Table F.12 Organic components constituting the VS in slurry and their relative amount in pig slurry (adapted from Sommer et al., 2009).
Based on equation (1) and table F.12, the ratio between the number of moles of CO2 and CH4 from the full degradation of the easily degradable VS in the slurry can be calculated, as presented in table F.13. Table F.13 Calculation of the ratio between the number of moles of CO2 versus CH4 resulting from the degradation of the easily degradable VS in the pig slurry
The ratio of 0.52 moles of CO2 per mole of CH4 calculated in table F.13 means that an amount of 1.42 g of CO2 is produced per g of CH4[6]. This estimate will be used in order to estimate the CO2 emissions from the various slurry types involved in this study when slurry is kept in anaerobic conditions. As mentioned in section F.2, part of the produced CO2 from the outdoor storage is emitted to air immediately and part of the CO2 is dissolved in the slurry. However, in this life cycle assessment, it is calculated as all the CO2 is emitted to air immediately, which makes the interpretation of the sources easier, as detailed in section F.2. F.5.6 Emissions of NH3In this project, the ammonia emissions are calculated using the same assumption as for the reference scenario: According to Poulsen et al. (2001), the emission of NH3–N is 2% of the total-N in the slurry “ex housing” (i.e. “ex separation” in the present case). This corresponds to NH3–N emissions of 0.0825 kg per 1000 kg of separated liquid. F.5.7 Emissions of N2O-N, NO-N and N2-NIn the reference scenario, the direct N2O-N emissions for storage were based on IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006). However, the IPCC methodology does not provide any emission factor for storage of separated liquid fraction. Accordingly, the direct N2O emissions were estimated relative to the emissions in the reference scenario, adjusted with the different N content. The content of total-N “ex separation” is 4.127 kg/1000 kg liquid fraction (table F.6). The content of total-N in the reference slurry is 5.48 kg per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing (table A.1, Annex A). The direct N2O emissions in the reference scenario were 0.033 kg N2O-N per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing (table A.11, Annex A). Therefore, the direct N2O-N emissions are calculated as: 0.033 kg N2O-N * (4.127/ 5.48) = 0.0249 kg N2O-N per 1000 kg liquid fraction. This is also a rough estimate. Yet, it is acknowledged that the N2O emissions may in fact be lower than this estimate due to the lower DM content in the liquid fraction (and thereby a lower potential for easily converted VS content). The NO-N and N2-N emissions were calculated in the same way as in Annex A, i.e. based on the study of Dämmgen and Hutchings (2008). In their study, they assumed that the emission of nitrogen monoxide (NO) is the same as the direct emission of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as NO-N and N2O-N). Furthermore, they assumed that emission of nitrogen (N2) is three times as high as the direct emissions of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as N2-N and N2O-N). As regarding the total NOX emissions (NOX = NO + NO2), it was assumed, as in Annex A, that NOX = NO. This is because it has not been possible to find data on NO2. Therefore, this means that the NO-N emissions (and thereby the NOX-N emissions) correspond to 0.0249 kg per 1000 kg liquid fraction and the N2-N emissions correspond to 0.0747 kg per 1000 kg liquid fraction. The indirect N2O-N emissions can be calculated as described by IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006), i.e. as 0.01 * (NH3-N + NOX-N). This gives indirect N2O-N emissions of 0.00107 kg per 1000 kg liquid fraction. F.5.8 Life cycle data and mass balances for storage of liquid fractionTable F.14 summarizes the LCA data for the storage of liquid fraction and presents the comparison with the storage emissions in Annex A. It must be emphasized that 1000 kg liquid fraction do not correspond to 1000 kg slurry ex animal, so the values of Annex A versus Annex F are not directly comparable. Values from Annex A were only included since they were needed for the calculation of some of the emissions. For CO2, values from Annex A are presented as they were calculated, and their equivalent is presented in parenthesis if they would have been calculated according to the ratio between CH4 and CO2, as explained in section F.5.5. Table F.15 presents the mass balance of the liquid fraction in order to establish its composition after the storage. In this table, it can be noticed that the change of DM is estimated as the losses of N and C. It is acknowledged that this is a rough estimation, as other elements of greater molecular weight may also be lost (e.g. dissolved O2). The estimated DM change shall therefore be seen as a minimum change, the actual DM change may in fact be greater than the one taken into account in this study. Table F.14 Life cycle data for storage of the liquid fraction. All data per 1000 kg of liquid fraction “ex separation”.
Table F.15. Mass balances for storage of liquid fraction after separation
a Changes in total N: 0.0825 kg NH3-N + 0.0249 kg N2O-N + 0.0249 kg NO-N + 0.0747 kg N2-N = 0.207 kg N b Changes in total C: 0.396 kg CO2 * 12.011 [g/mol] /44.01 [g/mol] + 0.279 kg CH4 * 12.011 [g/mol] /16.04 [g/mol] = 0.317 kg C c The change in DM is assumed to be identical to the sum of the loss of N and C F.6 Transport of the liquid fraction to the fieldThe transport of the liquid fraction to field is assumed to be identical to the transport of the untreated slurry in Annex A. Accordingly, the same assumptions have been applied. This means that the process “Transport, tractor and trailer” from the Ecoinvent database (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p.204) has been used, for a distance of 10 km. This includes the construction of the tractor and the trailer. As the transport by trucks (instead of by tractor with a trailer) is required by law in Denmark when the slurry is transported for distances greater than 10 km, Wesnæs et al. (2009) carried out a sensitivity analysis with a transportation distance of 32 km (involving transport by truck). Yet, they found that the transport distance of slurry from the storage to the field had no significance on the environmental impacts they assessed. Therefore, the transport distance from storage to field is fixed to 10 km in the present project. F.7 Field processes (liquid fraction)F.7.1 General descriptionAs in Annex A, the data from the Ecoinvent process “Slurry spreading, by vacuum tanker” (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p.198) were used for the emissions related to spreading equipment “consumption”. This includes the construction of the tractor and the slurry tanker, as well as the diesel consumption. The diesel consumption due to the use of the “tanker” in the Ecoinvent process was adjusted to 0.4 litres of diesel per 1000 kg of slurry, based on Kjelddal (2009) (the same as in Annex A). F.7.2 Emissions of CH4 and CO2The CH4 emissions on the field are assumed to be negligible, as the formation of CH4 requires an anaerobic environment, which is, under normal conditions, not the case in the top soil. CO2 emissions and C-binding in the soil are modelled by the dynamic soil organic matter model C-TOOL (Petersen et al., 2002; Gyldenkærne et al., 2007). The development in organic soil N is modelled by assuming a 10:1 ratio in the C to N development. F.7.3 Emissions of NH3-NThe NH3-N emissions during application were calculated as in the reference scenario, i.e. 0.5 % of the NH4+-N “ex-storage”. This is based on Hansen et al. (2008). Yet, Hansen et al. (2008) calculated NH4+-N “ex-storage” as 79 % of the total N (instead of 75 % as assumed in this study). In this specific case, because the NH3-N emissions are calculated based on Hansen et al. (2008), the NH4+-N will be evaluated with the figures presented by Hansen et al. (2008), as it was done in Annex A. According to Hansen et al. (2008), the ammonia volatilization from the liquid fraction from separated slurry applied to fields is reduced significantly in the period after application – in the order of 50%. The explanation given by Hansen et al. (2008) is that the dry matter in the liquid fraction is normally less than 3% which means that the liquid fraction infiltrates very fast in the soil, so less ammonia is likely to volatilize as compared to untreated slurry. Measurements were made on mechanically separated slurry (untreated and degassed slurry), and the liquid fraction and control slurry were applied by trail hoses. The measurements showed that the ammonia emissions were reduced by approximately 50% (Hansen et al., 2008) for the liquid fraction. Accordingly, a reduction of 50 % was used for ammonia emissions (after application) in this project, as compared to the ammonia emissions occurring in the reference scenario. Consequently, the emissions were first calculated with the methodology presented in Annex A (section A.5.3) and the result of this was multiplied by 50 %. In Annex A, an area and slurry-N weighted average of all the NH3-N losses involved in the crop rotation defined for the “pig slurry” scenario was performed. This resulted in a loss of 0.138 kg NH3-N per kg TAN-N in the pig slurry (a loss that includes the emissions during application, so they have to be deduced). Assuming that the TAN (NH3+NH4+), at the liquid fraction pH, corresponds to NH4+ only, and evaluating NH4+-N as 79 % of the total N (as this estimation is also based on the study of Hansen et al., 2008), it is possible to estimate the NH3-N emissions after application. F.7.4 Emissions of N2O-N and NOX-N and N2-NDirect and indirect N2O-N emissions as well as emissions of NOX-N were calculated as in the reference scenario (section A.5.3 and A.5.4 in Annex A). This means that the direct emissions of N2O-N are evaluated as 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg N in the ex-storage liquid fraction (table 11.1 in IPCC (2006)). Yet, it is acknowledged that this may overestimate the N2O emissions occurring from the spreading of the liquid fraction, as the C/N ratio of the liquid fraction is lower than the C/N ratio of the non-separated slurry. In fact, according to Møller et al. (2007c), the centrifugal separation mainly transfers the organic N to the solid fraction, while the dissolved NH4+ goes in the liquid fraction. A higher NH4-N content involves more N in a form directly available for plants. This means that less N shall be available to microorganisms for nitrification (where NO3- is formed), and thus, the potential for denitrification (where NO3- is reduced to N2O, and subsequently to N2) is reduced. According to Amon et al. (2006), a lower C/N ratio also reduces the potential for N immobilisation in the soil N pool, and thereby the availability of N for denitrification. The indirect N2O-N emissions due to ammonia and NOX are evaluated as 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg of (NH3 + NOX) volatilized. The indirect N2O-N emissions due to nitrate leaching correspond to 0.0075 kg N2O-N per kg of N leaching. The emissions of NOX-N are calculated as 0.1* direct N2O-N, based on Nemecek and Kägi (2007). The N2-N emissions are based on the estimates from SimDen (Vinther, 2004). For soil type JB3 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 3:1 and for soil type JB6 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 6:1. F.7.5 Calculation of liquid fraction fertilizer valueThe calculation of the liquid fraction fertilizer value is presented and detailed in section F.28. F.7.6 Nitrate leachingIn order to calculate N leaching values, the same simplifying assumption as in Annex C is used: the liquid fraction, once the respective ammonia losses have been subtracted, can be modeled as: a given proportion of slurry + a given amount of mineral N. The present liquid fraction has a higher content of N relative to C, as compared to the original reference slurry. This is because the mechanical separation transfers relatively more C to the fibre fraction than N. As the amount of organic matter is one of the key properties for its effect on the N partitioning, the amount of C relative to N in the pig slurry from the reference scenario is used. The N values are taken after ammonia volatilization. The C:N proportion is 29.2 [kg C] / (4.80-0.02-0.48) [kg N] = 6.79 for the slurry and 4.8 [kg C] / (3.61-0.02-0.19) [kg N] = 1.41 for the liquid fraction. The “virtual” proportion of N assumed to affect the soil and plants as raw slurry is therefore 1.41/6.79 = 0.21, and the virtual proportion of N assumed to affect the soil and plants as mineral N is accordingly 0.79. The tables A.14 and A.15 of Annex A are therefore the basis for the calculation of N leaching, after correcting for their respective ammonia volatilization. F.7.7 Phosphorus leachingFor P leaching, the same assumptions as those used in Annex A were used, i.e., 10% of the P applied to field has the possibility of leaching and 6% of this actually reach the aquatic recipients, based on Hauschild and Potting (2005). F.7.8 Cu and Zn fateAs in Annex A, it is considered that the entirety of the Cu and Zn applied will leach through the water compartment. F.7.9 Life cycle data for field application of liquid fractionTable F.16 presents the life cycle data for the application of ex-storage liquid fraction on the field. The results of the reference case (Annex A) are also presented for comparison purposes. However, in order to be comparable, both results must be related to the functional unit, i.e. 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. Table F.16. Life cycle data for the field processes related with the application of liquid fraction. All data per 1000 kg of “liquid fraction ex-storage”.
Processes F.8 to F.10: Handling the fibre fraction from the farm to the biogas plant before biogas is produced
F. 8 Storage of the fibre fraction at the farmAt the farm, the fibre fraction is stored in a covered concrete container (Rosager, 2009). The storage duration varies between 1 and 3 days, the maximum being approximately 7 days (Jensen, 2009). It is here important to highlight that the fibre fraction is stored in a covered structure. In fact, covering has a major mitigation impact on composting activity and on production and emission of greenhouse gases and NH3, as further discussed in section F.21. The emissions occurring during the storage of the fibre fraction are highly variable and are dependent upon various parameters such as the chemical composition and structure of the fibre fraction, the temperature and the storage time (Hansen, 2009; Dinuccio et al., 2008). The porous structure of the fibrous fraction causes a potential for a higher N loss during the storage and handling phases, especially as ammonia, as compared to raw manure (Petersen and Sørensen, 2008). However, Jørgensen and Jensen (2009) found no major differences in the proportion of NH4-N of total N when they compared samples of fibre fractions that underwent 2 to 8 weeks storage to fibre fractions samples that were taken directly from the separator. This was true for 6 of their 7 samples of stored fibre fractions. Their stored fibre fractions samples were issued from both close and open storage. One of the hypotheses formulated by the authors to explain the non-significantly different proportions of NH4-N from stored and fresh fibre fractions is that the storage period was not long enough to influence the apparent composition of N in the solids. Based on these findings as well as on information from biogas producers (Rosager, 2009), the emissions occurring during the temporal storage of the fibre fraction at the farm are considered as negligible. Because it is considered that no losses occurs during this 1 to 3 days storage, the fibre fraction after the storage has the same composition as at the outlet of the separator (as presented in table F.6). It is acknowledged that this is an important assumption impacting the whole mass balances for all subsequent process. As such, it is not suitable to carry out a sensitivity analysis on this. Instead, the importance of this assumption is raised as a discussion point in the interpretation of the results. The material consumption related to the storage facilities is as described in table F.15. This is based on the process “slurry store and processing” from the Ecoinvent database (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p.182), which is for a covered concrete tank with 300 m³ capacity. It is estimated that an annual amount of 15 000 m³ of fibre fraction will be handled per year. Table F.17 Material consumption data related to the infrastructures needed for the storage of the fibre fraction.
a The density of the fibre fraction was assumed to be 600 kg/m³, based on Brauer (2006). F.9 Transport of fibre fraction to biogas plantThe calculations for the transport of the fibre fraction to the biogas plant will be made for a transportation distance of 10.6 km (based on Laursen, 2009). The fibre fraction is transported by trucks. The transport is modelled by use of the Ecoinvent process “Transport, lorry >32t, EURO3” (Spielmann et al., 2007; table 5-124, p.96). As transport distance is not anticipated to have a considerable influence on the environmental impacts in the overall scenario (based on the results obtained by Wesnæs et al., 2009), no sensitivity analysis was carried out for a greater transport distance. F.10 Storage of the fibre fraction at the biogas plantOnce at the biogas plant, the fibre fraction is stored for a very short period – from a few days to maximum a week (Rosager, 2009). As for process F.8, this means that the emissions occurring during the temporal storage of the fibre fraction at the biogas plant are considered as negligible. The equipment and materials for this storage are included in the material list for the biogas plant in table F.23. Processes F.11 to F.14: Handling the raw slurry input for biogas: from in-house storage to storage at the biogas plant.
F.11 In-house storage of raw slurryThe assumptions and Life Cycle Inventory data for the storage of slurry in the housing units are the same as for the reference scenario (section A.2, Annex A), and thereby the same as described in section F.2. F.12 Storage of raw slurry in pre-tankThis process is identical to the process described in section F.3. Therefore, the same life cycle data applies here. F.13 Transport of raw slurry to biogas plantFor the transport of untreated slurry to the biogas plant, a distance of 5 km is assumed between the farm and the biogas plant. This distance is based on the fact that farmers transporting raw slurry are located nearby the biogas plant, so it pays-off to transport raw slurry rather than separated slurry. As transport distance is not anticipated to have a considerable influence on the environmental impacts in the overall scenario (based on the results obtained by Wesnæs et al., 2009), no sensitivity analysis was carried out for a greater transport distance. The slurry is transported by trucks. The transport is modelled by use of the Ecoinvent process “Transport, lorry >32t, EURO3” (Spielmann et al., 2007; table 5-124, p.96). F.14 Storage of the raw slurry at the biogas plantThe raw slurry is stored at the biogas plant for a rather short time, since the storage capacity available at the biogas plant is limited. Therefore, no emissions were considered for this temporal stage. The composition of the raw slurry is therefore the same as the ex pre-tank slurry and is presented in table F.18 below. Table F.18. Raw slurry composition at the biogas plant, just before entering the digester (slurry from fattening pigs)
Processes F.15 to F.18: Biogas production, co-generation of heat and power and avoided heat and electricity production
F.15. Biogas productionF.15.1 Biogas principlesBiogas production occurs in anaerobic environments where organic matter is degraded by biological activity. The result of the anaerobic digestion is the release of gasses and nutrients. The produced gas is rich in methane (50-70 %) and carbon dioxide (50-30%) and with smaller amounts of other gasses such as hydrogen sulphide and nitrogen (N2). The relative composition of the biogas mixture depends of the process conditions and the substrate digested (Nielsen, 2009), but is however mostly constituted of CH4 and CO2. Biogas is considered as a valuable energy source because of CH4, since it is because of this gas that biogas is combustible (Nielsen, 2009). According to Nielsen (2009), when pig manure is anaerobically digested at 50°C, there is between 50 and 70 % of CH4 and between 30 and 50 % of CO2 in the biogas. In this project, it is assumed that the biogas produced is constituted of 65 % CH4 and 35% CO2. This is in accordance with the biogas composition reported in the recent literature. In fact, Møller et al. (2007a) measured an average of 65 % CH4 in a digester where a total of 60 % of fibre fraction was gradually incorporated to the biomass mixture (consisting of liquid manure from fattening pigs mixed with the fibre fraction). The biogas composition found in the Ecoinvent database (Jungbluth et al., 2007, p.180) consists of 67% CH4 and 32.05% CO2, the remaining 0.95 % being a mixture of N2, O2 and H2S. The biogas density[7] is 1.158 kg/Nm³. Based on a heat value for methane of 9.94 kWh/Nm³ CH4, the heat value of the biogas is 6.46 kWh/Nm³ biogas[8]. The lower heat value of the biogas in the Ecoinvent database is 24.043 MJ/Nm³ (for the biogas used in the biogas engine, Jungbluth et al., 2007, page 180) which is in the same magnitude as the heat value in this study, namely 23.26 MJ/Nm³ (i.e. 6.46 kWh/Nm³ biogas * 3.6 MJ/kWh). Biogas is not the only output of the process, as digested slurry is also produced. This digested slurry is recognized to have slightly different properties as compared to undigested slurry as a result of the digestion process. In fact, during the anaerobic degradation nutrients bound to the organic matter are released and thereby made more accessible for uptake by plants. The biogas plant considered in this project consists of bioreactors for the biogas production, of receiving facilities and storage tanks for raw and degassed (digested) biomass, respectively, and of a co-generation unit allowing to produce heat and electricity from the biogas. In the current context, the biogas plant used for the calculations is based on a two-step digestion with an annual treatment capacity of 100 000 m³ of biomass. Both steps are continuously operated and fully mixed in overflow tanks with a hydraulic retention time defined by the ratio between the digester volume and the daily biomass input volume. The first step typically yields 80-90 % of the final biogas yield and is a carefully controlled process in terms of temperature, retention time and loading. The second step is a post-digestion tank often without temperature control and with a relatively low loading. The biogas plant is an air-tight system and therefore principally without any uncontrolled gaseous emissions. The rate of biogas production depends on the nature of the biomass input (e.g. VS-content, degradability and nitrogen content) and the process conditions applied. Process temperature is highly determining for maximum gas production rate. Industrial biogas systems are typically operated at either mesophilic temperatures (around 37 °C) or thermophilic temperatures (around 52 °C). The potentially higher gas production rate in a thermophilic process can be counteracted by a temperature dependent ammonia inhibition. As the biogas scenarios investigated in the present LCA comprises a biomass with high nitrogen loading, the biogas model system will be mesophilic thereby eliminating nitrogen loading as a limiting factor when biomass mixtures are calculated. In order to determine the final output in terms of energy, the efficiency of the co-generation unit must be known for both heat and electricity. This is further detailed in section F.16. Table F.19 summarizes the different parameters used in this project as regarding biogas production. Table F.19 Summary of the main parameters characterizing the biogas process
a See section F.16. F.15.2 Biomass mixture entering the biogas plantThe biomass mixture input in the anaerobic digester is constituted of raw slurry (the composition of which is shown in table F.18) and fibre fraction (the composition of which is shown in table F.6). According to the composition and the degradability of both fractions, the amount of both fractions in the mixture is determined in order to obtain a biomass mixture that has a DM of approximately 10% during the digestion in the reactor, in order to obtain realistic production conditions (Jensen, 2009). According to calculations provided by Xergi (Jensen, 2009), the 1000 kg mixture of the biomass entering the biogas plant consists of:
The mixture composition and mass balances is shown in table F.20 below. Table F.20. Mass balances for the biomass entering the biogas plant, i.e. a combination of fibre fraction and raw pig slurry (slurry from fattening pigs).
a) Same as in table F.18 (which is from ex-housing slurry in Annex A) b) Same as in table F.6 c) Composition of biomass mixture of slurry and fibre fraction entering the biogas plant, i.e. the biomass input into the digester In this project, the functional unit is “Management of 1000 kg slurry ex-animal”. The biogas production therefore has to be related to the functional unit by the use of mass balances, i.e. the values expressed per 1000 kg of biomass mixture must be converted in order to be expressed per 1000 kg of slurry ex-animal. To do this, the amount of biomass mixture (445.09 kg raw slurry plus 554.91 kg fibre fraction) used per 1000 kg of slurry ex-animal must be calculated. This calculation can be done in 6 steps:
F.15.3 Energy consumption during biogas production and heat value of the biogas producedThe amount of biogas produced is calculated assuming that the amount of VS corresponds to 80 % of DM. The following specific methane yields in Nm³ per ton VS were assumed: Pig slurry 319 Nm³ per ton (290 Nm³ per ton from primary digester + 10 % extra from secondary step); fibre fraction 319 Nm³ per ton (290 Nm³ per ton from primary digester + 10 % extra from secondary step). Pig slurry and fibre fraction methane yield are based on Møller (2007). The fibre fraction data used are those referred to as “solids flocculated with polymer” by Møller (2007). Also, it must be remembered that it was assumed that the biogas is constituted of 65 % CH4 and 35 % CO2 (table F.19). Using these figures, it means that a total of 70.1 Nm³ biogas [11] per 1000 kg of “biomass mixture” is produced. The biogas density being 1.158 kg/Nm³, a mass of 81.2 kg of biogas per 1000 kg of “biomass mixture” is therefore produced. The heat value of the biogas corresponds to 1630 MJ per 1000 kg biomass mixture”[12]. During the process, both heat and electricity are consumed. The electricity consumed for the production of biogas corresponds to the electricity used for the process plant (pumping, stirring etc.). This electricity consumption depends on the amount of biomass handled. The electricity consumed for producing the biogas is estimated as 5% of the net energy production (Jensen, 2009). This estimate is based on measurements. The electricity therefore consumed for producing the biogas corresponds to 9.06 kWh per 1000 kg “biomass mixture”[13]. This means a consumption of 0.129 kWh per Nm³ biogas (9.06 kWh/1000 kg “biomass mixture” * 1000 kg “biomass mixture”/70.1 Nm³ biogas). The magnitude of this value is in accordance with the values found in the literature. Jungbluth et al. (2007) reports a value of 0.132 kWh per Nm³ biogas corresponding to the average electricity consumption for 14 Swiss biogas plants. Nielsen (2002) estimates that the internal electricity used corresponds to 0.09 kWh of electricity per m³ of biogas produced. The value of 0.129 kWh per Nm³ biogas used in this project therefore seems to correspond to the middle of the range of reported values. In some cases, however, the electricity consumption corresponds to 10% of the electricity produced (Jensen, 2009). Yet, this is not anticipated to be a major influence to the environmental impacts of the overall scenarios, so no sensitivity analysis was carried out for this. Instead, it is taken as a discussion point in the interpretation of the results. The heat consumption for the process is calculated based on heating the fibre fraction and raw slurry from 8°C to the process temperature of 37°C (a temperature difference of 29°C), corresponding to 115.59 MJ per 1000 kg “biomass mixture” [14].The plant is insulated in order to reduce heat loss. Yet, some plants are equipped with heat exchangers in order to reduce the temperature difference to 15-20 °C (Rosager, 2009). The influence of this in the overall system is anticipated to be rather small and is raised as a discussion point in the interpretation of the results. In summary, the energy consumption during the production of biogas consists of:
F.15.4 Emissions of CH4 and CO2As the biogas plant is constructed tight in order to reduce losses of biogas, the emissions to air during the digestion are assumed to be rather small. Jungbluth et al. (2007, page 206) made a review of several references of methane emissions from agricultural biogas plants and found a range of the methane emissions of 1-4% of the produced methane for biogas plants with covered stocks. These authors however used a methane emission of 1% of the produced methane. Similarly, Börjesson and Berglund (2007) assumed that the uncontrolled losses of methane from the production of biogas correspond to 1 % of the biogas produced when the biogas is used for heat or combined heat and power. Börjesson and Berglund (2006) mention that due to the difficulties in measuring and quantifying net losses of methane from biogas production, such data are uncertain and limited. They also reports that these losses were typically assumed to 2 to 3 % in previous life cycle assessments. Sommer et al. (2001) estimated that 3% of the produced methane is lost to the environment due to leakages and non-combusted methane in the biogas engines. In this project, the estimate used by Jungbluth et al. (2007) as well as Börjesson and Berglund (2007), i.e. 1 % of the produced methane, will be used. This gives a CH4 emission to air of 0.327 kg (see calculations in table F.21). For the emissions of CO2, Jungbluth et al. (2007) used an emission of 1 % of the produced carbon dioxide in the biogas. In this project, the calculated ratio between emissions of CO2 and CH4 in anaerobic conditions will be used, i.e. 1.42 kg CO2 per kg CH4 (see section F.5.5). This gives a CO2 emission of 0.464 kg/1000 kg biomass mixture. This corresponds to 0.96 % of the CO2 produced in the biogas[15], which is in the same magnitude as the 1% estimate of Jungbluth et al. (2007). F.15.5 Emissions of NH3 and N2OThe emissions of NH3 and N2O from the biogas plant are assumed to be insignificant. This is based on recent publications (e.g. Marcato et al., 2008; Massé et al., 2007) where measurements showed that there are no significant losses of N during the anaerobic digestion of pig slurry. However, Loria et al. (2007), in an experiment carried in the U.S., presented an average of 10 % loss of total N during the anaerobic digestion, but it is not mentioned if this is statistically significant or not. Møller et al. (2007a), who evaluated the chemical composition of a biomass mixture consisting of pig slurry and fibre fraction from pig slurry before and after the anaerobic digestion obtained a slight increase in total N of 5.7 % after the digestion, which is due to the experimental error. This result from Møller et al. (2007a) also tends to indicate that the total N is conserved during the digestion. F.15.6 Life cycle data and mass balances for anaerobic digestion processIn this scenario, the biogas is not upgraded (which is necessary if it is going to be used as fuel for transport). The biogas is used for co-production of electricity and heat. Table F.21 presents the life cycle data for the anaerobic digestion process. Table F.21. Life cycle data for the anaerobic digestion process. Data per 1000 kg biomass mixture into the biogas plant.
The composition of the degassed slurry after biogas production is shown in table F.22. It is based on mass balances from data presented in table F.21 for the total mass, the DM content and the total N. It is acknowledged that some elements may remain in the reactor (e.g. as a precipitate). With a mixture consisting of pig slurry only, Massé et al. (2007) measured statistically significant accumulation of: 25.5 ± 7.5 % of the initial P, 41.5 ± 14.8 % of the initial Cu and 67.7 ± 22.9 % of the initial S. These represent averages obtained in two cycles. For Zn, Ca and Mn, Massé et al. (2007) measured an average retention of 18.4 ± 17.7 %, 8.7 ± 9.8 % and 21.0 ± 21.9 % respectively, but this was statistically significant only for one cycle. Similarly, in an experiment where pig slurry was digested, Marcato et al. (2008) observed significant losses for P, Ca, Mg and Mn (36 %, 44 %, 32.5 % and 32 % of the respective elements were lacking in the output slurry as compared to the input slurry). Marcato et al. (2008) explained these losses by the accumulation of these elements in the form of a precipitate in the reactor, which they confirmed by scanning electron microscopy observations. As opposed to the results of Massé et al. (2007), there were no significant losses of S, Cu and Zn in the results of Marcato et al. (2008). However, both studies agree as regarding losses of P in the bioreactor, and the magnitude are comparable. Nevertheless, it was decided, based on interviews with managers and experts of Danish biogas plants (Karsten Buchhave, 2009; Jesper Andersen, 2009 and Henrik Laursen, 2009), to consider that no losses are involved through precipitation. Given the performances of the agitator systems found in the digesters nowadays in Denmark, it is reasonable to assume that no precipitates are formed in the digesters (Norddahl, 2009). Moreover, based on the interviews mentioned above, it is considered that no acid is added in the slurry in order to prevent the formation of such a precipitate. This situation is judged representative of the recently built Danish biogas plants as well as of those to be built in the future. Table F.22. Mass balances for the biogas mixture before and after the biogas plant
a) All the data are the same as in the precedent column, but adjusted to be expressed per 1000 kg of degassed mixture, instead of per 918.8 kg of degassed mixture. b) This loss corresponds to the biogas produced, expressed in mass terms. c) No water loss and therefore change in dry matter is equal to change in total mass. d) This corresponds to the losses in the biogas itself and the losses that occurred during the digestion process: Losses in the biogas are calculated as the sum of CH4-C and CO2-C: (70.1 Nm³ biogas * 65 % CH4 * 0.717 kg CH4/Nm³) * (12.011 g/mol /16.04 g/mol) + (70.1 Nm³ biogas * 35 % CO2 * 1.977 kg CO2/Nm³) * (12.011 g/mol /44.01 g/mol) = 37.707 kg C Losses from the digestion process are the aggregated losses as CO2-C + CH4-C: 0.464 kg CO2 * (12.011 g/mol /44.01 g/mol) + 0.327 kg CH4 * (12.011 g/mol /16.04 g/mol) = 0.371 kg C Total C loss : 37.707 kg C + 0.371 kg C = 38.08 kg C. F.15.7 Material consumption for the anaerobic digestion plantThe materials for the anaerobic digestion plant are taken from the Ecoinvent process “Anaerobic digestion plant covered, agriculture” (Jungbluth et al., 2007, p. 197) with a capacity of 500 m³ (biomass) and a life time of 20 years (table F.23). A typically Danish biogas plant has a treatment capacity of 100 000 m³ biomass a year (Jensen, 2009). This includes the bioreactor only, i.e. the storage tanks and co-generation unit are not included. Electronics for operating the system are however included. Table F.23. Material consumption for an anaerobic digestion plant.
a The computer and electronics for the operating system is not included in the Ecoinvent database. It is added in this study. F.16 Co-generation of heat and power from biogasThe biogas produced is used for the production of electricity and heat. A biogas engine is used for this purpose. In order to estimate the net heat and electricity production, the engine efficiencies (for conversion of biogas to both heat and electricity) are needed. The efficiencies of the best available technology have been applied. According to the technical description of biogas engines from GE Energy (GE Energy, 2008), the efficiency for the electricity production is in the range of 36.7%-40.8% and the efficiency for heat production is in the range of 42.9%-48.9%, with a maximum total efficiency of 82.5-86%. Accordingly, the calculations have been carried out considering an electricity efficiency of 40% and a heat efficiency of 46%. As detailed in section F.15.3, the system produces 70.1 Nm³ biogas per 1000 kg of biomass mixture. As there are 348.10 kg biomass mixture per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal (see detailed calculation in section F.15.2), this corresponds to a production of 24.4 Nm³ biogas per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal[16]. The net energy production after the co-generation unit is therefore 261.13 MJ heat plus 63.1 kWh electricity (227.1 MJ) per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal[17]. As also detailed in section F.15.3, some of the produced heat is used to fulfil the heat demand of the biogas production. The amount of heat needed for this purpose is 115.6 MJ per 1000 kg mixture input, which corresponds to 40.2 MJ per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal[18]. The heat consumption by the biogas plant thus corresponds to 40.2 MJ/ 261.13 MJ = 15 % of the heat produced. The surplus heat for the system is 261.13 MJ – 40.2 MJ = 220.9 MJ for the total system. Yet, not all of this surplus heat can actually be used. In fact, the amount of “usable” surplus heat from the biogas plant must reflect the fact that in Denmark, according to the seasonal variations, there are periods with a surplus of heat production, which means that the heat produced at the biogas plant cannot be used during these periods, as there is no demand for it. In the framework of the Danish LCAfood project, Nielsen (2004) assumed that only 50 % of the net heat produced by farm scale biogas plants is actually used, the remaining 50 % being simply wasted. In the case of this project (joint scale biogas plants), it was assumed that 60 % of the surplus heat produced at the biogas plant is used, the remaining 40 % being wasted. This is a rather rough assumption based on the averaged national monthly heat demand distribution. Therefore, out of the 220.9 MJ per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal of net surplus heat, only 132.54 MJ (i.e. 220.9 MJ * 60%) are used to fulfil the heat demand. The wasted heat thus corresponds to 88.39 MJ. The energy produced from the biogas can be summarized as:
The emissions from the biogas engine were estimated from recent data from the Danish National Environmental Research Institute (DMU, 2009) (plants in agriculture, combustion of biogas from stationary engines). Table F.24 presents the life cycle data related to the co-generation of heat and power from the biogas engine. Table F.24. Life cycle data for the co-generation of heat and power from biogas. Data per 1 MJ energy input.
F.17 Avoided electricity productionThe electricity that is replaced is the marginal electricity on the grid to which the plant is connected. As described in Annex A (section A.3.6), the modelling of marginal electricity in Denmark is based on Lund (2009), who considered detailed energy system analysis in order to determine a mix electricity marginal, considering that the marginal supplying technology differs every hour. Based on this, the Danish marginal electricity used in this project consists of 1% wind, 51% Power Plant (coal), 43% Power Plant (natural gas) and 5% electric boiler. As 100 % coal or 100 % natural gas is generally the marginal electricity considered in life cycle assessments (Mathiesen et al., 2009), these have been used for the sensitivity analysis. F.18 Avoided heat productionAs for electricity, the heat avoided is the heat produced by the marginal heat source, i.e. the source that is actually replaced when heat is produced by the biogas engine. Yet, the marginal heat source may be variable in function of the biogas plant location. For example, if the biogas plant is connected to the district heating grid, then the heat from the biogas plant replace the marginal energy source of the combined heat and power (CHP) producing plant. This marginal energy source is then likely to be coal or natural gas. On the other hand, the biogas plant may also be connected to the natural gas grid and inject the (upgraded) biogas in the grid, as this is likely to be the case for many plants in Denmark in the future (Jensen, 2009b; Utoft, 2009), in which case the biogas would replace natural gas. Another possibility is that the biogas plant may be located in a remote location and thereby replace heat that was produced through individual boiler. There is then a range of possibilities regarding the marginal heat source for these individual boilers: wooden pellets, straw, fuel-oil. In this study, based on what is envisioned to be the future trends, it is assumed that the biogas plant is not located in a remote location, i.e. it is (or can be) connected to the district heating grid or the natural gas grid. This involves that the marginal heat source is likely to be whether coal (generating heat through CHP) or natural gas (generating heat through CHP or as used through the natural gas grid). Coal through CHP was assumed to be the marginal heat avoided in this project (Ecoinvent process “Heat, at hard coal industrial furnace 1-10MW/RER U”, described in Dones et al. (2007 ), table 11.10,p.224), but a sensitivity analysis was carried out for:
It can be noticed that the processes used for modelling CHP production are processes corresponding to production of heat only, for coal and for natural gas. This means that the co-production of electricity at the CHP plant is not accounted for. Though this is not correct, it was judged to be the option allowing to reflect the environmental consequences of this scenario the most accurately. This is because the Ecoinvent processes for co-generation of heat and electricity are allocated, which is incompatible with the methodology used throughout this study, i.e. consequential life cycle assessment, so it would be inconsistent to use allocated data at this stage. Un-allocating these data would however be well beyond the framework of this project, would be highly uncertain and would require external validation in order to meet the high quality standards of the Ecoinvent data. Therefore, the best compromise was judged to use the high quality data of the Ecoinvent database, but for generation of heat only, even though this project considers that CHP production is replaced and not heat only. This must be taken into account when interpreting the results. As described in section F.16, not all the heat surpluses from the biogas plant can be used for fulfilling the national heat demand, but only 60 % of these surpluses, as there are periods where the heat demand is rather low as compared to the heat produced. As a sensitivity analysis, the extreme situation where the surplus heat produced at the biogas plant is not used at all (i.e. no replacement) is investigated. Process F.19: Separation of the degassed biomass mixtureF.19 Separation of digested biomass AFTER the Biogas plantF.19.1 Separation indexesThe separation technology considered after the biogas plant is the same as in section F.4 (i.e. decanting centrifuge separation), except that no polymer is added. Therefore, the material consumption data and the electricity data are the same as in F.4. Separation efficiencies data are based on Frandsen (2009), except for the total mass, for the same reasons as explained in section F.4.2. As for the separation before the biogas plant, it was assumed that the DM of the solid fraction coming out of the separator would remain approximately constant independently of the water content of the degassed slurry. Based on this, the total mass of fibre fraction can be evaluated, and thereby the separation index for the total mass. Since the amount of DM in the resulting fibre fraction was measured (26.71 %, which means that there is 267.1 kg DM per 1000 kg of fibre fraction according to table 4 in Frandsen (2009)), and since the DM content of the input degassed biomass is known (105.98 kg DM per kg degassed biomass, table F.22), the mass of fibre fraction produced can be calculated. This amounts to 241.639 kg fibre fraction per 1000 kg degassed biomass[19], which means that 24.16 % of the initial mass is found in the solid fraction. The remaining mass is then going in the liquid fraction, corresponding to 75.84 % (i.e. 100 % - 24.16 %). The separation indexes considered for the post-biogas separation are presented in table F.25. It should be noted that since no data were available for Cu and Zn, the efficiencies presented in Møller et al. (2007b) were used as the best available data. Table F.25. Separation indexes for separation of pig slurry AFTER the biogas plant. (polymer is not added). Data from Frandsen (2009), unless otherwise specified.
a) This is a calculated value, see text. b)No data. Assumed to be the same as DM. c) From Møller et al. (2007b). F.19.2 Mass balancesThe mass balances of the degassed biomass mixture before and after the separation are presented in table F.26. It should be highlighted that no data as regarding the emissions occurring during the separation process has been found, as it was also the case with the separation before the biogas is produced (i.e. process F.4). This lack of data is particularly critical as regarding ammonia emissions, which are likely to occur given the volatile nature of ammonia. Yet, it appears reasonable to assume that all the emissions likely to occur during the separation are occurring in later stages anyway, so considering them at this stage or at later stages does not change the overall results. The life cycle data for the separation post biogas production are presented in table F.27. Table F.26. Mass balances for separation of the degassed biomass. Table F.27. Life cycle data for separation (decanter centrifuge) after the anaerobic digestion. Data per 1000 kg slurry (ex-digester).
Processes F.20 to F.23: fate of the degassed fibre fraction
F.20 Transport of the degassed fibre fraction to the farmThe degassed fibre fraction will be transported to a farm where a fertilizer rich in P is needed. The transport distance from the biogas plant to this farm was modelled as 100 km. This distance takes into account the assumption that the degassed fibre fraction is not transported between the eastern and western parts of Denmark, as this would not pays off. This is in conformity with Dalgaard et al. (2006). The fibre fraction is transported by trucks. The transport is modelled by use of the Ecoinvent process “Transport, lorry >32t, EURO3” (Spielmann et al., 2007; table 5-124, p.96). F.21 Storage of the degassed fibre fractionF.21.1 General descriptionIn this study, it is assumed that the degassed fibre fraction is stored in a covered heap, outdoor. The effect of covering has tremendous impacts on the resulting emissions, as this contribute to reduce the degradation of organic matter favoured when the heap is exposed to air, and thereby the resulting gaseous emissions to the environment. In an experiment where air-tight covered heap from solid fraction of swine manure were compared to uncovered heap, Hansen et al. (2006) observed emissions reductions of 12 %, 99 % and 88% for NH3, N2O and CH4 when the heap were covered. In another study carried out by Dinuccio et al. (2008), the authors concluded from their results that, because of the emissions occurring during the (uncovered) storage phase, mechanical separation of cattle and pig slurry has the potential to increase the emissions of CO2 equivalents by up to 30 % as compared to raw slurry. Amon et al. (2006) raise similar concerns applying particularly for the fibre fraction. In this study, the fibre fraction is stored in heap lying on a concrete slab. The heap is covered by a polyethylene plastic sheet. This is considered as the best management practice, as this does not involve any specific energy requirements, and as this limits the C losses occurring when the heap is not covered (i.e. through the natural composting thereby occurring). This also contributes to limit the ammonia volatilization and complies with the Danish law stipulating that the stores of solid manure that do not receive daily input of materials have to be covered (Miljøministeriet, 2006). Fibrous fractions of separated slurry that are not used for biogas production are normally stored temporally for about a week (Hansen, 2009). During that temporal storage phase, new material is regularly added until the storage capacity is full. The fibre fraction is then moved to a static store, where it is, in practice, stored for up to half a year (Hansen, 2009). In this study, it is considered that the truck delivering the degassed fibre fraction from the biogas plant will come to the farm only once, with the amount needed by the farmer. Therefore, only static storage is involved. F.21.2 Material consumptionTable F.28 presents the material consumption for the storage of the degassed fibre fraction. The dimensions of the storage platform used for calculating the amount of concrete needed are based on the data found in Petersen and Sørensen (2008). The annual amount of degassed fibre fraction to store is also based on Petersen and Sørensen (2008). The height of the heap is 2 m (based on Petersen and Sørensen, 2008). Table F.28. Material consumption for the storage of the degassed fibre fraction
a The density considered for polyethylene is 0.96 g/cm³. F.21.3 Water additionSince the heap is covered, it is considered that there is no water addition during storage. This in fact may not be exactly true since the fibre fraction might absorb some moisture from the air. F.21.4 CH4 emissionsOnly two studies have been found in the literature where the emissions from stored degassed fibre fraction from pig slurry were assessed, and both were performed in a Danish context with a decanting centrifuge separation. The study of Hansen et al. (2006) focus specifically on the effect of covering the heap on specific gaseous emissions, while Petersen and Sørensen (2008) assessed the overall C and N losses from uncovered heaps obtained in farm-scale conditions. Hansen et al. (2006) measured C losses corresponding to 27.9 % and 7.0 % of the initial C content (the content just before storage) for uncovered and covered heaps, respectively. This was for a 4 months storage period. Petersen and Sørensen (2008) observed total average C losses of 44 % (farm 1) and 43 % (farm 2) in the heap surfaces, for a storage duration between 5 and 9 months. These heaps were not covered. The C losses measured by Petersen and Sørensen (2008) for uncovered heaps are much higher than those measured by Hansen et al. (2006). To explain this difference, Petersen and Sørensen (2008) highlight the fact that the ratio of aerobic to anaerobic decomposition in heaps depends on the heap size (greater in the study of Petersen and Sørensen, 2008) and on the oxygen supply (the heaps of Petersen and Sørensen, 2008, were loaded weekly while the study of Hansen et al., 2006 assessed static heaps). These differences nevertheless testify of the high degree of variability in the results induced by the different management practices as well as ambient conditions found on-site. Hansen et al. (2006) also measured that the losses of CH4-C corresponded to 1.3 % and 0.17 % of the initial C for uncovered and covered heaps, respectively. In their assessment of slurry management scenarios, Sommer et al. (2009) set the CH4 (and not C-CH4) emissions occurring during the storage of the fibre fraction to 1.7 % of the total C, based on the study performed by Hansen et al. (2006). This, however, was for a non-degassed (and most probably uncovered) fibre fraction. In the study of Dinuccio et al. (2008), for 30 days of open storage, the authors measured CH4-C emissions for the fibre fraction of pig slurry corresponding to 0.68 % and 0.60 % of the VS for fibre fraction stored at 5 and 25 °C, respectively. This is for a non-degassed fibre fraction. In the present study, these figures would correspond to CH4 emissions of 1.94 and 1.71 kg CH4 per1000 kg fibre fraction (assuming the VS content corresponds to 80 % of the DM). In this project, it was decided to consider the figures presented by Hansen et al. (2006) for covered storage, since these are the only data available for degassed fibre fraction stored in covered storage facilities. The data of Hansen et al. (2006) for covered storage are judged to be better data than any data for non-covered storage, since the ratio of aerobic to anaerobic decomposition are rather different for heap stored without cover. Moreover, the data of Hansen et al. (2006) were obtained with degassed fibre fraction, as in this study. The CH4-C emissions in this study therefore correspond to 0.17 % of the C content of the fibre fraction ex-separation. The choice of this value has been discussed with one of the leading experts in the area in Denmark, Martin Nørregaard Hansen, who validated the value as the best representative value under current data availability (Hansen, 2009). In the context of this study, it means that 0.2943 kg CH4 per 1000 kg degassed fibre fraction is emitted. F.21.5 CO2 emissionsAs for CH4, data for CO2 will mostly focus on the study of Hansen et al. (2006), for the same reasons as in the case of CH4. In their study, Hansen et al. (2006) measured emissions of CO2-C corresponding to 25.1 % and 1.9 % of the initial C for uncovered and covered heaps, respectively. This was for 4 months of storage. For both covered and uncovered heap, some C losses were not accounted for in the study of Hansen et al. (2006). This corresponds to 1.5 % of the initial C for uncovered heaps, and to 4.9 % of the initial C for covered heaps. It can be noticed that most of the C losses in the experiment of Hansen et al. (2006) occurred through CO2 emissions, for the uncovered storage. This is also the case in the study performed by Dinuccio et al. (2008). This illustrates the importance of the aerobic degradation occurring under uncovered storage. In this study, CO2 losses are estimated based on the values given by Hansen et al. (2006) for covered storage, i.e. CO2-C emissions correspond to 1.9 % of the initial C content of the degassed fibre fraction. In the present study, this amount to 9.02 kg CO2 per 1000 kg degassed fibre fraction. F.21.6 NH3 emissionsThe emissions of ammonia are expected to occur mostly during the first week of storage (Hansen et al., 2006; Petersen and Sørensen, 2008). Losses of N through emissions of NH3-N measured by Hansen et al. (2006) were of 0.3 % of the initial N content, for both covered and uncovered heaps during a 4 months storage period. The authors acknowledge this is rather low. In contrast, Dinuccio et al. (2008) measured NH3-N losses corresponding to 5.57 % and 7.12 % of the initial N content, for static fibre fraction stored at 25 °C and 5°C, respectively, during 30 days. The fibre fraction of Dinuccio et al. (2008) is not degassed and not covered, however. According to Petersen and Sørensen (2008), a “significant proportion” of the N losses during the storage of degassed fibre fraction shall be attributed to NH3-N losses. Based on the scarce data availability as well as on a personal communication with an active Danish expert in the area (Hansen, 2009), it was decided that the best estimation for NH3 emissions of stored degassed fibre fraction would consist to assume that these emissions are in the same order of magnitude as those from stores of pig farmyard manure. In a recent study, Hansen et al. (2008) evaluated, from a compilation of selected emissions factors in the literature, that the NH3-N emissions from covered stores of pig farmyard manure is 13 % of the N content in the farmyard manure before storage (table 3 in Hansen et al., 2008). This is for a storage period of more than 100 days. In the present study, this would correspond to an emission of 0.9945 kg NH3-N per 1000 kg of fibre fraction. Emission of NH3 from separated fibre fraction of animal slurries is recognized as a “hot spot” from slurry management involving separation (e.g. Amon et al.,2006; Petersen and Sørensen, 2008), so the value of 13 % of the initial N content for NH3-N emissions used in this study appears to be rather representative. The possibility of lower emissions and the influence of this to the overall system is however raised as a discussion point in the interpretation of the results. F.21.7 N2O emissionsCovering allow to restrict the air inflow over the heap and therefore the potential for nitrification (and thereby denitrification) processes. In fact, Hansen et al. (2006) observed emissions reduction of 99 % for covered heap as compared to uncovered heap. The emissions measured by Hansen et al. (2006) for N2O-N correspond to 0.04 % of the initial N content for covered heap and correspond to 4.8 % of the initial N content for uncovered heap. In this study, the value of Hansen et al. (2006) for covered storage will be used, i.e. emissions of N2O-N corresponding to 0.04 % of the initial N content. This choice is validated by Hansen (2009). The indirect N2O emissions are calculated as in Annex A, i.e. based on IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006). Therefore, the indirect N2O emissions are calculated as 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg (NH3-N + NOX-N) volatilized. F.21.8 NO, NOx and N2 emissionsAs it was not possible to find data for NO, NO2 and N2 emissions, the same hypothesis as those detailed in section A.2.3 of Annex A were used, i.e. based on the study of Dämmgen and Hutchings (2008). In their study, they assumed that the emission of nitrogen monoxide (NO) is the same as the direct emission of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as NO-N and N2O-N). Furthermore, they assumed that emission of nitrogen (N2) is three times as high as the direct emissions of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as N2-N and N2O-N). As regarding the total NOX emissions (NOX = NO + NO2), it was assumed, as in Annex A, that NOX = NO. This is because it has not been possible to find data on NO2. F.21.9 Life cycle data and mass balances for storage of degassed fibre fractionTable F.29 summarizes the LCA data for the storage of degassed slurry, while table F.30 presents the mass balances. The estimation for C in the degassed fibre fraction after storage presented in table F.30 may overestimate the actual amount of C. This is because CH4 and CO2 emissions considered were based on the study of Hansen et al. (2006). Yet, in that study, a significant portion of the C was lost and could not be accounted for as CH4 or CO2 emissions. This non-accounted for portion is 4.9 % of the initial C content, for covered heap (Hansen et al., 2006), as compared to the measured 0.17 % for CH4-C and 1.9 % for CO2-C. In the present study, these “unexplainable losses” are not included (this would correspond to 6.25 kg C/1000 kg degassed fibre fraction in the present project). In table F.30, it can be noticed that the change of DM is estimated as the losses of N and C. As explained in section F.5.8, it is acknowledged that this is a rough estimation, as other elements of greater molecular weight may also be lost (e.g. dissolved O2). The estimated DM change shall therefore be seen as a minimum change, the actual DM change may in fact be greater than the one taken into account in this study. Table F.29 Life cycle data for storage of the degassed fibre fraction. All data per 1000 kg of degassed fibre fraction.
Table F.30 Mass balances for storage of degassed fibre fraction
a Changes in total N: 0.9945 kg NH3-N + 0.00306 kg N2O-N + 0.00306 kg NO-N + 0.00918 kg N2-N = 1.01 kg N b Changes in total C: 9.02 kg CO2 * 12.011 [g/mol] /44.01 [g/mol] + 0.294 kg CH4 * 12.011 [g/mol] /16.04 [g/mol] = 2.68 kg C c The change in DM is assumed to be identical to the sum of the loss of N and C F.22 Transport of the degassed fibre fraction to the fieldThe transport of the degassed fibre fraction to the field is identical to the process described in section F.6 (transport of the liquid fraction to the field). This means that the process “Transport, tractor and trailer” from the Ecoinvent database has been used (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p.204), for a distance of 10 km. This includes the construction of the tractor and the trailer. F.23 Field processes for the degassed fibre fractionF.23.1 General descriptionFor this process, the data from the Ecoinvent process “solid manure, loading and spreading, by hydraulic loader and spreader” (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p.200) has been used for the emissions occurring during spreading. This includes, among other, the diesel consumption and the consumption of spreading equipment. F.23.2 Emissions of CH4 and CO2The CH4 emissions on the field are assumed to be negligible, as the formation of CH4 requires an anaerobic environment, which is, under normal conditions, not the case in the top soil. CO2 emissions and C-binding in the soil are modelled by the dynamic soil organic matter model C-TOOL (Petersen et al., 2002; Gyldenkærne et al., 2007). F.23.3 Emissions of NH3Emissions of NH3 are estimated based on the data for solid slurry presented in a recent publication from Hansen et al. (2008). Assuming the application takes place in the spring and that the applied degassed fibre fraction is ploughed or harrowed within 6 hours after the application, the overall NH3 losses are calculated as 40 % of the NH4-N (based on table 18 from Hansen et al., 2008). Yet, the values presented by Hansen et al. (2008) assumed that NH4-N corresponds to 25 % of the N content of the solid slurry ex-storage. Applied to the data of the present study, this means that NH3 emissions corresponds to 0.664 kg (40% * 6.64 kg N * 25 %). The NH3-N losses therefore correspond to 0.546 kg. F.23.4 Emissions of N2OThe direct and indirect N2O emissions were based on IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006), as in Annex A, section A.5. This considers that the direct N2O emissions correspond to 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg N ex-storage, while the indirect N2O-N emissions are estimated as 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg (NH3-N + NOX-N volatilized). The indirect N2O-N emissions based on nitrate leaching are also considered, based on IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006), thereby they are estimated as 0.0075 kg N2O-N per kg N leaching. F.23.5 Emissions of NOX and N2-NAs in previous sections, the emissions of NO and NO2 are combined as NOX-emissions, as separate data on NO and NO2 has not been available. According to Nemecek and Kägi (2007) (page 36) the NOX emissions can be estimated as: NOX = 0.21 * N2O. When taking the molar weights into consideration this corresponds to NOX–N = 0.1 * N2O-N. It is considered to be a “rough expert estimate”, but since the relative contribution has minor significance for the overall results, it is considered to be adequate. The N2-N emissions are based on the estimates from SimDen (Vinther, 2004). For soil type JB3 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 3:1 and for soil type JB6 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 6:1. F.23.6 Calculation of degassed fibre fraction fertilizer valueThe calculation of the fertilizer value of the degassed fibre fraction is presented and detailed in section F.28. F.23.7 Nitrate leachingThe content of C of the degassed fibre fraction is rather high, which gives rise to a substantial increase in soil C: after 10 years the C content in the soil is increased with 30.1 (JB3) and 31.8 (JB6) kg C per 1000 kg degassed fibre fraction, according to C-TOOL. The majority of the C in the degassed fibre fraction is released as CO2 (table F.31). The above increase in soil C gives rise to a modelled increase in soil N of 10% of the C increase, corresponding to 3.01 (JB3) and 3.18 (JB6) kg N per 1000 kg degassed fibre fraction. According to this modelling, 3.63 (JB3) and 3.46 (JB6) kg N are left for the two following fates: plant uptake and all N losses (before gaseous losses). After the gaseous losses (table F.31), there is 2.81 (JB3) and 2.44 (JB6) kg N left for harvest and leaching. For the 100 years values, there is, after the gaseous losses, 5.800 (JB3) and 5.7535 (JB6) kg N left for harvest and leaching. For simplicity, the distribution of the surplus between harvest and leaching is assumed to be as for pig slurry (table A.15), which gives the leaching values of table F.31. When transforming the above 10-year considerations to 100-year values, the additional mineralisation of N is calculated first, utilising C-TOOL. The mineralized N is assumed to be subject to denitrification, with the same factor as for N amendment. The plant uptake value of mineralized N relative to mineral fertilizer is assumed to be an average of 65.3 % on JB3 and 73.0 % on JB6, in accordance with the calculations in Annex A, section A.5. The remainder after denitrification and harvest removal is assumed to go to N leaching, obtaining the 100-year figures in table F.31. F.23.8 Phosphorus leachingFor P leaching, the same assumptions as those used in Annex A were used, i.e., 10% of the P applied to field has the possibility of leaching and 6% of this actually reach the aquatic recipients, based on Hauschild and Potting (2005). F.23.9 Cu and Zn fateAs in Annex A, it is considered that the entirety of the Cu and Zn applied will leach through the water compartment. F.23.10 Fate of the polymerThe fate of the polymer used in the separation process described in section F.4 is considered here, assuming that no losses occurred and that 100 % of the polymer is transferred to the degassed fibre fraction. This assumption is made for simplification purposes only, but is not of importance, as both fractions end up to be spread in the field. As described in section F.4, an amount of 0.90 kg of polymer was used per 1000 kg of slurry ex pre-tank input. Kay-Shoemake et al. (1998) investigated the effect of PAM applied to agricultural soils on soil bacterial communities and nutrient cycling. They found, among others, that the bacterial numbers on soils with and without PAM application were not significantly different. They also found that PAM-treated soils planted to potatoes contained significantly higher concentrations of NO3- and NH3 as compared to untreated soils. For NO3-, they found 36.7 mg/kg for PAM-soil as compared to 10.7 mg/kg for control soil. For NH3, they found 1.30 mg/kg for PAM-soil as compared to 0.50 mg/kg for control soil. This suggests that some biological degradation may take place. In an extensive review on polyacrylamide (PAM) degradation (more than 150 articles were reviewed), Caulfield et al. (2002) also acknowledged this possibility (which they explained as the hydrolysis of the amide group), but they demonstrate that this degradation has to be rather limited, due to the high molecular weight of PAM that cannot pass through the biological membranes of the bacterium. This is in line with El-Mamouni et al. (2002) who suggest that PAM may simply accumulate and persist in the environment. In their review, Caulfield et al. (2002) also concluded that no evidence is existing to suggest that PAM may form free acrylamide monomer units (which are highly toxic) under biodegradation processes. If PAM appears to be rather recalcitrant to biological degradation, it is more susceptible to undergo thermal degradation (temperatures above 200 °C), photodegradation, chemical degradation (under very acidic or very basic conditions) as well as mechanical degradation (if submitted to high shear). These degradation processes are extensively documented in Caulfield et al. (2002). In the case of application to field, photodegradation may be the most likely degradation mechanism to occur. El-Mamouni et al. (2002) actually studied the degradation of PAM submitted to UV photolysis as a pre-treatment to anaerobic and biological processes. Their results indicate that this UV irradiation pre-treatment did contribute to increase the biological degradation of PAM, under both aerobic and anaerobic conditions. However, El-Mamouni et al. (2002) highlight that the irradiation conditions used in their experiment are unlikely to occur in natural environment, as they used light intensity as low as 254 nm (the lower the wavelength, the higher the energy; visible wavelength are between 400 to 700 nm) and exposition duration ranging between 12 to 72 consecutive hours. Based on these findings, it was considered reasonable to assume, in the framework of this study, that no degradation of the PAM occur after the application of the degassed fibre fraction to the field. As linear PAM is water-soluble (Wu and Shank, 2004; Sojka et al., 2007), it may dissolve in water during precipitation events and leak through the water compartment. Sojka et al. (2007) in fact report that very few studies have assessed the fate of PAM, as PAM cannot be easily extracted for analysis once it has been adsorbed on solid surfaces. In this project, as the exact fate of PAM between the soil and water compartment is not known, the impact of PAM was simply considered as a discussion point as “PAM accumulation in the environment”. F.23.11 Life cycle data for field application of degassed fibre fraction and field processesTable F.31 presents the life cycle data for the application of degassed ex-storage fibre fraction on the field. Table F.31 Life cycle data for application of degassed fibre fraction and field processes. All data per 1000 kg of “digested fibre fraction ex-outdoor storage”.
Processes F.24 to F.27: fate of the degassed liquid fraction
F.24 Transport of the degassed liquid fraction to the farmThe transport of the degassed liquid fraction back to the farm is identical to the process described in section F.13 (transport of raw slurry to biogas plant). This means that a distance of 5 km is taken into account between the farm and the biogas plant. As transport distance is not anticipated to have a considerable influence on the environmental impacts in the overall scenario (based on the results obtained by Wesnæs et al., 2009), no sensitivity analysis was carried out for a greater transport distance. The degassed liquid is transported by trucks. The transport is modelled by use of the Ecoinvent process “Transport, lorry >32t, EURO3” (Spielmann et al., 2007; table 5-124, p.96). F.25 Outdoor storage of the degassed liquid fractionF.25.1 General descriptionThe outdoor storage of the degassed liquid fraction is assumed to be stored in an outdoor concrete tank covered with a floating layer consisting of 2.5 kg of straw per 1000 kg slurry stored (as for process F.5). As in section F.5.1, the life cycle data of straw production are not included in this study, as straw is regarded as a waste product from cereal production (rather than a co-product). F.25.2 Addition of waterThe degassed liquid fraction will be diluted by precipitation in the same amount as described in F.5.2, i.e. a total of 86 kg of water. F.25.3 Electricity consumptionAs with the non degassed liquid fraction in section F.5, the electricity for pumping and stirring is taken from table A.10 (Annex A) and is adjusted by a reduction of 50 %, in order to account for the fact that the liquid fraction will offer less resistance during the pumping and stirring than does the raw slurry. This is further detailed in section F.5. The electricity consumption thus involves : the consumption for stirring when straw is added (1.2 kWh per 1000 kg slurry), the consumption for stirring (1.2 kWh per 1000 kg slurry) and pumping (0.5 kWh per 1000 kg slurry), before application to the field. This gives an electricity consumption of 2.9 kWh per 1000 kg slurry, on which a factor of 50 % is applied, which results in an electricity consumption of 1.45 kWh per 1000 kg degassed liquid fraction. F.25.4 Emissions of CH4It has not been possible to find high quality data about the CH4 emissions occurring during the storage of degassed liquid fraction. Yet, in the latest Danish national inventory report for greenhouse gases, Nielsen et al. (2009) calculated the absolute CH4 reduction of biogas-treated slurry by using the IPCC methodology[20], coupled with a reduction potential of 50 % in the case of pig slurry. When applying this equation, Nielsen et al. (2009) considered the VS content of the treated slurry instead of the VS content ex-animal. This is the methodology that will be applied in this project. The VS of the liquid fraction is estimated as 80% of the DM content. This corresponds to a VS content of 43.71 kg per 1000 kg liquid fraction. The CH4 emissions are therefore calculated as : 43.71 kg VS/1000 kg degassed liquid fraction * 0.45 m³ CH4/kg VS * 0.67 kg CH4/m³ CH4 * 10% * (100-50) % = 0.659 kg CH4/1000 kg degassed liquid fraction. F.25.5 Emissions of CO2Emissions of CO2 were estimated with the calculated ratio between emissions of CO2 and CH4 in anaerobic conditions, i.e. 1.42 kg CO2 per kg CH4 (see section F.5.5). As mentioned in section F.2, part of the produced CO2 from the outdoor storage is emitted to air immediately and part of the CO2 is dissolved in the slurry. However, in this life cycle assessment, it is calculated as all the CO2 is emitted to air immediately, which makes the interpretation of the sources easier, as detailed in section F.2. F.25.6 Emissions of NH3Hansen et al. (2008) state that there are no clear differences between the ammonia (NH3) emissions from degassed slurry and untreated slurry. On one hand, the lower content of dry matter might reduce the emission of ammonia, on the other hand, TAN concentration and pH of degassed slurry are higher, which both increase the potential for ammonia emissions. Yet, Sommer (1997), who measured the NH3 volatilization from both covered (one tank covered by straw and one tank covered by clay granules) and uncovered storage tank containing digested slurry, concluded that ammonia volatilization from the covered slurry was insignificant. The ammonia emissions occurring during the storage of the degassed liquid fraction are therefore calculated using the same assumptions as for the reference scenario, i.e. the emission of NH3–N are 2% of the total-N, based on Poulsen et al. (2001). The total N being 9.06 kg N/1000 kg degassed liquid fraction, the NH3-N emissions are 0.181 kg NH3-N per 1000 kg degassed liquid fraction. F.25.7 Emissions of N2O, NO-N and N2-NIn the reference scenario, the direct N2O emissions for storage were based on IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006). However, the IPCC methodology does not provide any emission factor for storage of degassed liquid fraction. The fact that the liquid fraction is degassed involves a reduction in the N2Oemissions, as part of the most easily converted dry matter was removed during the biogas production (Mikkelsen et al., 2006). Yet, as for the CH4 emissions, the latest Danish national inventory report for greenhouse gases (Nielsen et al., 2009) considered a reduction potential factor for estimating the reductions in N2O-N emissions obtained when the slurry is biogas-treated. In the case of pig slurry, this reduction potential is 40 % (Nielsen et al., 2009). In the present project, the direct N2O-N emissions will be estimated as in section F.5.7 (i.e. relatively to the emissions in the reference scenario but adjusted with the different N content), and this result will be multiplied by (100-40) % in order to consider the fact that the liquid fraction is degassed. The direct N2O-N emissions are therefore calculated as : 0.033 kg N2O-N/1000 kg slurry ex-housing * (9.06 kg N in 1000 kg of degassed liquid fraction/ 5.48 kg N in 1000 kg slurry ex-housing) * (100-40) % = 0.0327 kg N2O-N/1000 kg degassed liquid fraction. The NO-N and N2-N emissions were calculated in the same way as in Annex A, i.e. based on the study of Dämmgen and Hutchings (2008). In their study, they assumed that the emission of nitrogen monoxide (NO) is the same as the direct emission of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as NO-N and N2O-N). Furthermore, they assumed that emission of nitrogen (N2) is three times as high as the direct emissions of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as N2-N and N2O-N). As regarding the total NOX emissions (NOX = NO + NO2), it was assumed, as in Annex A, that NOX = NO. This is because it has not been possible to find data on NO2. Therefore, this means that the NO-N emissions (and thereby the NOX-N emissions) correspond to 0.0327 kg N2O-N per 1000 kg degassed liquid fraction, and the N2-N emissions correspond to 0.0981 kg per 1000 kg degassed liquid fraction. The indirect N2O-N emissions can be calculated as described by IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006), i.e. as 0.01 * (NH3-N + NOX-N). This gives indirect N2O-N emissions of 0.00214 kg per 1000 kg degassed liquid fraction. F.25.8 Life cycle data and mass balances for storage of liquid fractionTable F.32 summarizes the LCA data for the storage of the degassed liquid fraction and presents the comparison with the storage emissions in Annex A. It must be emphasized that 1000 kg of degassed liquid fraction do not correspond to 1000 kg slurry ex-animal, so the values of Annex A versus Annex F are not directly comparable. Values from Annex A were only included since they were needed for the calculation of some of the emissions. Table F.33 presents the mass balances of the degassed slurry in order to establish its composition after the storage. In this table, it can be noticed that the change of DM is estimated as the losses of N and C. As explained in section F.5.8, it is acknowledged that this is a rough estimation, as other elements of greater molecular weight may also be lost (e.g. dissolved O2). The estimated DM change shall therefore be seen as a minimum change, the actual DM change may in fact be greater than the one taken into account in this study. Table F.32 Life cycle data for storage of the degassed liquid fraction. All data per 1000 kg of degassed liquid fraction “ex-separation”.
Table F.33. Mass balances for storage of degassed liquid fraction
a Changes in total N: 0.181 kg NH3-N + 0.0327 kg N2O-N + 0.0327 kg NO-N + 0.0981 kg N2-N = 0.345 kg N b Changes in total C: 0.936 kg CO2 * 12.011 [g/mol] /44.01 [g/mol] + 0.659 kg CH4 * 12.011 [g/mol] /16.04 [g/mol] = 0.749 kg C c The change in DM is assumed to be identical to the sum of the loss of N and C F.26 Transport of degassed liquid fraction to fieldThe transport of the degassed liquid fraction to the field is identical to the process described in section F.6 (transport of the liquid fraction to the field). This means that the process “Transport, tractor and trailer” from the Ecoinvent database has been used (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p.204), for a distance of 10 km. This includes the construction of the tractor and the trailer. F.27 Field processes for degassed liquid fractionF.27.1 General descriptionAs in the process described in section F.7 (field processes for [non-degassed] liquid fraction), the data from the Ecoinvent process “Slurry spreading, by vacuum tanker” (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p. 198) were used for the emissions related to spreading equipment “consumption”. This includes the construction of the tractor and the slurry tanker, as well as the diesel consumption. The diesel consumption due to the use of the “tanker” in the Ecoinvent process was adjusted to 0.4 litres of diesel per 1000 kg of slurry, based on Kjelddal (2009) (the same as in Annex A). F.27.2 Emission of CH4 and CO2The CH4 emissions on the field are assumed to be negligible, as the formation of CH4 requires an anaerobic environment, which is, under normal conditions, not the case in the top soil. CO2 emissions and C-binding in the soil are modelled by the dynamic soil organic matter model C-TOOL (Petersen et al., 2002; Gyldenkærne et al., 2007). The development in organic soil N is modelled by assuming a 10:1 ratio in the C to N development. F.27.3 Emissions of NH3For the ammonia emissions occurring as a result of the fertilisation operations, no data were found in the literature for the specific case of the degassed liquid fraction. Yet, some data are available for degassed slurry (as compared to raw slurry) and for the (non-degassed) liquid fraction (as compared to raw slurry). According to Hansen et al. (2008), there are no clear difference between the emissions from degassed slurry and untreated slurry since degassed slurry presents both factor promoting and inhibiting NH3 volatilization. However, one of the main conclusion in a recent study by Möller and Stinner (2009) is that factors promoting NH3 volatilization (higher amounts of NH4-N and higher pH) predominate over the factors reducing the propensity for volatilization (lower viscosity, lower dry matter content). Different studies applying specifically for swine slurry also report measurements showing that digested manure is more likely to lose ammonia than untreated manure after surface application (Bernal and Kirchmann, 1992; Sommer et al., 2006). Bernal and Kirchmann (1992) measured NH3-N losses of 14 % of the total applied N over a 9 days period from anaerobically treated pig manure mixed with soil. In Sommer et al. (2006), accumulated NH3 volatilization after 96 h were increased of about 27.3 % on a sandy loam soil and of approximately 21.6 % on a sandy soil (for digested manure as compare to undigested manure). Börjesson and Berglund (2007) assumed an average increase of 24 % of the NH3 emissions when digested manure is applied as compared to undigested manure (i.e. from 250 to 310 g NH3 per tonne of manure). As regarding the effect of the separation, a reduction of 50 % of the ammonia volatilization can be expected from a liquid fraction, as compared to raw slurry (see section F.7). Since the liquid degassed fraction is subjected to both increasing and reducing factors as regarding the ammonia emission potential, and since no data were found specifically for this, the ammonia emissions were calculated as in the reference scenario. This is exactly as described in section F.7, but without the 50 % reduction factor in the case of the emissions occurring after application. F.27.4 Emissions of N2O and NOX-NThe direct N2O emissions are generally assumed to be smaller for degassed slurry than for untreated slurry (Sommer et al. 2001). This is because digested manure contains less easily decomposed organic matter than undigested manure (Börjesson and Berglund, 2007) and because more N is in a form already available to the plants (NH4+). This means that less N shall be available to microorganisms for nitrification (where NO3- is formed), and thus, the potential for denitrification (where NO3- is reduced to N2O, and subsequently to N2) is also reduced. This is also in accordance with Marcato et al. (2009), who concluded from their results that there are fewer risks for oxygen competition between the crops and soil bacteria (and therefore of N2O emissions) with digested slurry as compared to undigested slurry. According to Sommer et al. (2001, table 2) N2O emissions with degassed slurry are in the magnitude of 0.4 % of the applied N. Based on Sommer et al. (2001), Nielsen (2002) used, for field emissions with digested slurry, a reduction corresponding to 41 % of the emissions with raw slurry (i.e. from 34 to 20 g N2O/ton manure) and Börjesson and Berglund (2007) assumed a reduction of 37.5 % (i.e. from 40 to 25 g N2O per tonne of manure). In this project, no specific data as regarding the direct N2O emissions related to the use of the degassed liquid fraction were found. Therefore, the estimate of Sommer et al. (2001) for digested (but non-separated) slurry will be used as the best available data (i.e. 0.4 % of the applied N). This should be regarded as a rather rough estimate. It may also overestimate the N2O emissions, as the slurry is both degassed and separated, which reduced significantly its content in organic N. In fact, according to Møller et al. (2007c), the centrifugal separation mainly transfers the organic N to the solid fraction, while the dissolved NH4+ goes in the liquid fraction. As in section F.7, indirect N2O emissions due to ammonia and NOX are evaluated as 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg of (NH3 + NOX) volatilized. The indirect N2O-N emissions due to nitrate leaching correspond to 0.0075 kg N2O-N per kg of N leaching. The emissions of NOX-N are calculated as 0.1* direct N2O-N, based on Nemecek and Kägi (2007). F.27.5 Emissions of N2-NThe N2-N emissions are based on the estimates from SimDen (Vinther, 2004). For soil type JB3 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 3:1 and for soil type JB6 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 6:1. F.27.6 Calculation of degassed liquid fraction fertilizer valueThe fertilizer value for degassed liquid fraction is calculated and detained in section F.28. F.27.7 Nitrate leachingThe approach from section F.7.6 is utilized, where the liquid fraction is equaled by a proportion of slurry, and an additional amount of mineral N. Taking N values after ammonia volatilization, the C:N proportion is 29.2 [kg C] / (4.80-0.02-0.48) [kg N] = 6.79 for the slurry and 23.72 [kg C] / (8.03-0.032-0.843) [kg N] = 3.32 for the liquid fraction. The “virtual” proportion of N assumed to affect the soil and plants as pig slurry is therefore 3.32/6.79 = 0.49, and the virtual proportion of N assumed to affect the soil and plants as mineral N is accordingly 0.51. F.27.8 Phosphorus leachingFor P leaching, the same assumptions as those used in Annex A were used, i.e., 10% of the P applied to field has the possibility of leaching and 6% of this actually reach the aquatic recipients, based on Hauschild and Potting (2005). F.27.9 Cu and Zn fateAs in Annex A, it is considered that the entirety of the Cu and Zn applied will leach through the water compartment. F.27.10 Life cycle data for field application of degassed ex-storage liquid fractionTable F.34 presents the life cycle data for the application of degassed ex-storage liquid fraction on the field. The results of the reference case (Annex A) are also presented for comparison purposes. However, in order to be comparable, both results must be related to the functional unit, i.e. 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. Table F.34. Life cycle data for application of degassed liquid fraction and field processes. All data per 1000 kg of “degassed liquid fraction ex-outdoor storage”.
Process F.28: Avoided production and application of mineral fertilizers and yield changesF.28 Avoided production and application of mineral fertilizers and yield changeF.28.1 General descriptionIn this scenario, nitrogen is spread to the field at 3 points: Via the liquid fraction (section F.7), via the degassed fibre fraction (section F.23) and via the degassed liquid fraction (section F.27). Before continuing this section, it is very important to clarify the difference between “The fertiliser value” and “The replaced amount of mineral fertiliser”:
The agronomic fertiliser value and the replaced amount of mineral fertiliser are hence two different things, and in consequence they may also differ numerically. The calculations of the replaced amount of mineral fertiliser (based on Danish law) are explained in section F.28.2. The agronomic fertiliser value and the yield changes are explained in section F.28.3. F.28.2 Calculation of the replaced amount of mineral fertiliserThe starting point for calculating the replaced amount of mineral fertiliser is the Danish law and the guidelines for this (Gødskningsloven (2006), Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen (2008), and Plantedirektoratet (2008b)). The foundation for the law is that there is a “quota” of nitrogen for each field, depending on the crop and soil type [21]. In addition to this, there is an upper limit for how much of the “nitrogen quota” that can be applied as animal slurry, where a maximum of 1.4 “DE per ha” is allowed for pig farmers (1.4 DE per ha corresponds to 1.4 animal unit per hectare and 1 DE equals 100 kg N – or, that is to say, did originally correspond to 100 kg N, however, this varies slightly with the Norm Data for each animal category each year). When applying pig slurry, the N in the slurry replace 75% mineral fertiliser, which means that if applying 100 kg N in slurry, the farmer has to apply 75 kg mineral N fertiliser less (Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen (2008), paragraph 21). For example, if the farmer has a field with winter barley, and the soil type is JB3, the farmer has a “Nitrogen quota” for that field at 149 kg N per ha (Plantedirektoratet, 2008). If the farmer applies 100 kg N per ha as pig slurry, this accounts for 75 kg N per ha, which means that the farmer is allowed to apply the remaining 149 kg N per ha – 75 kg N per ha = 74 kg N per ha as mineral N fertiliser. However, for separated slurry and for degassed slurry, the rules are not as straightforward. For separated slurry, the “mineral fertiliser replacement values” of the separated fractions is set by the producer (i.e. the farmer or the biogas plant that separate the slurry). However, they have to follow the rule of conservation:
For degassed biomass from biogas plants, there are three rules that can be applied, and the biogas plant can choose which one to apply[23]:
In the following, calculations have been performed for some of the rules mentioned above. When following rule a) + b) strictly, the “mineral fertiliser replacement value” is calculated as follows: The replaced amount of mineral N fertiliser for Annex F is based on 4 steps:
The calculations for scenario F are shown in table F.35. Table F.35. Replaced amount of mineral N fertiliser in Annex F. All calculations per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal
[1] It should be noted, that it might be more logical to use “ex housing data” for separation, but the farmers do not have information from the Norm Data on these. Furthermore, it can be argued that the loss of N during the outdoor storage is relatively low (2% according to the Norm Data), accordingly, it does not make a big difference whether the calculations are based on “ex housing” data or “ex storage” data. Accordingly, the N substitution value of the untreated slurry (before separation) is based on the Danish Norm Data (DJF, 2008). This 4.0725 kg N (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) is identical to 75% of the initial 5.00 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex storage * 1086 kg slurry ex storage per 1000 kg slurry ex animal. This is logical, as this is the amount that is “divided” into the different fractions when applying rule (a) and rule (b) which both conserve the masses. It should also be noted, that this amount is identical to the amount of substituted mineral N fertiliser for the reference system in Annex A. As this study is a comparison, the calculations of the replaced amount of mineral N fertiliser are shown in table F.36, based on the explanations in Annex A, section A.6.1. Table F.36. Replaced amount of mineral N fertiliser in scenario A
F.28.3 Yield changesThe yield changes reflect the difference in the “extra” amount of N available for “extra” crop uptake in Scenario F as compared to Scenario A. For a given scenario, this delta N can be expressed as: ΔN = Harvested N - N received from slurry according to the substitution rule. The N received from slurry according to the substitution rule is in fact the avoided inorganic N. Because this N is expressed in terms of inorganic N, the harvested N must be translated in terms of inorganic N as well. For Scenario A, this delta N is referred to as ΔNA and for Scenario F, as ΔNF. The overall difference in N is then expressed as the difference between ΔNA and ΔNF. This difference is afterwards translated to a response in extra wheat, as in Annex B of Wesnæs et al. (2009). This means that the production of this extra wheat does not have to be produced somewhere else in Denmark and can consequently be deduced from the system. It is acknowledged that this may be a simplistic approach to reflect the impact of a higher yield. In fact, the actual consequence of a higher yield of a given crop consists of the market response to the additional amount of that crop suddenly provided on the market. This response is however not straightforward and requires a comprehensive analysis of trade and market mechanisms (e.g. Kløverpris, 2008), which is out of the scope of the present project. The calculation of the harvested N is made separately for each organic fertiliser type (liquid fraction, degassed fibre fraction and degassed liquid fraction):
Aggregating the amount of N harvested from each of these 3 organic fertilizer and taking into account the amount of each that is actually applied (figure F.1), the total harvested N for soil JB3 is: [1.43 kg N per 1000 kg liquid fraction * 708 kg liquid fraction/1000 kg slurry ex-animal] + [1.2752 kg N per 1000 kg degassed fibre fraction *77.3 kg degassed fibre fraction /1000 kg slurry ex-animal] + [2.87 kg N kg degassed liquid fraction *263.4 kg degassed liquid fraction /1000 kg slurry ex-animal] = 1.873 kg N harvested on soil JB3 per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. On soil JB6 the amount of harvested N is 2.139 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. As this harvested N will be used in an equation where the N is expressed in term of mineral N, it must be translated in terms of mineral N. To do so, the amount of mineral N needed to obtained these harvest N (1.873 kg N on soil JB3 and 2.139 kg N on soil JB6) must be determined. This can be done through the partitioning factors presented in table A.14 of Wesnæs et al. (2009). This harvested N equivalent therefore corresponds to:
Therefore, ΔNF corresponds to : Soil JB3: 4.3467 kg N – 4.0725 kg N (table F.35) = 0.2742 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal Soil JB6: 4.3308 kg N – 4.0725 kg N (table F.35) = 0.2583 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal For Scenario A, the calculation of harvested N is more straightforward, as it is simply the amount of N in the slurry ex-storage minus the ammonia losses, on which the partitioning ratios of table A.15 of Wesnæs et al. (2009) are applied to determine the N harvested. Then the equivalent in mineral N can be determined as above, using the values presented on table A.14 of Wesnæs et al. (2009). This gives: Soil JB3: (4.8-0.02-0.48)*36.05% kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-storage *(1086 kg slurry ex-storage/1000 kg slurry ex-animal) *(1/0.431) = 3.9096 kg N harvest equivalent for soil JB3 (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal). Soil JB6: (4.8-0.02-0.48)*41.4% kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-storage *(1086 kg slurry ex-storage/1000 kg slurry ex-animal) *(1/0.494) = 3.9096 kg N harvest equivalent for soil JB6 (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal). Therefore, ΔNA corresponds to : Soil JB3: 3.9096 kg N – 4.0725 kg N (table F.36) = -0.1629 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal Soil JB6: 3.9096 kg N – 4.0725 kg N (table F.36) = -0.1629 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. The overall N difference between both scenarios corresponds to: ΔNF - ΔNA = 0.2742 kg N – (-0.1629 kg N) = 0.4371 kg N surplus for JB3 (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) ΔNF - ΔNA = 0.2583 kg N – (-0.1629 kg N) = 0.4212 kg N surplus for JB6 (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) According to the yield N responses (see section A.5.5, Annex A and section B.10, Annex B), one kg extra mineral N yields:
The yield increase is therefore: For soil JB3: 0.4371 kg N surplus * 9.0 kg extra wheat/kg N surplus = 3.93 kg extra wheat (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal). For soil JB6: 0.4212 kg N surplus * 8.1 kg extra wheat/kg N surplus = 3.41 kg extra wheat (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal). This same procedure was also applied with the 100 year values for both soil types. F.28.4 Avoided P and K mineral fertilisersIn this scenario, it is assumed that the degassed fibre fraction is transported to fields with lack of phosphorous. This is in fact the whole purpose of separating the degassed biomass after the biogas plant: To collect the main part of the phosphorous in order to increase the possibilities for using this as fertiliser where P is need (at fields with P deficiency) instead of at the fields close to the pig farm areas where there is surplus phosphorus in the soil (mainly in Jutland). Accordingly, as the degassed fibre fraction (which contains the main part of the phosphorous) is transported to fields with phosphorous deficiency, it is assumed that 100 % of the phosphorous in this fraction replace mineral P fertiliser. It is assumed that the same, i.e. 100 % replacement, applies for potassium (K). The actual amount of K substituted may in fact be less than 100 % if the K applied is greater than the crops needs. However, as previous modelling (e.g. Wesnæs et al., 2009) showed that the avoided K fertilisers have a rather insignificant effect on the overall environmental impacts of slurry management, it is believe that the amount of K avoided (100 % or less) is not likely to affect the results. The avoided emissions per kg of inorganic N, P and K avoided are modelled as in Annex A, Table A.18. [1] B0 : maximum methane producing capacity for manure produced, corresponds to 0.45 m³ CH4/kg VS ex-animal for market swine (IPCC 2006, table 10A-7). [2] MCF: methane conversion factor (%). The MCF factor is defined in the IPCC (IPCC, 1997) guidelines in chapter 4 (on page 4.9) as follows : “Methane Conversion Factor (MCF): The MCF defines the portion of the methane producing potential (Bo) that is achieved. The MCF varies with the manner in which the manure is managed and the climate, and can theoretically range from 0 to 100 per cent. Manure managed as a liquid under hot conditions promotes methane formation and emissions. These manure management conditions have high MCFs, of 65 to 90 per cent. Manure managed as dry material in cold climates does not readily produce methane, and consequently has an MCF of about 1 per cent. Laboratory measurements were used to estimate MCFs for the major manure management techniques.” [3] The exact amount is not known. From table A.4 in Annex A, an estimate based on data from Poulsen et al. (2001) indicates that water added in the housing units corresponds to approximately 223 litres per 1000 slurry. Poulsen et al. (2001) do not include this amount. [4] The input slurry contains 69.7 kg DM/1000 kg raw slurry (Annex A). Yet, 87.2% of the DM ends up in the fibre fraction (see table F.4) i.e. 69.7 kg * 87.2% = 60.7784 kg DM per 1000 kg raw slurry. As the fibre fraction contains 265.9 kg DM per 1000 kg fibre fraction (due to measurements), the total amount of fibre fraction is: 60.7784 kg DM / 1000 kg raw slurry * 1000 kg fibre fraction/ 265.9 kg DM = 228.58 kg fibre fraction per 1000 kg raw slurry. [5] According to IPCC (2006), the methane emission can be calculated as: CH4 [kg] = VS [kg] * B0 * 0.67 [kg CH4 per m³ CH4] * MCF The VS amount is “ex-animal” and B0 = 0.45 m³ CH4 per kg VS for market swine (IPCC, 2006, Table 10A-7). The MCF value used is 10 % (for liquid slurry with natural crust cover, cool climate, in table 10-17 of IPCC (2006)). This is also the MCF recommended under Danish conditions by Nielsen et al. (2009). [6] Calculated as: (0.52 moles CO2/mole CH4) * (1 mole CH4/16.043 g CH4) * (44.099 g CO2/mole CO2) = 1.42 g CO2/g CH4. [7] 65% CH4 with a density of 0.717 kg/Nm³ plus 35% CO2 with a density of 1.977 kg/Nm³ gives a total density of (0.65*0.717 + 0.35*1.977) kg/Nm³ = 1.158 kg/Nm³. [8] The heat value is calculated as : 9.94 kWh/Nm³ CH4 x 65 % CH4 = 6.46 kWh/Nm³ biogas. [9] 554.91 kg fibre fraction * (1000 kg slurry ex pre-tank/228.58 kg fibre fraction) * (1000 kg slurry ex-animal/1000 kg slurry ex pre-tank) = 2427.64 kg slurry ex-animal. [10] 193.16 kg fibre fraction * (1000 kg slurry ex pre-tank/228.58 kg fibre fraction) * (1000 kg slurry ex-animal/1000 kg slurry ex pre-tank) = 845.04 kg pig slurry ex-animal. [11] From pig slurry: 445.09 kg slurry* 69.7 kg DM/ 1000 kg slurry * 0.8 kg VS per kg DM * 319 Nm³ CH4 per ton VS / 0.65 Nm³ CH4 per Nm³ biogas * ton/1000 kg = 12.2 Nm³ biogas. From fibre fraction: 554.91 kg fibre fraction * 265.9 kg DM/1000 kg fibre fraction * 0.8 kg VS per kg DM * 319.00 Nm³ CH4 per ton VS / 0.65 Nm³ CH4 per Nm³ biogas * ton/1000 kg = 57.9 Nm³ biogas. Total biogas produced per 1000 kg of “biomass mixture”: 70.1 Nm³ biogas (12.2 Nm³ from slurry + 57.9 Nm³ from fibre fraction). [12] This is calculated using the heat value and the total biogas produced: 6.46 kWh/Nm³ biogas (see table F.19) * 70.1Nm³ biogas/1000 kg “biomass mixture” * 3.6 MJ/kWh = 1630 MJ/1000 kg “biomass mixture”. [13] Estimated internal consumption of electricity in kWh per 1000 kg biomass mixture : 70.1 Nm³ biogas/1000 kg biomass mixture x 6.46 kWh/Nm³ biogas x 40 % engine power efficiency x 5 % internal consumption = 9.06 kWh per 1000 kg biomass mixture. [14] It is assumed that the average temperature for the biomass is 8 °C when entering the process and that it is heated to 37°C (the process temperature). Specific heat is calculated based on the content of DM and water (calculated as 1-DM), assuming that the specific heat for DM corresponds to 3.00 kJ/kg°C and to 4.20 kJ/kg°C for water. As the DM for biomass mixture is 178.57 kg/1000 kg biomass mixture (table F.20), it involves that the water content is 1000kg – 178.57 kg = 821.43 kg/1000 kg biomass mixture. The heat consumption for heating the biomass mixture from 8°C to 37°C is thus : For DM: 178.57 kg DM/1000 kg biomass mixture * 3.00 kJ/kg DM*°C * (37-8) °C = 15 535.59 kJ/1000 kg biomass mixture; For water : 821.43 kg water/1000 kg biomass mixture * 4.20 kJ/kg DM*°C * (37-8) °C = 100 050.17 kJ/1000 kg biomass mixture; Total : (15 535.59 + 100 050.17) kJ/1000 kg biomass mixture * MJ/1000 kJ = 115.59 MJ/1000 kg biomass mixture. [15] CO2 produced in the biogas: 70.1 Nm³ biogas * 35% CO2 * 1.977 kg CO2/Nm³ CO2 = 48.51 kg CO2. The CO2 emissions of 0.464 kg estimated in this project correspond to : 0.464 kg/48.51 kg * 100% = 0.96% of the CO2 produced in the biogas. [16] 348.10 kg biomass mixture (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) * 70.1 Nm³ / 1000 kg biomass mixture = 24.4 Nm³ biogas per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. [17] Heat produced: 24.4 Nm³ biogas (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) * 23.26 MJ/ Nm³ biogas (heat value of the biogas, see table F.18) * 0.46 (engine efficiency for heat) = 261.13 MJ heat per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. Electricity produced: 24.4 Nm³ biogas (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) * 23.26 MJ/ Nm³ biogas (heat value) * 0.40 (engine efficiency for electricity) = 227.1 MJ electricity per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. This corresponds to 227.1 MJ * kWh/3.6 MJ = 63.1 kWh electricity per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. [18] There is 348.10 kg biomass mixture per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal, see section F.15.2. The heat required for the process is 115.6 MJ per 1000 kg mixture (section F.15.3). The heat needed per functional unit corresponds to: 348.10 kg biomass mixture / 1000 kg slurry ex-animal * 115.6 MJ / 1000 kg biomass mixture = 40.2 MJ per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. [19] The input degassed slurry to separate contains 105.98 kg DM/1000 kg degassed biomass. Yet, 60.9% of the DM ends up in the fibre fraction with the separation indexes considered (see table F.24) i.e. 105.98 kg * 60.9% = 64.542 kg DM per 1000 kg degassed biomass. As the fibre fraction contains 267.1 kg DM per 1000 kg fibre fraction (due to measurements, see table 4 in Frandsen (2009)), the total amount of fibre fraction is: 64.542 kg DM / 1000 kg degassed biomass * 1000 kg fibre fraction/ 267.1 kg DM = 241.639 kg fibre fraction per 1000 kg degassed biomass. [20] According to IPCC (2006), the methane emission can be calculated as: CH4 [kg] = VS [kg] * B0 * 0.67 [kg CH4 per m³ CH4] * MCF B0 = 0.45 m³ CH4 per kg VS for market swine (IPCC, 2006, Table 10A-7). The MCF value used is 10 % (for liquid slurry with natural crust cover, cool climate, in table 10-17 of IPCC (2006)). This is also the MCF recommended under Danish conditions by Nielsen et al. (2009). [21] Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen (2008), chapter 3, paragraph 3 and 4: ”Stk. 3. En marks kvælstofkvote opgøres på grundlag af den eller de afgrøder, der dyrkes på arealet, dog på grundlag af den senest etablerede afgrøde, hvis arealet er sået om, fordi afgrøden er slået fejl.” [22] Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen (2008), paragraph 20: § 20. For det enkelte forarbejdningsanlæg gælder, at den totale mængde kvælstof i den forarbejdede husdyrgødning skal svare til den indgående totale mængde kvælstof. Ligeledes skal den andel, der skal udnyttes, af den totale mængde kvælstof i forarbejdet husdyrgødning mindst svare til andelen, der skal udnyttes, af den indgående totale mængde kvælstof […]. Stk. 2. Producenter af forarbejdet husdyrgødning fastsætter ved salg eller afgivelse til en virksomhed registreret efter lovens § 2 det totale antal kg kvælstof i gødningen og den andel af det totale antal kg kvælstof, der skal udnyttes. [23] Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen (2008), paragraph 19: § 19. Indholdet af kvælstof i afgasset biomasse skal beregnes på grundlag af oplysninger om den mængde kvælstof i husdyrgødning, der er tilført biogasanlægget samt oplysninger om den mængde kvælstof i anden organisk gødning, der er tilført biogasanlægget, jf. § 22, stk. 6. Alternativt kan biogasanlæg, der leverer afgasset biomasse til virksomheder omfattet af lovens § 2 eller til andre virksomheder med henblik på endelig brug i virksomheder omfattet af lovens § 2, få indholdet af kvælstof i afgasset biomasse bestemt ved analyse af repræsentative prøver foretaget mindst en gang inden for perioden 1. august til 31. juli i den planperiode, gødningen skal anvendes, jf. stk. 2. Biogasanlægget skal opgøre den leverede mængde afgasset biomasse, som analysen gælder for. Stk. 2. Analyse af indhold af kvælstof i gødning skal foretages af et laboratorium, der er autoriseret hertil af Plantedirektoratet […]. Plantedirektoratet (2008b): Udnyttelsesprocenten beregner producenten (ud fra indgangsmaterialet eller analyse af repræsentative prøver). For afgasset gylle kan udnyttelsesprocenten i stedet sættes som andelen for svinegylle, der i 2007/08 er 75 pct. [24] In table A.15, the partitioning value for ammonia volatilisation is 10.4 %. Without the ammonia losses, the sum of the values presented in table A.15 is 89.6 % (i.e. 100% - 10.4%). Based on this, the harvest partitioning value of 32.3 % (10 years) becomes: (32.3*100%)/89.6 = 36 %. Annex G. Biogas production with cow slurry and fibre fraction from a mechanical-chemical separation– Life Cycle Inventory dataG.1 System descriptionThis annex contains Life Cycle Inventory data for biogas production from a mixture of fibre fraction (from mechanically separated slurry, flocculated with polymer) and raw slurry, both from dairy cows. The separation process used in this annex is considered as a “best available technology” for biogas production. The resulting fibre fraction has a degradation potential similar to the one of raw slurry. The biogas is used for co-production of heat and power. The biogas engine used for the generation of heat and power is also considered as a “best available technology”, as the engine used has conversion efficiencies ranking in the highest available range. The processes described and used for this scenario were built in collaboration with Xergi A/S, as Xergi A/S has experience and data for more than 30 biogas plants established throughout the country. The degassed slurry resulting from the anaerobic digestion is mechanically separated again, but without polymer addition. The liquid fraction is then used on field as a fertilizer, and so is the fibre fraction. Although biogas exclusively from slurry input (i.e. without supplementary addition of easily degradable carbon) is not yet the most common practice in Denmark, it is likely to become an important alternative for the Danish panorama. This is due to the limited availability of the organic waste or the other C-source material that are actually co-digested with the slurry. Co-digesting the raw slurry is practiced in order to ensure the economic feasibility of biogas production. Moreover, the Danish government has set the objective to use more than 50 % of the slurry produced in Denmark for biogas production, in which case the possibility to make biogas from 100 % slurry input represents an interesting option. Several plants running on inputs from slurry only (i.e. raw slurry and separated fibre fraction) are currently under development throughout the country, and the first one has just been put into operation (Morsø Bioenergi was inaugurated 15 of June 2009). The present annex describes the process flow for a biogas scenario comprising a total of 28 main processes, which were divided into 8 main sections:
The scenario described in this annex has been modelled in order to include “Best Available Technology” as much as possible. The conditions considered throughout the scenario were chosen in the light of the best feasible possibilities. This applies for the technologies used as well as for the management practices. However, conservative assumptions were used in the calculation of the emissions, in order to ensure the life cycle assessment reflects the correct picture as regarding the environmental consequences of this manure management option. It shall also be mentioned that many possibilities could have been included as regarding the different variants in the biogas production, which could be worth another life cycle assessment themselves. For example, instead of being used for co-generation of heat and power through a biogas engine, the biogas could have been cleaned and injected directly to the natural gas grid (this possibility is however considered as a sensitivity analysis). Else, it could also have been upgraded and used as a transportation fuel. Also, the slurry is sometimes treated in a pre-treatment plant before entering the biogas plant, which is another variant not included here. The overall flow diagram for this scenario is presented in figure G.1. Figure G.1. Flow diagram for biogas production based on raw slurry + fibre fraction from mechanically separated cow slurry with a decanter centrifuge and polymer addition Processes G.2 to G.7: Raw slurry from which the fibre fraction origins: production, separation and fate of the liquid fraction
G.2 In-house storage of slurryThe assumptions and Life Cycle Inventory data for the storage of slurry in the housing units are the same as for the reference scenario (section A.2, Annex A). Accordingly, the CH4 and N2O emissions are calculated according to IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006). For CH4, the calculation is thus as follows: CH4 [kg] = VS [kg] * B0[1] * 0.67 [kg CH4 per m³ CH4] * MCF [2], with the “ex-animal” VS and with MCF = 17 % (value for pit storage below animal confinement greater than 1 month, table 10.17 in IPCC 2006). The choice of a MCF value of 17 %, as explained in Annex A (section A.2), is conservative, the alternative being a MCF = 3 % if the storage is less than one month, based on IPCC (2006) tabulated values. The gap between these two alternatives MCF values is considerable. This means that the overall greenhouse gas emissions related to the in-house storage presented in this study, if compared to other studies, may be significantly higher based on the choice of this MCF value. Yet, systems need to be comparable, so the alternatives assessed hereby must be assessed as in the reference scenario. As the in-house storage of slurry is identical to the one in the reference case, performing a sensitivity analysis with a lower MCF would only contribute to reduce the CH4 emissions of both the present and the reference scenario by the same order of magnitude. Instead, the effect of this conservative choice for the MCF value is raised as a discussion point in the interpretation of the results. It is however acknowledged that the CH4 emissions during in-house storage could have been estimated with an Arrehenius relationship, as proposed by Sommer et al. (2004) and Sommer et al. (2009) instead of the IPCC methodology. For direct N2O emissions, IPCC (2006) estimates the N2O emissions from pit storage below animal confinements to be 0.002 kg N2O-N per kg N “ex-animal” (uncertainty: a factor 2), based on the judgement of an IPCC expert group combined with various studies. The indirect N2O emission corresponds to 0.01 kg N2O–N per kg (NH3–N + NOX–N volatilised) (IPCC, 2006, table 11.3). The NO-N and N2-N emissions were calculated in the same way as in Annex A, i.e. based on the study of Dämmgen and Hutchings (2008). In their study, they assumed that the emission of nitrogen monoxide (NO) is the same as the direct emission of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as NO-N and N2O-N). Furthermore, they assumed that emission of nitrogen (N2) is three times as high as the direct emissions of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as N2-N and N2O-N). As regarding the total NOX emissions (NOX = NO + NO2), it was assumed, as in Annex A, that NOX = NO. This is because it has not been possible to find data on NO2. Ammonia emissions are estimated based on Poulsen et al. (2001), where an emission factor of 8% NH3-N of the total N ex-animal is suggested for dairy cows in cubicle housing system with slatted floors. Emissions of CO2 are based on mass balances, i.e. as the total loss of carbon in the housing units minus the carbon lost as CH4 emissions. The total loss carbon in the housing units is 5.3 kg (table A.8, Annex A), so this gives a CO2 emission of 11.60 kg/1000 kg slurry ex-housing (see calculation in table G.1).This mass balance approach is used because the slurry composition for C was determined backwards, i.e. from the C content of ex-storage slurry through the C content of ex-housing slurry and finally ex-animal slurry. This backwards approach was used due to the availability of data. Estimating the CO2 emissions for the in-house storage with another approach than the mass balance would therefore change the ex-housing manure composition, which is the very basis of comparison between all scenarios. Yet, in subsequent anaerobic storages of slurry, the CO2 emissions are estimated as a function of the CH4 emissions (i.e. sections G.5, G.15 and G.25). If the in-house CO2 production would have been calculated in accordance with the CO2:CH4 ratio as described in section G.5 (i.e. 1.67 g of CO2 is produced per g of CH4) the CO2 emission here would have been 4.76 kg CO2 (1.67 kg CO2/kg CH4 x 2.85 kg CH4). Compared to the actual 11.60 k g CO2, the difference is not significant for the overall results. Accordingly, the current method for calculation of the CO2 emission from slurry stored in the barn does not influence the overall results. Moreover, part of the produced CO2 from the in-house storage (and also outdoor storage) is emitted to air immediately and part of the CO2 is dissolved in the slurry. In this life cycle assessment, it is calculated as all the CO2 is emitted to air immediately. By calculating this way, the CO2 will be emitted at the process that causes the CO2, which makes the interpretation of the sources easier. Furthermore it does not change the overall result, as the overall amount of CO2 emitted is exactly the same. The only difference is that it would have been emitted at a later stage in the life cycle chain of the slurry. The same approach has been used in Annex B, see section B.2. Table G.1 (taken from Annex A), shows the life cycle data for the in-house storage of raw slurry. Table G.1. Life cycle Inventory data for storage of raw cow slurry in the housing units. All data per 1000 kg of slurry “ex-animal”. (taken from Annex A, table A.9)
G.3 Storage of slurry in pre-tankThe raw slurry ex-housing is stored in the pre-tank, and will later be directly pumped from there when transferred to the separation unit. No significant losses from the pre-tank storage as well as no water addition are assumed; it is thus consistent with section C.3 in Annex C (storage of slurry in pre-tank before separation with the Samson Bimatech technology). The exact duration of the storage in the pre-tank is, in practice, quite variable, from a few days to a few weeks, according to the contracts farmers have with the biogas plants regarding the deliveries. According to Rosager (2009), assuming a storage duration of maximum 10 to 14 days in the pre-tank would be a reasonable, though conservative, assumption. This assumption was therefore applied in this project. Assuming no losses may be reasonable for this duration period, but it may not be correct for a longer storage period, particularly as regarding losses of C (through CH4 and CO2). In fact, Møller et al. (2004), who estimated the losses of carbon from in-house storage of both pig and cattle manure in a laboratory-scale study, reported the losses of both CO2 and CH4 as a function of the storage time. From the graphs presented in Møller et al. (2004), it can be seen that an emission peak (for CH4) occurs between 0 and 20 days after excretion (storage at 15°C, for cow manure). In the case of this project, no specific storage duration was assumed for the in-house storage (it was only assumed that it is less than 1 month, see section A.2.2 of Annex A), but it appears likely that the emission peak presented in Møller et al. (2004) for CH4 did occur during the in-house storage (i.e. before the slurry was transferred to the pre-tank). Moreover, important CH4 emissions were considered during the in-house storage of the slurry (as a methane conversion factor of 17% was used in the calculation, see discussion in section G.2). Given these facts, it appears reasonable to assume no additional methane losses for the pre-tank storage phase. The energy consumption related to the slurry transfer from the pre-tank through the separation unit involves the electricity for stirring in the pre-tank before pumping (1.2 kWh per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing, as in table A.10 of Annex A) and the electricity for pumping (0.5 kWh per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing, as in table A.10 of Annex A). This involves a total energy consumption of 1.7 kWh per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing. The life cycle data for the storage of the slurry in the pre-tank are presented in table G.2. The ex pre-tank slurry composition considered is presented in table G.3 (which is identical to the ex-housing slurry of Annex A, table A.2). Table G.2. Life cycle Inventory data for storage of raw slurry in the pre-tank. All data per 1000 kg of slurry “ex-animal”. Dairy cow slurry.
Table G.3. Characteristics of slurry ex pre-tank from dairy cows
a) This is different from the value presented in table A.2 from Annex A, as an error as been made for Cu and Zn ex-housing, where the values “12.1 g Cu and 23.4 g Zn” should figure instead of “12.1 kg Cu and 23.4 kg Zn”. G.4 Separation by a belt press separator combined with the use of polymerG.4.1 Description of the separation technologyThe separation process used in this study is the technology manufactured by Kemira water, model Kemira 808 C for cow slurry. It consists of flocculation chambers in which added polymer is mixed with the slurry; this alters the physical state of the dissolved and suspended solids and facilitates their removal by a belt press. A combination of screens and screw press is then used to finalize the separation. The polymer considered is a cationic polyacrylamide (PAA). The polymer consumption is further detailed in table G.10 (an addition of 0.60 kg per 1000 kg of slurry input in the separation is considered in this study). G.4.2 Separation indexes and mass balancesIt is assumed that the composition of the slurry leaving the pre-tank is the same as the “ex-housing” composition in the reference scenario, as it has been assumed that there are no losses or emissions during the storage in the pre-tank (section G.3). This assumption is not strictly correct due to the biological processes in the slurry during the residence time in the pre-tank, as discussed in section C.3 of Annex C. The separation efficiencies considered are based on experimental data provided by the technology manufacturer (Kemira, year unknown a). These data are presented in table G.4. It must be emphasized that the total mass of the raw slurry do not balance the mass of the liquid fraction summed to the mass of the fibre fraction (probably due to uncertainties during the measurements). Table G.4. Original data from the kemira separation of cattle slurry (including the use of polymer)
Based on the data presented in table G.4, a mass balance can be performed, as presented in table G.5. Table G.5. Mass balances based on the original data from the kemira separation
From the mass balances of table G.5, it is possible to calculate the separation indexes for this separation process, as presented in table G.6. As explained in Annex F (section F.4.2), the separation index is the mass of a compound in the solid fraction divided by the mass of the compound in the original slurry before separation, e.g. Table G.6. Calculated separation indexes for separation of cattle slurry.
a) No data has been available. Rough estimate based on data from Kemira technology model 812 P (Kemira, unknown year b) In this project, the separation efficiencies will be based the data shown in table G.6, except for the total mass. Due to the lower content of water in the slurry (as mentioned in Annex F), it has been necessary to adjust the separation index for the total mass of the slurry in order to create a realistic fibre fraction. In order to do so, it was assumed that the DM of the solid fraction coming out of the separator would remain approximately constant independently of the water content of the raw slurry. Based on this, the total mass of fibre fraction can be evaluated, and thereby the separation index for the total mass. The amount of DM in the raw ex-housing cow slurry is 113.2 kg per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing, as presented in table G.2. This is the input slurry into the separation process. Table G.6 shows that the separation index for the DM in the fibre fraction is 79.2 %. This means that, for an input of 1000 kg slurry ex-housing, there is 89.65 kg of DM in the fibre fraction[3]. Yet, according to the data presented in table G.4, the DM content of the fibre fraction is 31 %, which means, for 1000 kg of fibre fraction, a mass of 310 kg DM. Based on this, the amount of fibre fraction corresponding to 89.65 kg DM can be calculated, and this gives 289.19 kg fibre fraction per 1000 kg of slurry input[4]. The balance therefore corresponds to the liquid fraction, i.e. 710.81 kg liquid fraction[5]. The mass separation index considered for this project is thus 28.919 % for the fibre fraction, and 71.081 % for the liquid fraction. Table G.7 summarizes the separation indexes used for this study. As there is no data for Cu and Zn in table G.4 to G.6, the separation efficiencies for Cu and Zn were taken from Møller et al. (2007b) (data from screw press, with cattle slurry no.3). Since no polymer addition is involved in the study performed by Møller et al. (2007b), these efficiencies may be lower as those involved in the actual study, but it is yet a better approximation than simply ignoring Cu and Zn for the rest of the analysis. Table G.7. Separation indexes considered in this study – separation of cattle slurry with kemira 808C technology and polymer addition
a) No data available. Assumed to be the same as DM. The mass balances calculations in order to determine the composition of both fractions after the separation are presented in table G.8. Table G.8 Mass balances for separation of slurry from Dairy cows. The mass balances of the separation of the slurry used in this study versus the separation of the slurry used by Kemira (from which the separation indexes were derivated, table G.4) are compared in table G.9. Table G.9 Comparison of the mass balance separation of the cow slurry used in this study with the cow slurry from the Kemira data in table G.4
a) Calculated assuming that the separation index was the same as DM. b) Calculated using separation indexes from Møller et al. (2007b). When comparing the separation of the cow slurry used in this study and the “Kemira cow slurry sample” in table G.9, it can be seen that:
G.4.3 Polymer additionAs described in G.4.1, the separation process includes the use of a polymer (cationic polyacrylamide). The polymer data is shown in table G.10 below. Table G.10. Data on the polymer used for the separation.
a) From the “Sikkerhedsdatablad” b) Calculated as the rest Polyacrylamide polymers (PAM) are widely investigated in the scientific literature as regarding their performance in solid-liquid separation of slurries (e.g. Martinez-Almela and Barrera, 2005; Campos et al., 2008; Vanotti et al., 2002; Vanotti et al., 2005; González-Fernández et al., 2008; Hjorth et al., 2008). Though the polyacrylamide polymer can be defined as many units of the monomer acrylamide, the chemical nature of the polymer and the monomer is highly different (Caulfield et al., 2002). While polyacrylamide is considered as a relatively safe material, the toxicity of acrylamide monomer is a major concern (El-Mamouni et al., 2002), this component being known to affect the central and peripheral nervous system (ICON, 2001). PAM can be charged positively (anionic), negatively (cationic) or non-charged (non-ionic) (Barvenik, 1994). Concerns regarding the toxicity of cationic PAM (as used in this project) have however been expressed in the literature (e.g. Entry et al., 2002; Barvenik, 1994), and flow-through conditions showed that water-soluble cationic polymers present more long-term toxicity than they do under static conditions (Goodrich et al., 1991). Once the PAM degrades to acrylamide monomer, the monomer is then subjected to rapid degradation in which it is decomposed to ammonia and to acrylic acid (CH2CHCOOH), which in turn is degraded to CO2 and water (ICON, 2001). Because of the rapid degradation of the acrylamide monomer, it is reported that it is unlikely to find this toxic product in the environment because of PAM degradation (Sojka et al., 2007). Campos et al. (2005) investigated if PAM degradation takes place during the anaerobic digestion of solid fractions obtained from pig slurry separated with and without the use of PAM. The authors concluded from the results of their biodegradability study that PAM is not significantly biodegradable by anaerobic microorganisms and is not toxic for anaerobic microorganisms, as no significant differences were observed between the maximum methanogenic activity of the different treatments investigated (different concentration of PAM in the solid fractions). Similarly, Martinez-Almela and Barrera (2005) as well as Gonzalez-Fernández et al. (2008) also concluded that PAM residues do not contribute to toxicity of the anaerobic digestion and do not affect the methane production. Recalcitrance of PAM to microbial degradation under both aerobic and anaerobic conditions was also observed by El-Mamouni et al. (2002). In this study, it was therefore considered that all the polymer used during the separation will end up in the field, through the application of the degassed fibre fraction as a fertilizer. The fate of the polymer in the soil is further detailed in section G.23. G.4.4 Energy consumptionDue to lack of data, it has been assumed that the energy consumption for the separation is the same as for pig slurry in Annex F (section F.4.4), i.e. 2.184 kWh per 1000 kg slurry input, as shown in table G.11. Table G.11. Energy consumption for the separation process
G.4.5 Material consumptionThe data for the material consumption related to the separation equipment were assumed to be the same as for Annex F (section F.4.5) and are presented in table G.12. Table G.12 Material consumption for the separation equipment
G.4.6 Overall life cycle data for separationTable G.13 presents the overall lifecycle data for the separation process. It should be highlighted that no data as regarding the emissions occurring during the separation process has been found. This lack of data is particularly critical as regarding ammonia emissions, which are likely to occur given the volatile nature of ammonia. Emissions of ammonia at this stage would change the total N content of the two fractions. As no data were available to make any reasonable estimate, no emissions will be considered to occur during the separation. Yet, it appears reasonable to assume that all the emissions likely to occur during the separation are occurring in later stages anyway, so considering them at this stage or at later stages does not change the overall results. Table G.13. Life cycle data for separation (decanter centrifuge + polymer). Data per 1000 kg slurry (ex pre-tank).
G.5 Outdoor storage of the liquid fractionG.5.1 General descriptionThe liquid fraction is stored in an outdoor concrete tank, as for the dairy cow slurry in the reference scenario (Annex A, section A.3). In the reference scenario, it was assumed that a natural crust cover is formed by itself during the storage of cow slurry. The formation of such a natural floating cover is due to the fibrous material contained in the slurry. As most of this material has been removed by the separation, the liquid fraction will be covered with a floating layer consisting of 2.5 kg of straw per 1000 kg slurry stored, as in Annex F (section F.5.1). Yet, because straw is regarded as a waste product from cereal production (rather than a co-product), the life cycle data of straw production are not included in this study. G.5.2 Addition of waterWater will be added in the liquid fraction during storage through precipitations. The amount of precipitations is the same as in Annex A, i.e. a total of 44 kg of water. G.5.3 Electricity consumptionThe electricity for pumping and stirring is taken from table A.10 (Annex A) and further adjusted by a reduction factor. This is because the electricity consumption data presented in Annex A are for raw slurry. Yet, the separated liquid fraction can be anticipated to offer much less resistance when stirring or pumping than does the slurry, therefore resulting in smaller energy consumption. Therefore, the total energy consumption, as calculated from data in Annex A, will be multiplied by 0.5. This is a rather rough estimate, but as the energy consumption from pumping and stirring has had a rather insignificant contribution on the overall environmental impacts in Wesnæs et al. (2009) (figure 3.3), the magnitude of the uncertainty does not matter so much for this parameter. The electricity consumption involves : the consumption for stirring when straw is added (1.2 kWh per 1000 kg slurry), the consumption for stirring (1.2 kWh per 1000 kg) and pumping (0.5 kWh per 1000 kg slurry), before application to the field. This gives an electricity consumption of 2.9 kWh per 1000 kg liquid fraction, on which a factor of 50 % is applied, which results in an electricity consumption of 1.45 kWh per 1000 kg liquid fraction. G.5.4 Emissions of CH4Dinuccio et al. (2008) measured CH4-C emissions from a mechanically separated liquid fraction (from raw cattle slurry) corresponding to 2.19 and 1.55 % of the VS for slurry stored during 30 d at 5 °C and 25 °C respectively. Amon et al. (2006) measured the CH4 emissions from a mechanically separated liquid fraction (screw sieve separator) obtained from dairy cows. The liquid fraction was stored in a wooden-covered concrete tank during 80 days. The emissions measured by Amon et al. (2006) amount to 1833.0 g CH4 per m³ liquid fraction, corresponding to a reduction of approximately 55 % as compared to the emissions from their control raw slurry stored in similar facilities. For this project, it has been decided to calculate the CH4 emissions based on the IPCC methodology[6], but by using the VS content of the separated liquid fraction (the VS being calculated with the hypothesis that VS = DM * 80 %). This was also the approach used in Annex F. This gives a CH4 emission of 0.426 kg per 1000 kg of liquid separated fraction (i.e. 80 % * 33.1 kg DM per 1000 kg liquid fraction * 0.24 * 0.67 * 10 % = 0.426 kg). This represents the highest emission potential, as not all the VS will contribute significantly to CH4 emissions. In fact, the heavily degradable portion of the VS is recalcitrant to microbial degradation (Sommer et al., 2009). Yet, no information is available in the literature in order to assess the portion of easily and heavily degradable VS in both liquid and solid fractions of separated slurry (Sommer et al., 2009). This means that, with the actual status of data availability, it is not possible to reflect the better performance of some separation technologies as regarding their efficiency in separating the easily degradable VS in the solid fraction and heavily degradable VS in the liquid fraction. Separating the easily degradable VS out of the liquid fraction is desirable, given the anaerobic conditions of the liquid fraction favouring their degradation into CH4 and CO2. The CH4 emissions estimated in this project may therefore slightly overestimate the actual magnitude of emissions occurring during the storage of the separated liquid. On the other hand, the effect of the straw cover, which represents an additional C source for methanogens, was not accounted for, in conformity with the reference scenario. Therefore, it is assumed that these effects are overall counterbalanced and that the CH4 emissions calculated as described above give a fair picture of the emissions occurring in reality. The value of 0.426 kg CH4 emissions per 1000 kg of liquid fraction used in this study represents a reduction of 75 % as compared to the emissions occurring during storage of raw slurry (which was 1.68 kg CH4 per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing, table A.11, Annex A), which is a little higher than the reductions reported in the literature. This is due to the better separation efficiency of total VS of the separation technology used in this study. G.5.5 Emissions of CO2As in Annex F, emissions of CO2 were estimated as a function of the methane emissions. This is the approach used throughout this study for estimating CO2 emissions in processes where slurry is kept in anaerobic conditions (e.g. G.5 and G.25) The ratio between CO2 and CH4 emitted during anaerobic degradation was estimated based on the Buswell equation (Symons and Buswell, 1933), as presented in equation (1): The organic components making up the VS in slurry and their relative amount in cow slurry were taken from Sommer et al. (2009), and are presented in table G.14. Table G.14 Organic components constituting the VS in slurry and their relative amount in cow slurry (adapted from Sommer et al., 2009).
Based on equation (1) and table G.14, the ratio between the number of moles of CO2 and CH4 from the full degradation of the easily degradable VS in the slurry can be calculated, as presented in table G.15. In table G.14, it can be noticed that the sum of the relative amount of the different organic components in cow slurry correspond to 100.1 % instead of 100 %, which may be due to a rounding error. For the calculations in this study, it is assumed that the error was for the heavily degradable carbohydrates (i.e. 30.0 % instead of 30.1 %). Table G.15 Calculation of the ratio between the number of moles of CO2 versus CH4 resulting from the degradation of the easily degradable VS in the cow slurry
The ratio of 0.61 moles of CO2 per mole of CH4 calculated in table G.15 means that an amount of 1.67 g of CO2 is produced per g of CH4[7]. This estimate will be used in order to estimate the CO2 emissions from the various slurry types involved in this study when slurry is kept in anaerobic conditions. As mentioned in section G.2, part of the produced CO2 from the outdoor storage is emitted to air immediately and part of the CO2 is dissolved in the slurry. However, in this life cycle assessment, it is calculated as all the CO2 is emitted to air immediately, which makes the interpretation of the sources easier, as detailed in section G.2. G.5.6 Emissions of NH3In this project, the ammonia emissions are calculated using the same assumption as for the reference scenario: According to Poulsen et al. (2001), the emission of NH3–N is 2% of the total-N in the slurry “ex-housing” (i.e. “ex-separation” in the present case). This corresponds to NH3–N emissions of 0.0892 kg per 1000 kg of separated liquid. G.5.7 Emissions of N2O, NO-N and N2-NIn the reference scenario, the direct N2O emissions for storage were based on IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006). However, the IPCC methodology does not provide any emission factor for storage of separated liquid fraction. Accordingly, the direct N2O emissions were estimated relative to the emissions in the reference scenario, adjusted with the different N content. The content of total-N “ex-separation” is 4.46 kg/1000 kg liquid fraction (table G.8). The content of total-N in the reference slurry is 6.34 kg per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing (table A.2, Annex A). The direct N2O emissions in the reference scenario were 0.034 kg N2O-N per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing (table A.11, Annex A). Therefore, the direct N2O-N emissions are calculated as: 0.034 kg N2O-N * (4.46/ 6.34) = 0.0239 kg N2O-N per 1000 kg liquid fraction. This is also a rough estimate. Yet, it is acknowledged that the N2O emissions may in fact be lower than this estimate due to the lower DM content in the liquid fraction (and thereby a lower potential for easily converted VS content). The NO-N and N2-N emissions were calculated in the same way as in Annex A, i.e. based on the study of Dämmgen and Hutchings (2008). In their study, they assumed that the emission of nitrogen monoxide (NO) is the same as the direct emission of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as NO-N and N2O-N). Furthermore, they assumed that emission of nitrogen (N2) is three times as high as the direct emissions of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as N2-N and N2O-N). As regarding the total NOX emissions (NOX = NO + NO2), it was assumed, as in Annex A, that NOX = NO. This is because it has not been possible to find data on NO2. Therefore, this means that the NO-N emissions (and thereby the NOX-N emissions) correspond to 0.0239 kg per 1000 kg liquid fraction and the N2-N emissions correspond to 0.0717 kg per 1000 kg liquid fraction. The indirect N2O-N emissions can be calculated as described by IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006), i.e. as 0.01 * (NH3-N + NOX-N). This gives indirect N2O-N emissions of 0.00113 kg per 1000 kg liquid fraction. G.5.8 Life cycle data and mass balances for storage of liquid fractionTable G.16 summarizes the LCA data for the storage of liquid fraction and presents the comparison with the storage emissions in Annex A. It must be emphasized that 1000 kg liquid fraction do not correspond to 1000 kg slurry ex-animal, so the values of Annex A versus Annex G are not directly comparable. Values from Annex A were only included since they were needed for the calculation of some of the emissions. For CO2, values from Annex A are presented as they were calculated, and their equivalent is presented in parenthesis if they would have been calculated according to the ratio between CH4 and CO2, as explained in section G.5.5. Table G.17 presents the mass balance of the liquid fraction in order to establish its composition after the storage. In this table, it can be noticed that the change of DM is estimated as the losses of N and C. It is acknowledged that this is a rough estimation, as other elements of greater molecular weight may also be lost (e.g. dissolved O2). The estimated DM change shall therefore be seen as a minimum change, the actual DM change may in fact be greater than the one taken into account in this study. Table G.16. Life cycle data for storage of the liquid fraction. All data per 1000 kg of liquid fraction “ex-separation”.
Table G.17. Mass balances for storage of liquid fraction after separation
a Changes in total N: 0.0892 kg NH3-N + 0.0239 kg N2O-N + 0.0239 kg NO-N + 0.0717 kg N2-N = 0.209 kg N b Changes in total C: 0.71 kg CO2 * 12.011 [g/mol] /44.01 [g/mol] + 0.426 kg CH4 * 12.011 [g/mol] /16.04 [g/mol] = 0.513 kg C c The change in DM is assumed to be identical to the sum of the loss of N and C G.6 Transport of the liquid fraction to the fieldThe transport of the liquid fraction to field is assumed to be identical to the transport of the untreated slurry in Annex A. Accordingly, the same assumptions have been applied. This means that the process “Transport, tractor and trailer” from the Ecoinvent database (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p.204) has been used, for a distance of 10 km. This includes, among others, the construction of the tractor and the trailer. As the transport by trucks (instead of by tractor with a trailer) is required by law in Denmark when the slurry is transported for distances greater than 10 km, Wesnæs et al. (2009) carried out a sensitivity analysis with a transportation distance of 32 km (involving transport by truck). Yet, they found that the transport distance of slurry from the storage to the field had no significance on the environmental impacts they assessed. Therefore, the transport distance from storage to field is fixed to 10 km in the present project. G.7 Field processes (liquid fraction)G.7.1 General descriptionAs in Annex A, the data from the Ecoinvent process “Slurry spreading, by vacuum tanker” (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p.198) were used for the emissions related to spreading equipment “consumption”. This includes the construction of the tractor and the slurry tanker, as well as the diesel consumption. The diesel consumption due to the use of the “tanker” in the Ecoinvent process was adjusted to 0.4 litres of diesel per 1000 kg of slurry, based on Kjelddal (2009) (the same as in Annex A). G.7.2 Emissions of CH4 and CO2The CH4 emissions on the field are assumed to be negligible, as the formation of CH4 requires an anaerobic environment, which is, under normal conditions, not the case in the top soil. CO2 emissions and C-binding in the soil are modelled by the dynamic soil organic matter model C-TOOL (Petersen et al., 2002; Gyldenkærne et al., 2007). The development in organic soil N is modelled by assuming a 10:1 ratio in the C to N development. G.7.3 Emissions of NH3The NH3-N emissions during application were calculated as in the reference scenario, i.e. 0.5 % of the NH4+-N “ex-storage”. This is based on Hansen et al. (2008). Yet, Hansen et al. (2008) calculated NH4+-N “ex-storage” as 58 % of the total N (instead of 60 % as assumed in this study). In this specific case, because the NH3-N emissions are calculated based on Hansen et al. (2008), the NH4+-N will be evaluated with the figures presented by Hansen et al. (2008), as it was done in Annex A. According to Hansen et al. (2008), the ammonia volatilization from the liquid fraction from separated slurry applied to fields is reduced significantly in the period after application – in the order of 50%. The explanation given by Hansen et al. (2008) is that the dry matter in the liquid fraction is normally less than 3% which means that the liquid fraction infiltrates very fast in the soil, so less ammonia is likely to volatilize as compared to untreated slurry. Measurements were made on mechanically separated slurry (untreated and degassed slurry), and the liquid fraction and control slurry were applied by trail hoses. The measurements showed that the ammonia emissions were reduced by approximately 50% (Hansen et al., 2008) for the liquid fraction. Accordingly, a reduction of 50 % was used for ammonia emissions (after application) in this project, as compared to the ammonia emissions occurring in the reference scenario. Consequently, the emissions were first calculated with the methodology presented in Annex A (section A.5.3) and the result of this was multiplied by 50 %. In Annex A, an area and slurry-N weighted average of all the NH3-N losses involved in the crop rotation defined for the “dairy cow” scenario was performed. This resulted in a loss of 0.217 kg NH3-N per kg TAN-N in the cow slurry (a loss that includes the emissions during application, so they have to be deduced). Assuming that the TAN (NH3+NH4+), at the liquid fraction pH, corresponds to NH4+ only, and evaluating NH4+-N as 58 % of the total N (as this estimation is also based on the study of Hansen et al., 2008), it is possible to estimate the NH3-N emissions after application. G.7.4 Emissions of N2O and NOX-N and N2-NDirect and indirect N2O emissions as well as emissions of NOX-N were calculated as in the reference scenario (section A.5.3 and A.5.4 in Annex A). This means that the direct emissions of N2O-N are evaluated as 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg N in the ex-storage liquid fraction (table 11.1 in IPCC (2006)). Yet, it is acknowledged that this may overestimate the N2O emissions occurring from the spreading of the liquid fraction, as the C/N ratio of the liquid fraction is lower than the C/N ratio of the non-separated slurry. In fact, according to Møller et al. (2007c), the centrifugal separation mainly transfers the organic N to the solid fraction, while the dissolved NH4+ goes in the liquid fraction. A higher NH4-N content involves more N in a form directly available for plants. This means that less N shall be available to microorganisms for nitrification (where NO3- is formed), and thus, the potential for denitrification (where NO3- is reduced to N2O, and subsequently to N2) is reduced. According to Amon et al. (2006), a lower C/N ratio also reduces the potential for N immobilisation in the soil N pool, and thereby the availability of N for denitrification. The indirect N2O-N emissions due to ammonia and NOX are evaluated as 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg of (NH3 + NOX) volatilized. The indirect N2O-N emissions due to nitrate leaching correspond to 0.0075 kg N2O-N per kg of N leaching. The emissions of NOX-N are calculated as 0.1* direct N2O-N, based on Nemecek and Kägi (2007). The N2-N emissions are based on the estimates from SimDen (Vinther, 2004). For soil type JB3 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 3:1 and for soil type JB6 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 6:1. G.7.5 Calculation of liquid fraction fertilizer valueThe calculation of the liquid fraction fertilizer value is presented and detailed in section G.28. G.7.6 Nitrate leachingIn order to calculate N leaching values, the same simplifying assumption as in Annex C is used: the liquid fraction, once the respective ammonia losses have been subtracted, can be modeled as: a given proportion of slurry + a given amount of mineral N. The present liquid fraction has a higher content of N relative to C, as compared to the original reference slurry. This is because the mechanical separation transfers relatively more C to the fibre fraction than N. As the amount of organic matter is one of the key properties for its effect on the N partitioning, the amount of C relative to N in the cow slurry from the reference scenario is used. The N values are taken after ammonia volatilization. The C:N proportion is 45.2 [kg C] / (5.79-0.02-0.73) [kg N] = 8.97 for the cow slurry and 13.44 [kg C] / (4.07-0.01-0.50) [kg N] = 3.78 for the liquid fraction. The “virtual” proportion of N assumed to affect the soil and plants as raw slurry is therefore 3.78 /8.97 = 0.42, and the virtual proportion of N assumed to affect the soil and plants as mineral N is accordingly 0.58. The tables A.14 and A.16 of Annex A are therefore the basis for the calculation of N leaching, after correcting for their respective ammonia volatilization. G.7.7 Phosphorus leachingFor P leaching, the same assumptions as those used in Annex A were used, i.e., 10% of the P applied to field has the possibility of leaching and 6% of this actually reach the aquatic recipients, based on Hauschild and Potting (2005). G.7.8 Cu and Zn fateAs in Annex A, it is considered that the entirety of the Cu and Zn applied will leach through the water compartment. G.7.9 Life cycle data for field application of liquid fractionTable G.18 presents the life cycle data for the application of ex-storage liquid fraction on the field. The results of the reference case (Annex A) are also presented for comparison purposes. However, in order to be comparable, both results must be related to the functional unit, i.e. 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. Table G.18. Life cycle data for the field processes related with the application of liquid fraction. All data per 1000 kg of “liquid fraction ex-storage”. Dairy cow slurry.
Processes G.8 to G.10: Handling the fibre fraction from the farm to the biogas plant before biogas is produced
G. 8 Storage of the fibre fraction at the farmAt the farm, the fibre fraction is stored in a covered concrete container (Rosager, 2009). The storage duration varies between 1 and 3 days, the maximum being approximately 7 days (Jensen, 2009). It is here important to highlight that the fibre fraction is stored in a covered structure. In fact, covering has a major mitigation impact on composting activity and on production and emission of greenhouse gases and NH3, as further discussed in section G.21. The emissions occurring during the storage of the fibre fraction are highly variable and are dependent upon various parameters such as the chemical composition and structure of the fibre fraction, the temperature and the storage time (Hansen, 2009; Dinuccio et al., 2008). The porous structure of the fibrous fraction causes a potential for a higher N loss during the storage and handling phases, especially as ammonia, as compared to raw manure (Petersen and Sørensen, 2008). However, Jørgensen and Jensen (2009) found no major differences in the proportion of NH4-N of total N when they compared samples of fibre fractions that underwent 2 to 8 weeks storage to fibre fractions samples that were taken directly from the separator. This was true for 6 of their 7 samples of stored fibre fractions. Their stored fibre fractions samples were issued from both close and open storage. One of the hypotheses formulated by the authors to explain the non-significantly different proportions of NH4-N from stored and fresh fibre fractions is that the storage period was not long enough to influence the apparent composition of N in the solids. Based on these findings as well as on information from biogas producers (Rosager, 2009), the emissions occurring during the temporal storage of the fibre fraction at the farm are considered as negligible. Because it is considered that no losses occurs during this 1 to 3 days storage, the fibre fraction after the storage has the same composition as at the outlet of the separator (as presented in table G.8). It is acknowledged that this is an important assumption impacting the whole mass balances for all subsequent process. As such, it is not a suitable to carry out a sensitivity analysis on this. Instead, the importance of this assumption is raised as a discussion point in the interpretation of the results. The material consumption related to the storage facilities is as described in table G.19. This is based on the process “slurry store and processing” from the Ecoinvent database (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p.182), which is for a covered concrete tank with 300 m³ capacity. It is estimated that an annual amount of 15 000 m³ of fibre fraction will be handled per year. Table G.19 Material consumption data related to the infrastructures needed for the storage of the fibre fraction.
a) The density of the fibre fraction was assumed to be 600 kg/m³, based on Brauer (2006). G.9 Transport of fibre fraction to biogas plantThe calculations for the transport of the fibre fraction to the biogas plant will be made for a transportation distance of 10.6 km (based on Laursen, 2009). The fibre fraction is transported by trucks. The transport is modelled by use of the Ecoinvent process “Transport, lorry >32t, EURO3” (Spielmann et al., 2007; table 5-124, p.96). As transport distance is not anticipated to have a considerable influence on the environmental impacts in the overall scenario (based on the results obtained by Wesnæs et al., 2009), no sensitivity analysis was carried out for a greater transport distance. G.10 Storage of the fibre fraction at the biogas plantOnce at the biogas plant, the fibre fraction is stored for a very short period – from a few days to maximum a week (Rosager, 2009). As for process G.8, this means that the emissions occurring during the temporal storage of the fibre fraction at the biogas plant are considered as negligible. The equipment and materials for this storage are included in the material list for the biogas plant in table G.24. Processes G.11 to G.14: Handling the raw slurry input for biogas: from in-house storage to storage at the biogas plant.
G.11 In-house storage of raw slurryThe assumptions and Life Cycle Inventory data for the storage of slurry in the housing units are the same as for the reference scenario (section A.2, Annex A), and thereby the same as described in section G.2. G.12 Storage of raw slurry in pre-tankThis process is identical to the process described in section G.3. Therefore, the same life cycle data applies here. G.13 Transport of raw slurry to biogas plantFor the transport of untreated slurry to the biogas plant, a distance of 5 km is assumed between the farm and the biogas plant. This distance is based on the fact that farmers transporting raw slurry are located nearby the biogas plant, so it pays-off to transport raw slurry rather than separated slurry. As transport distance is not anticipated to have a considerable influence on the environmental impacts in the overall scenario (based on the results obtained by Wesnæs et al., 2009), no sensitivity analysis was carried out for a greater transport distance. The slurry is transported by trucks. The transport is modelled by use of the Ecoinvent process “Transport, lorry >32t, EURO3” (Spielmann et al., 2007; table 5-124, p.96). G.14 Storage of the raw slurry at the biogas plantThe raw slurry is stored at the biogas plant for a rather short time, since the storage capacity available at the biogas plant is limited. Therefore, no emissions were considered for this temporal stage. The composition of the raw slurry is therefore the same as the ex pre-tank slurry (see table G.3). Processes G.15 to G.18: Biogas production, co-generation of heat and power and avoided heat and electricity production
G.15. Biogas productionG.15.1 Biogas principlesBiogas production occurs in anaerobic environments where organic matter is degraded by biological activity. The result of the anaerobic digestion is the release of gasses and nutrients. The produced gas is rich in methane (50-70 %) and carbon dioxide (50-30%) and with smaller amounts of other gasses such as hydrogen sulphide and nitrogen (N2). The relative composition of the biogas mixture depends of the process conditions and the substrate digested (Nielsen, 2009), but is however mostly constituted of CH4 and CO2. Biogas is considered as a valuable energy source because of CH4, since it is because of this gas that biogas is combustible (Nielsen, 2009). According to Nielsen (2009), when pig manure is anaerobically digested at 50°C, there is between 50 and 70 % of CH4 and between 30 and 50 % of CO2 in the biogas. In this project, it is assumed that the biogas produced is constituted of 65 % CH4 and 35% CO2. This is in accordance with the biogas composition reported in the recent literature. In fact, Møller et al. (2007a) measured an average of 65 % CH4 in a digester where a total of 60 % of fibre fraction was gradually incorporated to the biomass mixture (consisting of liquid manure from fattening pigs mixed with the fibre fraction). The biogas composition found in the Ecoinvent database (Jungbluth et al., 2007, p.180) consists of 67% CH4 and 32.05% CO2, the remaining 0.95 % being a mixture of N2, O2 and H2S. The biogas density[8] is 1.158 kg/Nm³. Based on a heat value for methane of 9.94 kWh/Nm³ CH4, the heat value of the biogas is 6.46 kWh/Nm³ biogas[9]. The lower heat value of the biogas in the Ecoinvent database is 24.043 MJ/Nm³ (for the biogas used in the biogas engine, Jungbluth et al., 2007, page 180) which is in the same magnitude as the heat value in this study, namely 23.26 MJ/Nm³ (i.e. 6.46 kWh/Nm³ biogas * 3.6 MJ/kWh). Biogas is not the only output of the process, as digested slurry is also produced. This digested slurry is recognized to have slightly different properties as compared to undigested slurry as a result of the digestion process. In fact, during the anaerobic degradation nutrients bound to the organic matter are released and thereby made more accessible for uptake by plants. The biogas plant considered in this project consists of bioreactors for the biogas production, of receiving facilities and storage tanks for raw and degassed (digested) biomass, respectively, and of a co-generation unit allowing to produce heat and electricity from the biogas. In the current context, the biogas plant used for the calculations is based on a two-step digestion with an annual treatment capacity of 100 000 m³ of biomass. Both steps are continuously operated and fully mixed in overflow tanks with a hydraulic retention time defined by the ratio between the digester volume and the daily biomass input volume. The first step typically yields 80-90 % of the final biogas yield and is a carefully controlled process in terms of temperature, retention time and loading. The second step is a post-digestion tank often without temperature control and with a relatively low loading. The biogas plant is an air-tight system and therefore principally without any uncontrolled gaseous emissions. The rate of biogas production depends on the nature of the biomass input (e.g. VS-content, degradability and nitrogen content) and the process conditions applied. Process temperature is highly determining for maximum gas production rate. Industrial biogas systems are typically operated at either mesophilic temperatures (around 37 °C) or thermophilic temperatures (around 52 °C). The potentially higher gas production rate in a thermophilic process can be counteracted by a temperature dependent ammonia inhibition. As the biogas scenarios investigated in the present LCA comprises a biomass with high nitrogen loading, the biogas model system will be mesophilic thereby eliminating nitrogen loading as a limiting factor when biomass mixtures are calculated. In order to determine the final output in terms of energy, the efficiency of the co-generation unit must be known for both heat and electricity. This is further detailed in section G.16. Table G.20 summarizes the different parameters used in this project as regarding biogas production. Table G.20 Summary of the main parameters characterizing the biogas process
a See section G.16. G.15.2 Biomass mixture entering the biogas plantThe biomass mixture input in the anaerobic digester is constituted of raw slurry (the composition of which is shown in table G.3) and fibre fraction (the composition of which is shown in table G.8). According to the composition and the degradability of both fractions, the amount of both fractions in the mixture is determined in order to obtain a biomass mixture that has a DM of approximately 10% during the digestion in the reactor, in order to obtain realistic production conditions (Jensen, 2009). According to calculations provided by Xergi (Jensen, 2009), the 1000 kg mixture of the biomass entering the biogas plant consists of:
The mixture composition and mass balances is shown in table G.21 below. Table G.21. Mass balances for the biomass entering the biogas plant, i.e. a combination of fibre fraction and raw cow slurry (slurry from dairy cows).
a) Same as in table G.3 (which is from ex-housing slurry in Annex A) b) Same as in table G.8 c) Composition of biomass mixture of slurry and fibre fraction entering the biogas plant, i.e. the biomass input into the digester In this project, the functional unit is “Management of 1000 kg slurry ex-animal”. The biogas production therefore has to be related to the functional unit by the use of mass balances, i.e. the values expressed per 1000 kg of biomass mixture must be converted in order to be expressed per 1000 kg of slurry ex-animal. To do this, the amount of biomass mixture (800.20 kg raw slurry plus 199.80 kg fibre fraction) used per 1000 kg of slurry ex-animal must be calculated. This calculation can be done in 6 steps:
G.15.3 Energy consumption during biogas production and heat value of the biogas producedThe amount of biogas produced is calculated assuming that the amount of VS corresponds to 80 % of DM. The following specific methane yields in Nm³ per ton VS were assumed: cow slurry 231 Nm³ per ton (210 Nm³ per ton from primary digester + 10 % extra from secondary step); fibre fraction 231 Nm³ per ton (210 Nm³ per ton from primary digester + 10 % extra from secondary step). Slurry and fibre fraction methane yield are based on Møller (2007). The fibre fraction data used are those referred to as “solids flocculated with polymer” by Møller (2007). Also, it must be remembered that it was assumed that the biogas is constituted of 65 % CH4 and 35 % CO2 (table G.20). Using these figures, it means that a total of 43.36 Nm³ biogas [12] per 1000 kg of “biomass mixture” is produced. The biogas density being 1.158 kg/Nm³, a mass of 50.2 kg of biogas per 1000 kg of “biomass mixture” is therefore produced. The heat value of the biogas corresponds to 1008 MJ per 1000 kg biomass mixture”[13]. During the process, both heat and electricity are consumed. The electricity consumed for the production of biogas corresponds to the electricity used for the process plant (pumping, stirring etc.). This electricity consumption depends on the amount of biomass handled. The electricity consumed for producing the biogas is estimated as 5% of the net energy production (Jensen, 2009). This estimate is based on measurements. The electricity therefore consumed for producing the biogas corresponds to 5.60 kWh per 1000 kg “biomass mixture”[14]. This means a consumption of 0.129 kWh per Nm³ biogas (5.60 kWh/1000 kg “biomass mixture” * 1000 kg “biomass mixture”/43.36 Nm³ biogas). The magnitude of this value is in accordance with the values found in the literature. Jungbluth et al. (2007) reports a value of 0.132 kWh per Nm³ biogas corresponding to the average electricity consumption for 14 Swiss biogas plants. Nielsen (2002) estimates that the internal electricity used corresponds to 0.09 kWh of electricity per m³ of biogas produced. The value of 0.129 kWh per Nm³ biogas used in this project therefore seems to correspond to the middle of the range of reported values. In some cases, however, the electricity consumption corresponds to 10% of the electricity produced (Jensen, 2009). Yet, this is not anticipated to be a major influence to the environmental impacts of the overall scenarios, so no sensitivity analysis was carried out for this. Instead, it is taken as a discussion point in the interpretation of the results. The heat consumption for the process is calculated based on heating the fibre fraction and liquid from 8°C to the process temperature of 37°C (a temperature difference of 29°C), corresponding to 116.49 MJ per 1000 kg “biomass mixture” [15].The plant is insulated in order to reduce heat loss. Yet, some plants are equipped with heat exchangers in order to reduce the temperature difference to 15-20 °C (Rosager, 2009). The influence of this in the overall system is anticipated to be rather small and is raised as a discussion point in the interpretation of the results. In summary, the energy consumption during the production of biogas consists of:
G.15.4 Emissions of CH4 and CO2As the biogas plant is constructed tight in order to reduce losses of biogas, the emissions to air during the digestion are assumed to be rather small. Jungbluth et al. (2007, page 206) made a review of several references of methane emissions from agricultural biogas plants and found a range of the methane emissions of 1-4% of the produced methane for biogas plants with covered stocks. These authors however used a methane emission of 1% of the produced methane. Similarly, Börjesson and Berglund (2007) assumed that the uncontrolled losses of methane from the production of biogas correspond to 1 % of the biogas produced when the biogas is used for heat or combined heat and power. Börjesson and Berglund (2006) mention that due to the difficulties in measuring and quantifying net losses of methane from biogas production, such data are uncertain and limited. They also reports that these losses were typically assumed to 2 to 3 % in previous life cycle assessments. Sommer et al. (2001) estimated that 3% of the produced methane is lost to the environment due to leakages and non-combusted methane in the biogas engines. In this project, the estimate used by Jungbluth et al. (2007) as well as Börjesson and Berglund (2007), i.e. 1 % of the produced methane, will be used. This gives a CH4 emission to air of 0.2025 kg (see calculations in table G.22). For the emissions of CO2, Jungbluth et al. (2007) used an emission of 1 % of the produced CO2 in the biogas. In this project, the calculated ratio between emissions of CO2 and CH4 in anaerobic conditions will be used, i.e. 1.67 kg CO2 per kg CH4 (see section G.5.5). This gives a CO2 emission of 0.338 kg/1000 kg biomass mixture. This corresponds to 1.1 % of the CO2 produced in the biogas[16], which is in the same magnitude as the 1% estimate of Jungbluth et al. (2007). G.15.5 Emissions of NH3 and N2OThe emissions of NH3 and N2O from the biogas plant are assumed to be insignificant. This is based on recent publications (e.g. Marcato et al., 2008; Massé et al., 2007) where measurements showed that there are no significant losses of N during the anaerobic digestion (of pig slurry). G.15.6 Life cycle data and mass balances for anaerobic digestion processIn this scenario, the biogas is not upgraded (which is necessary if it is going to be used as fuel for transport). The biogas is used for co-production of electricity and heat. Table G.22 presents the life cycle data for the anaerobic digestion process. Table G.22. Life cycle data for the anaerobic digestion process. Data per 1000 kg biomass mixture into the biogas plant.
The composition of the degassed slurry after biogas production is shown in table G.23. It is based on mass balances from data presented in table G.22 for the total mass, the DM content and the total N. It is acknowledged that some elements may remain in the reactor (e.g. as a precipitate). With a mixture consisting of pig slurry only, Massé et al. (2007) measured statistically significant accumulation of: 25.5 ± 7.5 % of the initial P, 41.5 ± 14.8 % of the initial Cu and 67.7 ± 22.9 % of the initial S. These represent averages obtained in two cycles. For Zn, Ca and Mn, Massé et al. (2007) measured an average retention of 18.4 ± 17.7 %, 8.7 ± 9.8 % and 21.0 ± 21.9 % respectively, but this was statistically significant only for one cycle. Similarly, in an experiment where pig slurry was digested, Marcato et al. (2008) observed significant losses for P, Ca, Mg and Mn (36 %, 44 %, 32.5 % and 32 % of the respective elements were lacking in the output slurry as compared to the input slurry). Marcato et al. (2008) explained these losses by the accumulation of these elements in the form of a precipitate in the reactor, which they confirmed by scanning electron microscopy observations. As opposed to the results of Massé et al. (2007), there were no significant losses of S, Cu and Zn in the results of Marcato et al. (2008). However, both studies agree as regarding losses of P in the bioreactor, and the magnitude are comparable. Nevertheless, it was decided, based on interviews with managers and experts of Danish biogas plants (Karsten Buchhave, 2009; Jesper Andersen, 2009 and Henrik Laursen, 2009), to consider that no losses are involved through precipitation. Given the performances of the agitator systems found in the digesters nowadays in Denmark, it is reasonable to assume that no precipitates are formed in the digesters (Norddahl, 2009). Moreover, based on the interviews mentioned above, it is considered that no acid is added in the slurry in order to prevent the formation of such a precipitate. This situation is judged representative of the recently built Danish biogas plants as well as of those to be built in the future. Table G.23. Mass balances for the biogas mixture before and after the biogas plant
a) All the data are the same as in the precedent column, but adjusted to be expressed per 1000 kg of degassed mixture, instead of per 918.8 kg of degassed mixture. b) This loss corresponds to the biogas produced, expressed in mass terms. c) No water loss and therefore change in dry matter is equal to change in total mass. d) This corresponds to the losses in the biogas itself and the losses that occurred during the digestion process: Losses in the biogas are calculated as the sum of CH4-C and CO2-C: (43.36 Nm³ biogas * 65 % CH4 * 0.717 kg CH4/Nm³) * (12.011 g/mol /16.04 g/mol) + (43.36 Nm³ biogas * 35 % CO2 * 1.977 kg CO2/Nm³) * (12.011 g/mol /44.01 g/mol) = 23.320 kg C G.15.7 Material consumption for the anaerobic digestion plantThe materials for the anaerobic digestion plant are taken from the Ecoinvent process “Anaerobic digestion plant covered, agriculture” (Jungbluth et al., 2007, p. 197) with a capacity of 500 m³ (biomass) and a life time of 20 years (table G.24). A typically Danish biogas plant has a treatment capacity of 100 000 m³ biomass a year (Jensen, 2009). This includes the bioreactor only, i.e. the storage tanks and co-generation unit are not included. Electronics for operating the system are however included. Table G.24. Material consumption for an anaerobic digestion plant.
a) The computer and electronics for the operating system is not included in the Ecoinvent database. It is added in this study. G.16 Co-generation of heat and power from biogasThe biogas produced is used for the production of electricity and heat. A biogas engine is used for this purpose. In order to estimate the net heat and electricity production, the engine efficiencies (for conversion of biogas to both heat and electricity) are needed. The efficiencies of the best available technology have been applied. According to the technical description of biogas engines from GE Energy (GE Energy, 2008), the efficiency for the electricity production is in the range of 36.7%-40.8% and the efficiency for heat production is in the range of 42.9%-48.9%, with a maximum total efficiency of 82.5-86%. Accordingly, the calculations have been carried out considering an electricity efficiency of 40% and a heat efficiency of 46%. As detailed in section G.15.3, the system produces 43.36 Nm³ biogas per 1000 kg of biomass mixture. As there are 670.65 kg biomass mixture per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal (see detailed calculation in section G.15.2), this corresponds to a production of 29.1 Nm³ biogas per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal[17]. The net energy production after the co-generation unit is therefore 311.36 MJ heat plus 75.2 kWh electricity (270.7 MJ) per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal[18]. As also detailed in section G.15.3, some of the produced heat is used to fulfil the heat demand of the biogas production. The amount of heat needed for this purpose is 116.49 MJ per 1000 kg mixture input, which corresponds to 78.1 MJ per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal[19]. The heat consumption by the biogas plant thus corresponds to 78.1 MJ/ 311.36 MJ = 25 % of the heat produced. The surplus heat for the system is 311.36 MJ – 78.1 MJ = 233.26 MJ for the total system. Yet, not all of this surplus heat can actually be used. In fact, the amount of “usable” surplus heat from the biogas plant must reflect the fact that in Denmark, according to the seasonal variations, there are periods with a surplus of heat production, which means that the heat produced at the biogas plant cannot be used during these periods, as there is no demand for it. In the framework of the Danish LCAfood project, Nielsen (2004) assumed that only 50 % of the net heat produced by farm scale biogas plants is actually used, the remaining 50 % being simply wasted. In the case of this project (joint scale biogas plants), it was assumed that 60 % of the surplus heat produced at the biogas plant is used, the remaining 40 % being wasted. This is a rather rough assumption based on the averaged national monthly heat demand distribution. Therefore, out of the 233.26 MJ per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal of net surplus heat, only 139.96 MJ (i.e. 233.26 MJ * 60%) are used to fulfil the heat demand. The wasted heat thus corresponds to 93.3 MJ. The energy produced from the biogas can be summarized as:
The emissions from the biogas engine were estimated from recent data from the Danish National Environmental Research Institute (DMU, 2009) (plants in agriculture, combustion of biogas from stationary engines). Table G.25 presents the life cycle data related to the co-generation of heat and power from the biogas engine. Table G.25. Life cycle data for the co-generation of heat and power from biogas. Data per 1 MJ energy input.
G.17 Avoided electricity productionThe electricity that is replaced is the marginal electricity on the grid to which the plant is connected. As described in Annex A (section A.3.6), the modelling of marginal electricity in Denmark is based on Lund (2009), who considered detailed energy system analysis in order to determine a mix electricity marginal, considering that the marginal supplying technology differs every hour. Based on this, the Danish marginal electricity used in this project consists of 1% wind, 51% Power Plant (coal), 43% Power Plant (natural gas) and 5% electric boiler. As 100 % coal or 100 % natural gas is generally the marginal electricity considered in life cycle assessments (Mathiesen et al., 2009), these have been used for the sensitivity analysis. G.18 Avoided heat productionAs for electricity, the heat avoided is the heat produced by the marginal heat source, i.e. the source that is actually replaced when heat is produced by the biogas engine. Yet, the marginal heat source may be variable in function of the biogas plant location. For example, if the biogas plant is connected to the district heating grid, then the heat from the biogas plant replace the marginal energy source of the combined heat and power (CHP) producing plant. This marginal energy source is then likely to be coal or natural gas. On the other hand, the biogas plant may also be connected to the natural gas grid and inject the (upgraded) biogas in the grid, as this is likely to be the case for many plants in Denmark in the future (Jensen, 2009b; Utoft, 2009), in which case the biogas would replace natural gas. Another possibility is that the biogas plant may be located in a remote location and thereby replace heat that was produced through individual boiler. There is then a range of possibilities regarding the marginal heat source for these individual boilers: wooden pellets, straw, fuel-oil. In this study, based on what is envisioned to be the future trends, it is assumed that the biogas plant is not located in a remote location, i.e. it is (or can be) connected to the district heating grid or the natural gas grid. This involves that the marginal heat source is likely to be whether coal (generating heat through CHP) or natural gas (generating heat through CHP or as used through the natural gas grid). Coal through CHP was assumed to be the marginal heat avoided in this project (Ecoinvent process “Heat, at hard coal industrial furnace 1-10MW/RER U”, described in Dones et al. (2007 ), table 11.10,p.224), but a sensitivity analysis was carried out for:
It can be noticed that the processes used for modelling CHP production are processes corresponding to production of heat only, for coal and for natural gas. This means that the co-production of electricity at the CHP plant is not accounted for. Though this is not correct, it was judged to be the option allowing to reflect the environmental consequences of this scenario the most accurately. This is because the Ecoinvent processes for co-generation of heat and electricity are allocated, which is incompatible with the methodology used throughout this study, i.e. consequential life cycle assessment, so it would be inconsistent to use allocated data at this stage. Un-allocating these data would however be well beyond the framework of this project, would be highly uncertain and would require external validation in order to meet the high quality standards of the Ecoinvent data. Therefore, the best compromise was judged to use the high quality data of the Ecoinvent database, but for generation of heat only, even though this project considers that CHP production is replaced and not heat only. This must be taken into account when interpreting the results. As described in section F.16, not all the heat surpluses from the biogas plant can be used for fulfilling the national heat demand, but only 60 % of these surpluses, as there are periods where the heat demand is rather low as compared to the heat produced. As a sensitivity analysis, the extreme situation where the surplus heat produced at the biogas plant is not used at all (i.e. no replacement) is investigated. Process G.19: Separation of the degassed biomass mixtureG.19 Separation of digested biomass AFTER the Biogas plantG.19.1 Separation indexesThe separation technology considered after the biogas plant is the same as in Annex F, section F.19. Therefore, a GEA Westfalia decanter centrifuge (model UCD 305) was used, without polymer addition. Material consumption data and electricity consumption data are therefore identical to those described in Annex F (section F.4.5 and F.4.4, respectively). As in Annex F, data for the separation efficiencies comes from Frandsen (2009) and from Møller et al. (2007b) in the case of Cu and Zn (see table F.25, Annex F). However, the separation efficiencies for Cu and Zn used in this Annex are different from those presented in Annex F since Møller et al. (2007b) present distinct data for cattle and pig slurry. Moreover, the separation efficiency for the total mass is different from the data presented in table F.25 as it is adjusted based on the slurry type, as described in section G.4.2. Accordingly, as for the separation before the biogas plant, it was assumed that the DM of the solid fraction coming out of the separator would remain approximately constant independently of the water content of the degassed slurry. Based on this, the total mass of fibre fraction can be evaluated, and thereby the separation index for the total mass. Since the amount of DM in the resulting fibre fraction was measured (26.71 %, which means that there is 267.1 kg DM per 1000 kg of fibre fraction according to table 4 in Frandsen (2009)), and since the DM content of the input degassed biomass is known (107.73 kg DM per kg degassed biomass, table G.23), the mass of fibre fraction produced can be calculated. This amounts to 245.638 kg fibre fraction per 1000 kg degassed biomass[20], which means that 24.56 % of the initial mass is found in the solid fraction. The remaining mass is then going in the liquid fraction, corresponding to 75.44 % (i.e. 100 % - 24.56 %). The separation indexes considered for the post-biogas separation are summarized in table G.26. Table G.26. Separation indexes for separation of cow slurry AFTER the biogas plant. (polymer is not added). Data from Frandsen (2009), unless otherwise specified.
a) This is a calculated value, see text. b) No data. Assumed to be the same as DM. c) From Møller et al. (2007b). Data for centrifuge, cattle slurry no.5 used (table 3). G.19.2 Mass balancesThe mass balances of the degassed biomass mixture before and after the separation are presented in table G.27. It should be highlighted that no data as regarding the emissions occurring during the separation process has been found, as it was also the case with the separation before the biogas is produced (i.e. process G.4). This lack of data is particularly critical as regarding ammonia emissions, which are likely to occur given the volatile nature of ammonia. Yet, it appears reasonable to assume that all the emissions likely to occur during the separation are occurring in later stages anyway, so considering them at this stage or at later stages does not change the overall results. The life cycle data for the separation post biogas production are presented in table G.28. Table G.27. Mass balances for separation of the degassed biomass. Table G.28. Life cycle data for separation (decanter centrifuge) after the anaerobic digestion. Data per 1000 kg slurry (ex-digester). Dairy cows digested slurry.
Processes G.20 to G.23: fate of the degassed fibre fraction
G.20 Transport of the degassed fibre fraction to the farmThe degassed fibre fraction will be transported to a farm where a fertilizer rich in P is needed. The transport distance from the biogas plant to this farm was modelled as 100 km. This distance takes into account the assumption that the degassed fibre fraction is not transported between the eastern and western parts of Denmark, as this would not pays off. This is in conformity with Dalgaard et al. (2006). The fibre fraction is transported by trucks. The transport is modelled by use of the Ecoinvent process “Transport, lorry >32t, EURO3” (Spielmann et al., 2007; table 5-124, p.96). G.21 Storage of the degassed fibre fractionG.21.1 General descriptionIn this study, it is assumed that the degassed fibre fraction is stored in a covered heap, outdoor. The effect of covering has tremendous impacts on the resulting emissions, as this contribute to reduce the degradation of organic matter favoured when the heap is exposed to air, and thereby the resulting gaseous emissions to the environment. In an experiment where air-tight covered heap from solid fraction of swine manure were compared to uncovered heap, Hansen et al. (2006) observed emissions reductions of 12 %, 99 % and 88% for NH3, N2O and CH4 when the heap were covered. In another study carried out by Dinuccio et al. (2008), the authors concluded from their results that, because of the emissions occurring during the (uncovered) storage phase, mechanical separation of cattle and pig slurry has the potential to increase the emissions of CO2 equivalents by up to 30 % as compared to raw slurry. Amon et al. (2006) raise similar concerns applying particularly for the fibre fraction. In this study, the fibre fraction is stored in heap lying on a concrete slab. The heap is covered by a polyethylene plastic sheet. This is considered as the best management practice, as this does not involve any specific energy requirements, and as this limits the C losses occurring when the heap is not covered (i.e. through the natural composting thereby occurring). This also contributes to limit the ammonia volatilization and complies with the Danish law stipulating that the stores of solid manure that do not receive daily input of materials have to be covered (Miljøministeriet, 2006). Fibrous fractions of separated slurry that are not used for biogas production are normally stored temporally for about a week (Hansen, 2009). During that temporal storage phase, new material is regularly added until the storage capacity is full. The fibre fraction is then moved to a static store, where it is, in practice, stored for up to half a year (Hansen, 2009). In this study, it is considered that the truck delivering the degassed fibre fraction from the biogas plant will come to the farm only once, with the amount needed by the farmer. Therefore, only static storage is involved. G.21.2 Material consumptionTable G.29 presents the material consumption for the storage of the degassed fibre fraction. The dimensions of the storage platform used for calculating the amount of concrete needed are based on the data found in Petersen and Sørensen (2008). The annual amount of degassed fibre fraction to store is also based on Petersen and Sørensen (2008). The height of the heap is 2 m (based on Petersen and Sørensen, 2008). Table G.29. Material consumption for the storage of the degassed fibre fraction
a) The density considered for polyethylene is 0.96 g/cm³. G.21.3 Water additionSince the heap is covered, it is considered that there is no water addition during storage. This in fact may not be exactly true since the fibre fraction might absorb some moisture from the air. G.21.4 CH4 emissionsAmon et al. (2006) measured, for the uncovered storage of a fibre fraction from cattle slurry, CH4 emissions of 510.6 g CH4 per m³ slurry. The density of their fibre fraction is not specified, but assuming a density of 600 kg/m³ (as in table G.19) yields CH4 emissions of 0.851 kg per 1000 kg fibre fraction. This was for a non-degassed fibre fraction stored during 80 days under warm conditions (mean slurry temperature of 17°C). In the study of Dinuccio et al. (2008), for 30 days of open storage, the authors measured CH4-C emissions for the fibre fraction of cattle slurry corresponding to 0.77 % and 0.23 % of the VS for fibre fraction stored at 5 and 25 °C, respectively. This is for a non-degassed fibre fraction. In the present study, these figures would correspond to CH4 emissions of 2.20 and 0.656 kg CH4 per1000 kg fibre fraction (assuming the VS content corresponds to 80 % of he DM). In Annex F (section F.21.4), it was assumed that CH4-C emissions corresponded to 0.17 % of the C content of the fibre fraction ex-separation. This estimate was based on a study of Hansen et al. (2006) for covered storage of degassed fibre fraction from pig slurry. In the present case, this would correspond to 0.257 kg of CH4 per 1000 kg fibre fraction. This is the estimate that will be used in the present Annex. Using value that were obtained with degassed fibre fraction from pig slurry may not be exactly representative of the actual emissions occurring with digested fibre fraction from cow slurry, but with no better available data, it is nevertheless judged as the best estimate to reflect the emissions occurring under covered storage. G.21.5 CO2 emissionsIn the study of Dinuccio et al. (2008), for 30 days of open storage, the authors measured CO2-C emissions for the fibre fraction of cattle slurry corresponding to 16.4 % and 25.6 % of the VS for fibre fraction stored at 5 and 25 °C, respectively. This is for a non-degassed fibre fraction. In the present study, these figures would correspond to CO2 emissions of 128.4 and 200.4 kg CH4 per1000 kg fibre fraction (assuming the VS content corresponds to 80 % of the DM). The study of Dinuccio et al. (2008) clearly shows that most of the C losses from the covered storage of cattle slurry fibre fraction occurred through CO2. In fact, for a non-covered storage at 5°C, the ratio between the emissions of CO2-C and CH4-C as measured by Dinuccio et al. (2008) is 21.30, while it is 111.30 for a storage at 30°C. In Annex F, based on a study of covered degassed fibre fraction from pig slurry carried out by Hansen et al. (2006), it was assumed that CO2-C = 1.9 % of the C content of the fibre fraction ex-separation. This estimate will also be used in the present annex, as the fibre fraction is covered (and thereby is likely to emit less than the amount reported in the literature for uncovered storage). For the present study, this corresponds to a CO2 emission of 7.89 kg per 1000 kg degassed fibre fraction. G.21.6 NH3 emissionsAccording to Petersen and Sørensen (2008), a “significant proportion” of the N losses during the storage of degassed fibre fraction shall be attributed to NH3-N losses. This is in line with the results of Amon et al. (2006), who report a net increase in total NH3 emissions from stored cattle fibre fraction as opposed to stored raw cattle slurry. Amon et al. (2006) measured 287.8 g NH3 per m³ fibre fraction, which corresponds to 0.480 kg NH3 per 1000 kg fibre fraction, assuming a density of 600 kg/m³ (as in table G.19). This is, however, for non-covered and non-degassed fibre fraction, stored during 80 days, with a mean slurry temperature of 17 °C. In the present project, this would correspond to approximately 6 % of the initial N content of the fibre fraction. Dinuccio et al. (2008) measured NH3-N losses corresponding to 6.03 % and 5.21 % of the initial N content, for cattle fibre fraction stored at 25 °C and 5 °C, respectively, during 30 days. In this study, this corresponds to emissions of 0.398 and 0.344 kg NH3-N per 1000 kg fibre fraction. This is also for non-covered and non-degassed fibre fraction. In this study, the heap is covered, so NH3-N emissions are expected to be lower than those reported in the literature for non covered (and non-degassed) heaps. Yet, Hansen (2009) recommends to use a value of NH3-N emissions corresponding to 13 % of the initial N (as it was done in Annex F, for pig degassed fibre fraction under covered storage, section F.21.3). This is based on recent experiments showing that cattle fibre fraction composts as much as pig fibre fraction (Hansen, 2009). The results of Dinuccio et al. (2008) in fact tend to acknowledge that, as the authors measured similar NH3-N losses for both cow and pig fibre fractions. However, a value of 13 % of the initial N is higher than the values reported in recent studies for uncovered storage of non-degassed fibre fraction. A value of 5.75 % of the N in the degassed fibre fraction ex-storage will therefore be use for estimating NH3-N emissions. This corresponds of the average of the values above-mentioned from the studies of Amon et al. (2006) and Dinuccio et al. (2008), for temperatures between 5 and 25 °C. This value should be considered as a rough estimate. G.21.7 N2O emissionsCovering allow to restrict the air inflow over the heap and therefore the potential for nitrification (and thereby denitrification) processes. In fact, Hansen et al. (2006) observed emissions reduction of 99 % for covered heap as compared to uncovered heap. Dinuccio et al. (2008) did not succeed to measure significant amount of N2O emissions during open storage of stored fibre fraction from cattle manure. This was true for both 5 and 25°C storage temperature. Amon et al. (2006) measured N2O emissions of 13.2 g per m³ fibre fraction for separated cattle slurry. Assuming a density of 600 kg/m³ (as in table G.19), this corresponds to 0.022 kg N2O per 1000 kg fibre fraction (i.e. 0.007 kg N2O-N per 1000 kg fibre fraction). When applied to this study, it corresponds to N2O-N emissions of 0.106 % of the initial N content In Annex F, N2O-N emissions were estimated as 0.04% of the initial N of the fibre fraction, based on a study carried out by Hansen et al. (2006) with covered heap from degassed fibre fraction from pigs. This estimate is also used in the present annex, as there are no other data for degassed cow fibre fraction stored in covered heap. It should therefore be seen as a rough estimate. The indirect N2O emissions are calculated as in Annex A, i.e. based on IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006). Therefore, the indirect N2O emissions are calculated as 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg (NH3-N + NOX-N) volatilized. G.21.8 NO, NOx and N2 emissionsAs it was not possible to find data for NO, NO2 and N2 emissions, the same hypothesis as those detailed in section A.2.3 of Annex A were used, i.e. based on the study of Dämmgen and Hutchings (2008). In their study, they assumed that the emission of nitrogen monoxide (NO) is the same as the direct emission of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as NO-N and N2O-N). Furthermore, they assumed that emission of nitrogen (N2) is three times as high as the direct emissions of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as N2-N and N2O-N). As regarding the total NOX emissions (NOX = NO + NO2), it was assumed, as in Annex A, that NOX = NO. This is because it has not been possible to find data on NO2. G.21.9 Life cycle data and mass balances for storage of degassed fibre fractionTable G.30 summarizes the LCA data for the storage of degassed slurry, while table G.31 presents the mass balances. The estimation for C in the degassed fibre fraction after storage presented in table G.31 may overestimate the actual amount of C. This is because CH4 and CO2 emissions considered were based on the study of Hansen et al. (2006). Yet, in that study, a significant portion of the C was lost and could not be accounted for as CH4 or CO2 emissions. This non-accounted for portion is 4.9 % of the initial C content, for covered heap (Hansen et al., 2006), as compared to measured 0.17 % for CH4-C and 1.9 % for CO2-C. In the present study, these “unexplainable losses” are not included (this would correspond to 5.55 kg C/1000 kg degassed fibre fraction in the present project). In table G.31, it can be noticed that the change of DM is estimated as the losses of N and C. As explained in section G.5.8, it is acknowledged that this is a rough estimation, as other elements of greater molecular weight may also be lost (e.g. dissolved O2). The estimated DM change shall therefore be seen as a minimum change, the actual DM change may in fact be greater than the one taken into account in this study. Table G.30 Life cycle data for storage of the degassed fibre fraction. All data per 1000 kg of degassed fibre fraction.
Table G.31 Mass balances for storage of degassed fibre fraction
a Changes in total N: 0.3795 kg NH3-N + 0.00264 kg N2O-N + 0.00264 kg NO-N + 0.00792 kg N2-N = 0.393 kg N b Changes in total C: 7.89 kg CO2 * 12.011 [g/mol] /44.01 [g/mol] + 0.257 kg CH4 * 12.011 [g/mol] /16.04 [g/mol] = 2.74 kg C c The change in DM is assumed to be identical to the sum of the loss of N and C G.22 Transport of the degassed fibre fraction to the fieldThe transport of the degassed fibre fraction to the field is identical to the process described in section G.6 (transport of the liquid fraction to the field). This means that the process “Transport, tractor and trailer” from the Ecoinvent database has been used (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p.204), for a distance of 10 km. This includes the construction of the tractor and the trailer. G.23 Field processes for the degassed fibre fractionG.23.1 General descriptionFor this process, the data from the Ecoinvent process “solid manure, loading and spreading, by hydraulic loader and spreader” (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p.200) has been used for the emissions occurring during spreading. This includes, among other, the diesel consumption and the consumption of spreading equipment. G.23.2 Emissions of CH4 and CO2The CH4 emissions on the field are assumed to be negligible, as the formation of CH4 requires an anaerobic environment, which is, under normal conditions, not the case in the top soil. CO2 emissions and C-binding in the soil are modelled by the dynamic soil organic matter model C-TOOL (Petersen et al., 2002; Gyldenkærne et al., 2007). G.23.3 Emissions of NH3Emissions of NH3 are estimated based on the data for solid slurry presented in a recent publication from Hansen et al. (2008). Assuming the application takes place in the spring and that the applied degassed fibre fraction is ploughed or harrowed within 6 hours after the application, the overall NH3 losses are calculated as 40 % of the NH4-N (based on table 18 from Hansen et al., 2008). Yet, the values presented by Hansen et al. (2008) assumed that NH4-N corresponds to 25 % of the N content of the solid slurry ex-storage. Applied to the data of the present study, this means that NH3 emissions corresponds to 0.621 kg (40% * 6.21 kg N * 25 %). The NH3-N losses therefore correspond to 0.5107 kg. G.23.4 Emissions of N2OThe direct and indirect N2O emissions were based on IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006), as in Annex A, section A.5. This considers that the direct N2O emissions correspond to 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg N ex-storage, while the indirect N2O-N emissions are estimated as 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg (NH3-N + NOX-N volatilized). The indirect N2O-N emissions based on nitrate leaching are also considered, based on IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006), thereby they are estimated as 0.0075 kg N2O-N per kg N leaching. G.23.5 Emissions of NOX and N2-NAs in previous sections, the emissions of NO and NO2 are combined as NOX-emissions, as separate data on NO and NO2 has not been available. According to Nemecek and Kägi (2007) (page 36) the NOX emissions can be estimated as: NOX = 0.21 * N2O. When taking the molar weights into consideration this corresponds to NOX–N = 0.1 * N2O-N. It is considered to be a “rough expert estimate”, but since the relative contribution has minor significance for the overall results, it is considered to be adequate. The N2-N emissions are based on the estimates from SimDen (Vinther, 2004). For soil type JB3 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 3:1 and for soil type JB6 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 6:1. G.23.6 Calculation of degassed fibre fraction fertilizer valueThe calculation of the fertilizer value of the degassed fibre fraction is presented and detailed in section G.28. G.23.7 Nitrate leachingThe content of C of the degassed fibre fraction is rather high, which gives rise to a substantial increase in soil C, after 10 years the C content in the soil is still increased with 26.4 (JB3) and 27.8 (JB6) kg C per 1000 kg fiber fraction, according to C-TOOL. The majority of the C in the degassed fibre fraction is released as CO2 (table G.32). The above increase in soil C gives rise to a modeled increase in soil N of 10% of the C increase, i.e. 2.64 (JB3) and 2.78 (JB6) kg N per 1000 kg degassed fibre fraction. According to this modeling, 3.57 (JB3) and 3.43 (JB6) kg N are left for both plant uptake and all N losses (before gaseous losses). After the gaseous losses (table G.32), there is 2.81 (JB3) and 2.48 (JB6) kg N left for harvest and leaching. For the 100 years values, there is, after the gaseous losses, 5.4798 (JB3) and 5.4392 (JB6) kg N left for harvest and leaching. For simplicity, the distribution of the surplus between harvest and leaching is assumed to be as for cattle slurry (table A.16, Annex A), which gives the leaching values of table G.32. When transforming the above 10-year considerations to 100-year values, the additional mineralisation of N is calculated first, utilising C-TOOL. The mineralized N is assumed to be subject to denitrification, with the same factor as for N amendment. The plant uptake value of mineralized N relative to mineral fertilizer is assumed to be an average of 65.3 % on JB3 and 73.0 % on JB6, in accordance with the calculations in Annex A, section A.5. The remainder after denitrification and harvest removal is assumed to go to N leaching, which results to the 100-year figures in table G.32. G.23.8 Phosphorus leachingFor P leaching, the same assumptions as those used in Annex A were used, i.e., 10% of the P applied to field has the possibility of leaching and 6% of this actually reach the aquatic recipients, based on Hauschild and Potting (2005). G.23.9 Cu and Zn fateAs in Annex A, it is considered that the entirety of the Cu and Zn applied will leach through the water compartment. G.23.10 Fate of the polymerThe fate of the polyacrylamide polymer (PAM) used in the separation process described in section G.4 is considered here, assuming that no losses occurred and that 100 % of the polymer is transferred to the degassed fibre fraction. This assumption is made for simplification purposes only, but is not of importance, as both fractions end up to be spread in the field. As described in section G.4, an amount of 0.60 kg of polymer was used per 1000 kg of slurry ex pre-tank input. As extensively detailed in Annex F, it is considered that 100 % of the PAM present in the applied degassed fibre fraction is accumulating in the environment. G.23.11 Life cycle data for field application of degassed fibre fraction and field processesTable G.32 presents the life cycle data for the application of degassed ex-storage fibre fraction on the field. Table G.32. Life cycle data for application of degassed fibre fraction and field processes. All data per 1000 kg of “digested fibre fraction ex-outdoor storage”. Dairy cow degassed fibre fraction ex-storage.
Processes G.24 to G.27: fate of the degassed liquid fraction
G.24 Transport of the degassed liquid fraction to the farmThe transport of the degassed liquid fraction back to the farm is identical to the process described in section G.13 (transport of raw slurry to biogas plant). This means that a distance of 5 km is taken into account between the farm and the biogas plant. As transport distance is not anticipated to have a considerable influence on the environmental impacts in the overall scenario (based on the results obtained by Wesnæs et al., 2009), no sensitivity analysis was carried out for a greater transport distance. The degassed liquid is transported by trucks. The transport is modelled by use of the Ecoinvent process “Transport, lorry >32t, EURO3” (Spielmann et al., 2007; table 5-124, p.96). G.25 Outdoor storage of the degassed liquid fractionG.25.1 General descriptionThe outdoor storage of the degassed liquid fraction is assumed to be stored in an outdoor concrete tank covered with a floating layer consisting of 2.5 kg of straw per 1000 kg slurry stored (as for process G.5). As in section G.5.1, the life cycle data of straw production are not included in this study, as straw is regarded as a waste product from cereal production (rather than a co-product). G.25.2 Addition of waterThe degassed liquid fraction will be diluted by precipitation in the same amount as described in G.5.2, i.e. a total of 44 kg of water. G.25.3 Electricity consumptionAs with the non degassed liquid fraction in section G.5, the electricity for pumping and stirring is taken from table A.10 (Annex A) and is adjusted by a reduction of 50 %, in order to account for the fact that the liquid fraction will offer less resistance during the pumping and stirring than does the raw slurry. This is further detailed in section G.5. The electricity consumption thus involves: the consumption for stirring when straw is added (1.2 kWh per 1000 kg slurry), the consumption for stirring (1.2 kWh per 1000 kg slurry) and pumping (0.5 kWh per 1000 kg slurry), before application to the field. This gives an electricity consumption of 2.9 kWh per 1000 kg slurry, on which a factor of 50 % is applied, which results in an electricity consumption of 1.45 kWh per 1000 kg degassed liquid fraction. G.25.4 Emissions of CH4It has not been possible to find high quality data about the CH4 emissions occurring during the storage of degassed liquid fraction. Yet, in the latest Danish national inventory report for greenhouse gases, Nielsen et al. (2009) calculated the absolute CH4 reduction of biogas-treated slurry by using the IPCC methodology[21], coupled with a reduction potential of 30 % in the case of cow slurry. When applying this equation, Nielsen et al. (2009) considered the VS content of the treated slurry instead of the VS content ex-animal. This is the methodology that will be applied in this project. The VS of the liquid fraction is estimated as 80% of the DM content. This corresponds to a VS content of 44.66 kg per 1000 kg liquid fraction. The CH4 emissions are therefore calculated as: 44.66 kg VS/1000 kg degassed liquid fraction * 0.24 m³ CH4/kg VS * 0.67 kg CH4/m³ CH4 * 10% * (100-30) % = 0.503 kg CH4/1000 kg degassed liquid fraction. G.25.5 Emissions of CO2Emissions of CO2 were estimated with the calculated ratio between emissions of CO2 and CH4 in anaerobic conditions, i.e. 1.67 kg CO2 per kg CH4 (see section G.5.5). As mentioned in section G.2, part of the produced CO2 from the outdoor storage is emitted to air immediately and part of the CO2 is dissolved in the slurry. However, in this life cycle assessment, it is calculated as all the CO2 is emitted to air immediately, which makes the interpretation of the sources easier, as detailed in section G.2. G.25.6 Emissions of NH3Hansen et al. (2008) states that there are no clear differences between the ammonia (NH3) emissions from degassed slurry and untreated slurry. On one hand, the lower content of dry matter might reduce the emission of ammonia, on the other hand, TAN concentration and pH of degassed slurry are higher, which both increase the potential for ammonia emissions. Yet, Sommer (1997), who measured the NH3 volatilization from both covered (one tank covered by straw and one tank covered by clay granules) and uncovered storage tank containing digested slurry, concluded that ammonia volatilization from the covered slurry was insignificant. The ammonia emissions occurring during the storage of the degassed liquid fraction are therefore calculated using the same assumptions as for the reference scenario, i.e. the emission of NH3–N are 2% of the total-N, based on Poulsen et al. (2001). The total N being 7.98 kg N/1000 kg degassed liquid fraction, the NH3-N emissions are 0.160 kg NH3-N per 1000 kg degassed liquid fraction. G.25.7 Emissions of N2O, NO-N and N2-NIn the reference scenario, the direct N2O emissions for storage were based on IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006). However, the IPCC methodology does not provide any emission factor for storage of degassed liquid fraction. The fact that the liquid fraction is degassed involves a reduction in the N2Oemissions, as part of the most easily converted dry matter was removed during the biogas production (Mikkelsen et al., 2006). Yet, as for the CH4 emissions, the latest Danish national inventory report for greenhouse gases (Nielsen et al., 2009) considered a reduction potential factor for estimating the reductions in N2O-N emissions obtained when the slurry is biogas-treated. In the case of cow slurry, this reduction potential is 36% (Nielsen et al., 2009). In the present section, the direct N2O-N emissions will be estimated as in section G.5.7 (i.e. relatively to the emissions in the reference scenario but adjusted with the different N content), and this result will be multiplied by (100-36) % in order to consider the fact that the liquid fraction is degassed. The direct N2O-N emissions are therefore calculated as: 0.034 kg N2O-N/1000 kg slurry ex-housing * (7.98 kg N in 1000 kg of degassed liquid fraction/ 6.34 kg N in 1000 kg slurry ex-housing) * (100-36) % = 0.0274 kg N2O-N/1000 kg degassed liquid fraction. The NO-N and N2-N emissions were calculated in the same way as in Annex A, i.e. based on the study of Dämmgen and Hutchings (2008). In their study, they assumed that the emission of nitrogen monoxide (NO) is the same as the direct emission of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as NO-N and N2O-N). Furthermore, they assumed that emission of nitrogen (N2) is three times as high as the direct emissions of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as N2-N and N2O-N). As regarding the total NOX emissions (NOX = NO + NO2), it was assumed, as in Annex A, that NOX = NO. This is because it has not been possible to find data on NO2. Therefore, this means that the NO-N emissions (and thereby the NOX-N emissions) correspond to 0.0274 kg N2O-N per 1000 kg degassed liquid fraction, and the N2-N emissions correspond to 0.0822 kg per 1000 kg degassed liquid fraction. The indirect N2O-N emissions can be calculated as described by IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006), i.e. as 0.01 * (NH3-N + NOX-N). This gives indirect N2O-N emissions of 0.0019 kg per 1000 kg degassed liquid fraction. G.25.8 Life cycle data and mass balances for storage of liquid fractionTable G.33 summarizes the LCA data for the storage of the degassed liquid fraction and presents the comparison with the storage emissions in Annex A. It must be emphasized that 1000 kg of degassed liquid fraction do not correspond to 1000 kg slurry ex-animal, so the values of Annex A versus Annex G are not directly comparable. Values from Annex A were only included since they were needed for the calculation of some of the emissions. Table G.34 presents the mass balances of the degassed slurry in order to establish its composition after the storage. In this table, it can be noticed that the change of DM is estimated as the losses of N and C. As explained in section G.5.8, it is acknowledged that this is a rough estimation, as other elements of greater molecular weight may also be lost (e.g. dissolved O2). The estimated DM change shall therefore be seen as a minimum change, the actual DM change may in fact be greater than the one taken into account in this study. Table G.33 Life cycle data for storage of the degassed liquid fraction. All data per 1000 kg of degassed liquid fraction “ex-separation”.
Table G.34. Mass balances for storage of degassed liquid fraction
a Changes in total N: 0.160 kg NH3-N + 0.0274 kg N2O-N + 0.0274 kg NO-N + 0.0822 kg N2-N = 0.297 kg N b Changes in total C: 0.840 kg CO2 * 12.011 [g/mol] /44.01 [g/mol] + 0.503 kg CH4 * 12.011 [g/mol] /16.04 [g/mol] = 0.606 kg C c The change in DM is assumed to be identical to the sum of the loss of N and C G.26 Transport of degassed liquid fraction to fieldThe transport of the degassed liquid fraction to the field is identical to the process described in section G.6 (transport of the liquid fraction to the field). This means that the process “Transport, tractor and trailer” from the Ecoinvent database has been used (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p.204), for a distance of 10 km. This includes the construction of the tractor and the trailer. G.27 Field processes for degassed liquid fractionG.27.1 General descriptionAs in the process described in section G.7 (field processes for [non-degassed] liquid fraction), the data from the Ecoinvent process “Slurry spreading, by vacuum tanker” (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p. 198) were used for the emissions related to spreading equipment “consumption”. This includes the construction of the tractor and the slurry tanker, as well as the diesel consumption. The diesel consumption due to the use of the “tanker” in the Ecoinvent process was adjusted to 0.4 litres of diesel per 1000 kg of slurry, based on Kjelddal (2009) (the same as in Annex A). G.27.2 Emission of CH4 and CO2The CH4 emissions on the field are assumed to be negligible, as the formation of CH4 requires an anaerobic environment, which is, under normal conditions, not the case in the top soil. CO2 emissions and C-binding in the soil are modelled by the dynamic soil organic matter model C-TOOL (Petersen et al., 2002; Gyldenkærne et al., 2007). The development in organic soil N is modelled by assuming a 10:1 ratio in the C to N development. G.27.3 Emissions of NH3For the ammonia emissions occurring as a result of the fertilisation operations, no data were found in the literature for the specific case of the degassed liquid fraction. Yet, some data are available for degassed slurry (as compared to raw slurry) and for the (non-degassed) liquid fraction (as compared to raw slurry). According to Hansen et al. (2008), there are no clear difference between the emissions from degassed slurry and untreated slurry since degassed slurry presents both factor promoting and inhibiting NH3 volatilization. However, one of the main conclusion in a recent study by Möller and Stinner (2009) is that factors promoting NH3 volatilization (higher amounts of NH4-N and higher pH) predominate over the factors reducing the propensity for volatilization (lower viscosity, lower dry matter content). Different studies also report measurements showing that digested manure is more likely to lose ammonia than untreated manure after surface application (Bernal and Kirchmann, 1992; Sommer et al., 2006; Amon et al., 2006). Bernal and Kirchmann (1992) measured NH3-N losses of 14 % of the total applied N over a 9 days period from anaerobically treated pig manure mixed with soil. In Sommer et al. (2006), accumulated NH3 volatilization after 96 h were increased of about 27.3 % on a sandy loam soil and of approximately 21.6 % on a sandy soil (for digested manure as compare to undigested manure). During the field application of digested cow slurry, Amon et al. (2006) measured NH3 emissions of 220.0 g NH3 per m³ digested slurry. Assuming a density of 1000 kg/m³ for the digested slurry, this corresponds to 0.220 kg NH3 per 1000 kg digested slurry. Börjesson and Berglund (2007) assumed an average increase of 24 % of the NH3 emissions when digested manure is applied as compared to undigested manure (i.e. from 250 to 310 g NH3 per tonne of manure). As regarding the effect of the separation, a reduction of 50 % of the ammonia volatilization can be expected from a liquid fraction, as compared to raw slurry (see section G.7). Since the liquid degassed fraction is subjected to both increasing and reducing factors as regarding the ammonia emission potential, and since no data were found specifically for this, the ammonia emissions were calculated as in the reference scenario. This is exactly as described in section G.7, but without the 50 % reduction factor in the case of the emissions occurring after application. G.27.4 Emissions of N2O and NOX-NThe direct N2O emissions are generally assumed to be smaller for degassed slurry than for untreated slurry (Sommer et al. 2001). This is because digested manure contains less easily decomposed organic matter than undigested manure (Börjesson and Berglund, 2007) and because more N is in a form already available to the plants (NH4+). This means that less N shall be available to microorganisms for nitrification (where NO3- is formed), and thus, the potential for denitrification (where NO3- is reduced to N2O, and subsequently to N2) is also reduced. This is also in accordance with Marcato et al. (2009), who concluded from their results that there are fewer risks for oxygen competition between the crops and soil bacteria (and therefore of N2O emissions) with digested slurry as compared to undigested slurry. According to Sommer et al. (2001, table 2) N2O emissions with degassed slurry are in the magnitude of 0.4 % of the applied N. Based on Sommer et al. (2001), Nielsen (2002) used, for field emissions with digested slurry, a reduction corresponding to 41 % of the emissions with raw slurry (i.e. from 34 to 20 g N2O/ton manure) and Börjesson and Berglund (2007) assumed a reduction of 37.5 % (i.e. from 40 to 25 g N2O per tonne of manure). In this project, no specific data as regarding the direct N2O emissions related to the use of the degassed liquid fraction were found. Therefore, the estimate of Sommer et al. (2001) for digested (but non-separated) slurry will be used as the best available data (i.e. 0.4 % of the applied N). This should be regarded as a rather rough estimate. It may also overestimate the N2O emissions, as the slurry is both degassed and separated, which reduced significantly its content in organic N. In fact, according to Møller et al. (2007b), the centrifugal separation mainly transfers the organic N to the solid fraction, while the dissolved NH4+ goes in the liquid fraction. As in section G.7, indirect N2O emissions due to ammonia and NOX are evaluated as 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg of (NH3 + NOX) volatilized. The indirect N2O-N emissions due to nitrate leaching correspond to 0.0075 kg N2O-N per kg of N leaching. The emissions of NOX-N are calculated as 0.1* direct N2O-N, based on Nemecek and Kägi (2007). G.27.5 Emissions of N2-NThe N2-N emissions are based on the estimates from SimDen (Vinther, 2004). For soil type JB3 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 3:1 and for soil type JB6 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 6:1. G.27.6 Calculation of degassed liquid fraction fertilizer valueThe fertilizer value for degassed liquid fraction is calculated and detailed in section G.28. G.27.7 Nitrate leachingThe approach from section G.7.6 is utilized, where the liquid fraction is equaled by a proportion of cattle slurry, and an additional amount of mineral N. The C:N proportion is 45.2 [kg C] / (5.79-0.02-0.73) [kg N] = 8.97 for the cow slurry and 22.11 [kg C] / (7.36-0.02-0.905) [kg N] = 3.44 for the liquid fraction. The “virtual” proportion of N assumed to affect the soil and plants as cattle slurry is therefore 3.44/8.97 = 0.383, and the virtual proportion of N assumed to affect the soil and plants as mineral N is accordingly 0.616. G.27.8 Phosphorus leachingFor P leaching, the same assumptions as those used in Annex A were used, i.e., 10% of the P applied to field has the possibility of leaching and 6% of this actually reach the aquatic recipients, based on Hauschild and Potting (2005). G.27.9 Cu and Zn fateAs in Annex A, it is considered that the entirety of the Cu and Zn applied will leach through the water compartment. G.27.10 Life cycle data for field application of degassed ex-storage liquid fractionTable G.35 presents the life cycle data for the application of degassed ex-storage liquid fraction on the field. The results of the reference case (Annex A) are also presented for comparison purposes. However, in order to be comparable, both results must be related to the functional unit, i.e. 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. Table G.35. Life cycle data for application of degassed liquid fraction and field processes. All data per 1000 kg of “degassed liquid fraction ex-outdoor storage”.
Process G.28: Avoided production and application of mineral fertilizers and yield changesG.28 Avoided production and application of mineral fertilizersG.28.1 General descriptionIn this scenario, nitrogen is spread to the field at 3 points: Via the liquid fraction (section G.7), via the degassed fibre fraction (section G.23) and via the degassed liquid fraction (section G.27). Before continuing this section, it is very important to clarify the difference between “The fertiliser value” and “The replaced amount of mineral fertiliser”:
The agronomic fertiliser value and the replaced amount of mineral fertiliser are hence two different things, and in consequence they may also differ numerically. The calculations of the replaced amount of mineral fertiliser (based on Danish law) are explained in section G.28.2. The agronomic fertiliser value and the yield changes are explained in section G.28.3. G.28.2 Calculation of the replaced amount of mineral fertiliserAs explained in Annex F, the starting point for calculating the replaced amount of mineral fertiliser is the Danish law and the guidelines for this (Gødskningsloven (2006), Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen (2008), and Plantedirektoratet (2008b)). The foundation for the law is that there is a “quota” of nitrogen for each field, depending on the crop and soil type [22]. In addition to this, there is an upper limit for how much of the “nitrogen quota” that can be applied as animal slurry. When applying cattle slurry, the N in the slurry replace 70% mineral fertiliser, which means that if applying 100 kg N in slurry, the farmer has to apply 70 kg mineral N fertiliser less (Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen (2008), paragraph 21). For example, if the farmer has a field with winter barley, and the soil type is JB3, the farmer has a “Nitrogen quota” for that field at 149 kg N per ha (Plantedirektoratet, 2008). If the farmer applies 100 kg N per ha as dairy cow slurry, this accounts for 70 kg N per ha, which means that the farmer is allowed to apply the remaining 149 kg N per ha – 70 kg N per ha = 79 kg N per ha as mineral N fertiliser. However, for separated slurry and for degassed slurry, the rules are not as straightforward. For separated slurry, the “mineral fertiliser replacement values” of the separated fractions is set by the producer (i.e. the farmer or the biogas plant that separate the slurry). However, they have to follow the rule of conservation:
For degassed biomass from biogas plants, there are three rules that can be applied, and the biogas plant can choose which one to apply[24]:
In the following, calculations have been performed for some of the rules mentioned above. When following rule a) + b) strictly, the “mineral fertiliser replacement value” is calculated as follows: The replaced amount of mineral N fertiliser for Annex F is based on 4 steps:
The calculations for scenario F are shown in table G.36. Table G.36. Replaced amount of mineral N fertiliser in Annex G. All calculations per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal
[1] It should be noted, that it might be more logical to use “ex housing data” for separation, but the farmers do not have information from the Norm Data on these. Furthermore, it can be argued that the loss of N during the outdoor storage is relatively low (2% according to the Norm Data), accordingly, it does not make a big difference whether the calculations are based on “ex housing” data or “ex storage” data. Accordingly, the N substitution value of the untreated slurry (before separation) is based on the Danish Norm Data (DJF, 2008). Note that this 4.3994 kg N is identical to 70% of the initial 6.02 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex storage * 1044 kg slurry ex storage per 1000 kg slurry ex animal. This is logical, as this is the amount that is “divided” into the different fractions when applying rule (a) and rule (b) which both conserve the masses. It should also be noted, that this amount is identical to the amount of substituted mineral N fertiliser for the reference system in Annex A. As this study is a comparison, the calculations of the replaced amount of mineral N fertiliser are shown in table G.37, based on the explanations in Annex A, section A.6.1. Table G.37. Replaced amount of mineral N fertiliser in scenario A
G.28.3 Yield changesThe yield changes are calculated as a function of the agronomic fertiliser value in order to determine the “extra amount of N” available for crop uptake. This is translated to a response in extra wheat, as in Annex B of Wesnæs et al. (2009). This means that the production of this extra wheat does not have to be produced somewhere else in Denmark and can consequently be deduced from the system. The yield change calculations are explained in Annex F, section F.28.3. Utilising the same methods as in section F.28.3[25], the overall N difference between Scenario A and Scenario G is (in kg mineral N equivalent): 0.4663 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal for soil JB3; Accordingly, the extra corresponding wheat is: For soil JB3: 0.4663 kg N surplus * 9.0 kg extra wheat/kg N surplus = 4.20 kg extra wheat (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal). For soil JB6: 0.4432 kg N surplus * 8.1 kg extra wheat/kg N surplus = 3.59 kg extra wheat (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal). This same procedure was also applied with the 100 years values for both soil types. G.28.4 Avoided P and K mineral fertilisersIn this scenario, it is assumed that the degassed fibre fraction is transported to fields with lack of phosphorous. This is in fact the whole purpose of separating the degassed biomass after the biogas plant: To collect the main part of the phosphorous in order to increase the possibilities for using this as fertiliser where P is need (at fields with P deficiency) instead of at the fields close to the pig farm areas where there is surplus phosphorus in the soil (mainly in Jutland). Accordingly, as the degassed fibre fraction (which contains the main part of the phosphorous) is transported to fields with phosphorous deficiency, it is assumed that 100 % of the phosphorous in this fraction replace mineral P fertiliser. It is assumed that the same, i.e. 100 % replacement, applies for potassium (K). The actual amount of K substituted may in fact be less than 100 % if the K applied is greater than the crops needs. However, as previous modelisations (e.g. Wesnæs et al., 2009) showed that the avoided K fertilisers have a rather insignificant effect on the overall environmental impacts of slurry management, it is believe that the amount of K avoided (100 % or less) is not likely to affect the results. The avoided emissions per kg of inorganic N, P and K avoided are modelled as in Annex A, Table A.18. [1] B0 : maximum methane producing capacity for manure produced, corresponds to 0.24 m³ CH4/kg VS ex-animal for dairy cows (IPCC 2006, table 10A-4) [2] MCF: methane conversion factor (%).The MCF factor is defined in the IPCC (IPCC,1997) guidelines in chapter 4 (on page 4.9) as follows : “Methane Conversion Factor (MCF): The MCF defines the portion of the methane producing potential (Bo) that is achieved. The MCF varies with the manner in which the manure is managed and the climate and can theoretically range from 0 to 100 per cent. Manure managed as a liquid under hot conditions promotes methane formation and emissions. These manure management conditions have high MCFs, of 65 to 90 per cent. Manure managed as dry material in cold climates does not readily produce methane, and consequently has an MCF of about 1 per cent. Laboratory measurements were used to estimate MCFs for the major manure management techniques.” [3] 113.2 kg DM/1000 kg slurry ex-housing * 79.2% = 89.65 kg DM in the fibre fraction per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing. [4] (89.65 kg DM/1000 kg slurry ex-housing) * (1000 kg fibre fraction / 310 kg DM) = 289.19 kg fibre fraction per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing. [5] 1000 kg raw slurry – 289.19 kg fibre fraction = 710.81 kg liquid fraction. [6] According to IPCC (2006), the methane emission can be calculated as: CH4 [kg] = VS [kg] * B0 * 0.67 [kg CH4 per m³ CH4] * MCF The VS amount is “ex-animal” and B0 = 0.24 m³ CH4 per kg VS for dairy cows (IPCC, 2006, Table 10A-4). The MCF value used is 10 % (for liquid slurry with natural crust cover, cool climate, in table 10-17 of IPCC (2006)). This is also the MCF recommended under Danish conditions by Nielsen et al. (2009). [7] Calculated as: (0.61 moles CO2/mole CH4) * (1 mole CH4/16.043 g CH4) * (44.099 g CO2/mole CO2) = 1.67 g CO2/g CH4. [8] 65% CH4 with a density of 0.717 kg/Nm³ plus 35% CO2 with a density of 1.977 kg/Nm³ gives a total density of (0.65*0.717 + 0.35*1.977) kg/Nm³ = 1.158 kg/Nm³. [9] The heat value is calculated as: 9.94 kWh/Nm³ CH4 x 65 % CH4 = 6.46 kWh/Nm³ biogas. [10] 199.8 kg fibre fraction * (1000 kg slurry ex pre-tank/289.19 kg fibre fraction) * (1000 kg slurry ex-animal/1000 kg slurry ex pre-tank) = 690.90 kg slurry ex-animal. [11] 134.00 kg fibre fraction * (1000 kg slurry ex pre-tank/289.19 kg fibre fraction) * (1000 kg slurry ex-animal/1000 kg slurry ex pre-tank) = 463.36 kg slurry ex-animal. [12] From cattle slurry: 800.20 kg slurry* 113.20 kg DM/ 1000 kg slurry * 0.8 kg VS per kg DM * 231 Nm³ CH4 per ton VS / 0.65 Nm³ CH4 per Nm³ biogas * ton/1000 kg = 25.75 Nm³ biogas. From fibre fraction: 199.80 kg fibre fraction * 310.0 kg DM/1000 kg fibre fraction * 0.8 kg VS per kg DM * 231.00 Nm³ CH4 per ton VS / 0.65 Nm³ CH4 per Nm³ biogas * ton/1000 kg = 17.61 Nm³ biogas. Total biogas produced per 1000 kg of “biomass mixture”: 43.36 Nm³ biogas (25.75 Nm³ from slurry + 17.61 Nm³ from fibre fraction). [13] This is calculated using the heat value and the total biogas produced: 6.46 kWh/Nm³ biogas (see table G.20) * 43.36 Nm³ biogas/1000 kg “biomass mixture” * 3.6 MJ/kWh = 1008 MJ/1000 kg “biomass mixture”. [14] Estimated internal consumption of electricity in kWh per 1000 kg biomass mixture : 43.36 Nm³ biogas/1000 kg biomass mixture x 6.46 kWh/Nm³ biogas x 40 % engine power efficiency x 5 % internal consumption = 5.60 kWh per 1000 kg biomass mixture. [15] It is assumed that the average temperature for the biomass is 8 °C when entering the process and that it is heated to 37°C (the process temperature). Specific heat is calculated based on the content of DM and water (calculated as 1-DM), assuming that the specific heat for DM corresponds to 3.00 kJ/kg°C and to 4.20 kJ/kg°C for water. As the DM for biomass mixture is 152.52 kg/1000 kg biomass mixture (table G.21), it involves that the water content is 1000kg – 152.52 kg = 847.48 kg/1000 kg biomass mixture. The heat consumption for heating the biomass mixture from 8°C to 37°C is thus : For DM: 152.52 kg DM/1000 kg biomass mixture * 3.00 kJ/kg DM*°C * (37-8) °C = 13 269.24 kJ/1000 kg biomass mixture; For water : 847.48 kg water/1000 kg biomass mixture * 4.20 kJ/kg DM*°C * (37-8) °C = 103 223.06 kJ/1000 kg biomass mixture; Total : (13 269.24 + 103 223.06) kJ/1000 kg biomass mixture * MJ/1000 kJ = 116.49 MJ/1000 kg biomass mixture. [16] CO2 produced in the biogas: 43.36 Nm³ biogas * 35% CO2 * 1.977 kg CO2/Nm³ CO2 = 30 kg CO2. The CO2 emissions of 0.338 kg estimated in this project correspond to: 0.338 kg/30 kg * 100% = 1.1% of the CO2 produced in the biogas. [17] 670.65 kg biomass mixture (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) * 43.36 Nm³ / 1000 kg biomass mixture = 29.1 Nm³ biogas per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. [18] Heat produced: 29.1 Nm³ biogas (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) * 23.26 MJ/ Nm³ biogas (heat value of the biogas, see table G.20) * 0.46 (engine efficiency for heat) = 311.36 MJ heat per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. Electricity produced: 29.1 Nm³ biogas (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) * 23.26 MJ/ Nm³ biogas (heat value) * 0.40 (engine efficiency for electricity) = 270.7 MJ electricity per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. This corresponds to 270.7 MJ * kWh/3.6 MJ = 75.2 kWh electricity per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. [19] There is 670.65 kg biomass mixture per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal, see section G.15.2. The heat required for the process is 116.49 MJ per 1000 kg mixture (section G.15.3). The heat needed per functional unit corresponds to: 670.65 kg biomass mixture / 1000 kg slurry ex-animal * 116.49 MJ / 1000 kg biomass mixture = 78.1 MJ per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. [20] The input degassed slurry to separate contains 107.73 kg DM/1000 kg degassed biomass (table G.23). Yet, 60.9% of the DM ends up in the fibre fraction with the separation indexes considered (see table G.26) i.e. 107.73 kg * 60.9% = 65.61 kg DM per 1000 kg degassed biomass. As the fibre fraction contains 267.1 kg DM per 1000 kg fibre fraction (due to measurements, see table 4 in Frandsen (2009)), the total amount of fibre fraction is: 65.61 kg DM / 1000 kg degassed biomass * 1000 kg fibre fraction/ 267.1 kg DM = 245.638 kg fibre fraction per 1000 kg degassed biomass. [21] According to IPCC (2006), the methane emission can be calculated as: CH4 [kg] = VS [kg] * B0 * 0.67 [kg CH4 per m³ CH4] * MCF B0 = 0.24 m³ CH4 per kg VS for dairy cows (IPCC, 2006, Table 10A-7). The MCF value used is 10 % (for liquid slurry with natural crust cover, cool climate, in table 10-17 of IPCC (2006)). This is also the MCF recommended under Danish conditions by Nielsen et al. (2009). [22] Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen (2008), chapter 3, paragraph 3 and 4: ”Stk. 3. En marks kvælstofkvote opgøres på grundlag af den eller de afgrøder, der dyrkes på arealet, dog på grundlag af den senest etablerede afgrøde, hvis arealet er sået om, fordi afgrøden er slået fejl.” [23] Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen (2008), paragraph 20: § 20. For det enkelte forarbejdningsanlæg gælder, at den totale mængde kvælstof i den forarbejdede husdyrgødning skal svare til den indgående totale mængde kvælstof. Ligeledes skal den andel, der skal udnyttes, af den totale mængde kvælstof i forarbejdet husdyrgødning mindst svare til andelen, der skal udnyttes, af den indgående totale mængde kvælstof […]. Stk. 2. Producenter af forarbejdet husdyrgødning fastsætter ved salg eller afgivelse til en virksomhed registreret efter lovens § 2 det totale antal kg kvælstof i gødningen og den andel af det totale antal kg kvælstof, der skal udnyttes. [24] Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen (2008), paragraph 19: § 19. Indholdet af kvælstof i afgasset biomasse skal beregnes på grundlag af oplysninger om den mængde kvælstof i husdyrgødning, der er tilført biogasanlægget samt oplysninger om den mængde kvælstof i anden organisk gødning, der er tilført biogasanlægget, jf. § 22, stk. 6. Alternativt kan biogasanlæg, der leverer afgasset biomasse til virksomheder omfattet af lovens § 2 eller til andre virksomheder med henblik på endelig brug i virksomheder omfattet af lovens § 2, få indholdet af kvælstof i afgasset biomasse bestemt ved analyse af repræsentative prøver foretaget mindst en gang inden for perioden 1. august til 31. juli i den planperiode, gødningen skal anvendes, jf. stk. 2. Biogasanlægget skal opgøre den leverede mængde afgasset biomasse, som analysen gælder for. Stk. 2. Analyse af indhold af kvælstof i gødning skal foretages af et laboratorium, der er autoriseret hertil af Plantedirektoratet […]. Plantedirektoratet (2008b): Udnyttelsesprocenten beregner producenten (ud fra indgangsmaterialet eller analyse af repræsentative prøver). For afgasset gylle kan udnyttelsesprocenten i stedet sættes som andelen for svinegylle, der i 2007/08 er 75 pct. [25] The values needed to apply the methodology presented in Annex F can be found in the sections for N leaching, namely G.7.6, G.23.7 and G.27.6. Annex H. Fibre fraction from mechanical separation for biogas production – Life Cycle Inventory dataH.1 System descriptionThis annex contains Life Cycle Inventory data for biogas production from a mixture of fibre fraction (from mechanically separated slurry from the Samson Bimatech separation process) and raw untreated pig slurry. The biogas is used for co-production of heat and power. This scenario is set up in order to answer the question: “What are the environmental benefits and disadvantages of using the fibre fraction from Samson Bimatechs mechanical separation of pig slurry (see Annex C) for biogas production compared to the reference scenario for pig slurry?”. Accordingly, it is different than the scenario in Annex F, where the aim was to analyse an optimised system using “Best Available Technology” for biogas production as far as possible. The main differences compared to Annex F are:
A flow diagram for the scenario for biogas production based on the fibre fraction from mechanically separated slurry and untreated slurry is shown in figure H.1. The process numbers in figure H.1 follows the numbers of the sections in this annex. The present annex describes a total of 23 main processes, which were divided into 6 main sections:
Figure H.1. Flow diagram for the scenario for biogas production based on fibre fraction from mechanically separated slurry by the Samson Bimatech separation. Processes H.2 to H.7: Raw slurry from which the fibre fraction origins: production, separation and fate of the liquid fraction
H.2 In-house storage of slurryIn this scenario, the storage of the slurry in the barn has not changed compared to the reference scenario (Annex A). Accordingly, the life cycle inventory data are identical to table A.9 in Annex A. This also means, that the process is identical to the process in Annex F, section F.2 of this report. The slurry composition when leaving the barn is identical to the slurry “ex-housing” from table A.1 in Annex A. This is shown in table H.1 below. Table H.1. Characteristics of slurry “ex-housing” from fattening pigs
H.3 Storage of raw slurry in pre-tank at farmThe storage of raw slurry is identical to the process in Annex F, section F.3. The storage duration is, for this study, assumed to be rather short and it has been assumed that losses of CH4, CO2 and N2O in the pre-tank are negligible. Accordingly, the composition of the slurry “ex pre-tank” is assumed to be identical to the “ex-housing” composition from table H.1 above. H.4 mechanical separation (no polymer) – screw press and arc strainersThe mechanical separation process used in this Annex is the Samson Bimatech mechanical separation described in Annex C, section C.4. The life cycle inventory data are shown in table C.4. Note, that the Samson Bimatech mechanical separation in Annex C does not include the use of polymer. It is possible to add polymer to the separation (J. Mertz, 2008), however this is not included in this report. The slurry before the separation has the same composition as in Annex C, accordingly, the life cycle inventory data and the resulting separated fibre fraction and liquid fraction are identical to the fractions from Annex C. The composition of the slurry before and after the separation is shown in table H.2 below (and this is identical to table C.3 from Annex C). Table H.2. Mass balances for mechanical separation of slurry from fattening pigs. H.5 Outdoor storage of the liquid fractionH.5.1 General descriptionThe main principles for the outdoor storage of the liquid fraction in this annex are basically the same as for the outdoor storage of the liquid fraction in Annex F, however, as the separation process is different, the composition of the liquid fraction is different. As the emissions depend on the composition of the liquid fraction, the emissions will be different from Annex F (but still be based on the same calculation methods). As in Annex F, the liquid fraction is stored in an outdoor concrete tank covered with a floating layer consisting of 2.5 kg of straw per 1000 kg slurry stored. Because straw is regarded as a waste product from cereal production (rather than a co-product), the life cycle data of straw production are not included in this study (as in Annex F). H.5.2 Addition of waterWater will be added in the liquid fraction during storage through precipitations. The amount of precipitations is the same as in Annex A and F, i.e. a total of 86 kg of water. H.5.3 Electricity consumptionThe electricity for pumping and stirring is assumed to be identical to the electricity consumption for the pumping and stirring in Annex F (see section F.5.3), i.e. 1.45 kWh per 1000 kg liquid fraction. This consumption was calculated from the data for raw slurry presented in Annex A, but adjusted by a factor of 0.5 to take into account that the separated liquid fraction is likely to offer much less resistance when stirring or pumping than does the raw slurry. There might be a difference between the viscosity and resistance for the liquid fraction in this annex as compared to the liquid fraction in Annex F since the content of DM is not the same, however, this 0.5 factor adjustment is a rough estimate anyway that only aims to take into account. Moreover, the results of the life cycle assessment for the reference scenario in Annex A shows that the electricity consumption in this stage is rather insignificant for the overall results. H.5.4 Emissions of CH4For the calculation of the emissions of CH4 from the outdoor storage of the liquid fraction, the same method has been applied as in Annex F, see the explanation in section F.5.4. As described in section F.5.4, the CH4 emissions are calculated based on the IPCC methodology, but by using the VS content of the separated liquid fraction (the VS being calculated with the hypothesis that VS = DM * 80 %). This gives a CH4 emission of 1.248 kg per 1000 kg of liquid separated fraction[2]. When comparing with the values of the CH4 emission from the outdoor storage of the liquid fraction from Annex F it can be seen that the CH4 emission from the storage in this annex is significantly higher. This is caused by the higher content of DM (and thereby VS) in the liquid fraction. However, it is still a reduction compared to the outdoor storage of the slurry in the reference scenario. The value of 1.248 kg CH4 per 1000 kg of liquid fraction represents a reduction of 36 % as compared to the emissions occurring during the storage of raw slurry (which was 1.94 kg CH4 per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing, table A.11, Annex A). This is in the range of values presented by Martinez et al. (2003), where reductions in CH4 emissions between 7% and 40% were observed from the storage of different mechanically separated liquid fractions, as compared to raw slurry. H.5.5 Emissions of CO2Emissions of CO2 were estimated as a function of the methane emissions, based on the Buswell equation (Symons and Buswell, 1933) and the composition of pig slurry in terms of organic components constituting the VS. This calculation is detailed in Annex F (section F.5.5) and demonstrates that an amount of 1.42 g of CO2 is produced per g of CH4. As mentioned in section F.2 in Annex F, part of the produced CO2 from the outdoor storage is emitted to air immediately and part of the CO2 is dissolved in the slurry. However, in this life cycle assessment, it is calculated as all the CO2 is emitted to air immediately, which makes the interpretation of the sources easier, as detailed in section F.2. H.5.6 Emissions of NH3In this project, the ammonia emissions are calculated using the same assumption as for the reference scenario: According to Poulsen et al. (2001), the emission of NH3–N is 2% of the total-N in the slurry “ex-housing” (i.e. “ex-separation” in the present case). This corresponds to NH3–N emissions of 0.1077 kg per 1000 kg of separated liquid. H.5.7 Emissions of N2O, NO-N and N2-NAs in Annex F, section F.5.7, the N2O emissions from the outdoor storage is calculated based on the IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006), using the total-N content of the slurry “ex-separation”. This gives a N2O emission of 0.03244 kg N2O-N per 1000 kg liquid fraction [3]. As mentioned in section F.5.7 it is acknowledged that the N2O emissions may in fact be lower than this estimate due to the lower DM content in the liquid fraction (and thereby a lower potential for easily converted VS content). The NO-N and N2-N emissions were calculated in the same way as in Annex A, i.e. based on the study of Dämmgen and Hutchings (2008). In their study, they assumed that the emission of nitrogen monoxide (NO) is the same as the direct emission of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as NO-N and N2O-N). Furthermore, they assumed that emission of nitrogen (N2) is three times as high as the direct emissions of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as N2-N and N2O-N). As regarding the total NOX emissions (NOX = NO + NO2), it was assumed, as in Annex A, that NOX = NO. This is because it has not been possible to find data on NO2. Therefore, this means that the NO-N emissions (and thereby the NOX-N emissions) correspond to 0.03244 kg per 1000 kg liquid fraction and the N2-N emissions correspond to 0.09732 kg per 1000 kg liquid fraction. The indirect N2O-N emissions can be calculated as described by IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006), i.e. as 0.01 * (NH3-N + NOX-N). This gives indirect N2O-N emissions of 0.0014 kg per 1000 kg liquid fraction. H.5.8 Life cycle data and mass balances for storage of liquid fractionTable H.3 summarizes the life cycle inventory data for the storage of liquid fraction and presents the comparison with the storage emissions in Annex A. It must be emphasized that 1000 kg liquid fraction do not correspond to 1000 kg slurry ex-animal, so the values of Annex A versus Annex H are not directly comparable. Values from Annex A were only included since they were needed for the calculation of many of the emissions. Table H.4 presents the mass balance of the liquid fraction in order to establish its composition after the storage. In this table, it can be noticed that the change of DM is estimated as the losses of N and C. It is acknowledged that this is a rough estimation, as other elements of greater molecular weight may also be lost (e.g. dissolved O2). The estimated DM change shall therefore be seen as a minimum change, the actual DM change may in fact be greater than the one taken into account in this study. Table H.3 Life cycle data for storage of the liquid fraction. All data per 1000 kg of liquid fraction “ex-separation”.
Table H.4. Mass balances for storage of liquid fraction
a Changes in total N: 0.1077 kg NH3-N + 0.03244 kg N2O-N + 0.03244 kg NO-N + 0.0973 kg N2-N = 0.270 kg N b Changes in total C: 1.772 kg CO2 * 12.011 [g/mol] /44.01 [g/mol] + 1.248 kg CH4 * 12.011 [g/mol] /16.04 [g/mol] = 1.418 kg C c The change in DM is assumed to be identical to the sum of the loss of N and C H.6 Transport of liquid fraction to fieldThe transport of the liquid fraction to field is assumed to be identical to the transport of the untreated slurry in Annex A. Accordingly the same assumptions have been applied. This means that the process “Transport, tractor and trailer” from the ecoinvent database has been used (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p.204), for a distance of 10 km. This includes the construction of the tractor and the trailer. As the transport by trucks (instead of by tractor with a trailer) is required by law in Denmark when the slurry is transported for distances greater than 10 km, Wesnæs et al. (2009) carried out a sensitivity analysis with a transportation distance of 32 km (involving transport by truck). Yet, they found that the transport distance of slurry from the storage to the field had no significance on the environmental impacts they assessed. Therefore, the transport distance from storage to field is fixed to 10 km in the present project. H.7 Field processes (liquid fraction)H.7.1 General descriptionThe main principles for the field processes for the liquid fraction in this annex are basically the same as for the field processes for the liquid fraction in Annex F. However, as the composition of the liquid fraction is different, the emissions will be different from Annex F, as the emissions depend on the composition of the liquid fraction (but they are still based on the same calculation methods). H.7.2 Emissions of CH4 and CO2As described in Annex F, section F.7.2, the CH4 emissions on the field are assumed to be negligible, as the formation of CH4 requires an anaerobic environment, which is, under normal conditions, not the case in the top soil. CO2 emissions and C-binding in the soil are modelled by the dynamic soil organic matter model C-TOOL (Petersen et al., 2002; Gyldenkærne et al., 2007). The development in organic soil N is modelled by assuming a 10:1 ratio in the C to N development. H.7.3 Emissions of NH3The NH3-N emissions during application were calculated as in the reference scenario, i.e. 0.5 % of the NH4+-N “ex-storage”. This is based on Hansen et al. (2008). Yet, Hansen et al. (2008) calculated NH4+-N “ex-storage” as 79 % of the total N (instead of 75 % as assumed in this study). In this specific case, because the NH3-N emissions are calculated based on Hansen et al. (2008), the NH4+-N will be evaluated with the figures presented by Hansen et al. (2008), as it was done in Annex A. The NH3-N emissions for the period after application are calculated by using the same method as described in Annex F, section F.7.3. Therefore, they are estimated as 50% of 0.138 kg NH3-N per kg TAN-N in the pig slurry, assuming that the TAN (NH3+NH4+), at the liquid fraction pH, corresponds to NH4+ only, and evaluating NH4+-N as 79 % of the total N (as these data are also based on Hansen et al., 2008). As this figure includes the NH3-N emissions during application mentioned above, these are subtracted. H.7.4 Emissions of N2O-N and NOX-N and N2-NDirect and indirect N2O-N emissions as well as emissions of NOX-N were calculated as in the reference scenario (section A.5.3 and A.5.4 in Annex A). This means that the direct emissions of N2O-N are evaluated as 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg N in the ex-storage liquid fraction (table 11.1 in IPCC (2006)). Yet, it is acknowledged that this may overestimate the N2O emissions occurring from the spreading of the liquid fraction, as the C/N ratio of the liquid fraction is lower than the C/N ratio of the non-separated slurry. In fact, according to Møller et al. (2007c), the centrifugal separation mainly transfers the organic N to the solid fraction, while the dissolved NH4+ goes in the liquid fraction. A higher NH4-N content involves more N in a form directly available for plants. This means that less N shall be available to microorganisms for nitrification (where NO3- is formed), and thus, the potential for denitrification (where NO3- is reduced to N2O, and subsequently to N2) is reduced. According to Amon et al. (2006), a lower C/N ratio also reduces the potential for N immobilisation in the soil N pool, and thereby the availability of N for denitrification. The indirect N2O-N emissions due to ammonia and NOX are evaluated as 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg of (NH3 + NOX) volatilized. The indirect N2O-N emissions due to nitrate leaching correspond to 0.0075 kg N2O-N per kg of N leaching. The emissions of NOX-N are calculated as 0.1* direct N2O-N, based on Nemecek and Kägi (2007). The N2-N emissions are based on the estimates from SimDen (Vinther, 2004). For soil type JB3 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 3:1 and for soil type JB6 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 6. H.7.5 Calculation of liquid fraction fertilizer valueThe fertilizer value for liquid fraction is calculated and detailed in section H.23. H.7.6 Nitrate leachingIn order to calculate N leaching values, the same simplifying assumption as in Annex C is used: the liquid fraction, once the respective ammonia losses have been subtracted, can be modeled as: a given proportion of slurry + a given amount of mineral N. The present liquid fraction has a higher content of N relative to C, as compared to the original reference slurry. This is because the mechanical separation transfers relatively more C (i.e. 29.6%) to the fibre fraction than N (i.e. 6.8%). As the amount of organic matter is one of the key properties for its effect on the N partitioning, the amount of C relative to N in the pig slurry from the reference scenario is used. The N values are taken after ammonia volatilization. The C:N proportion is 29.2 [kg C] / (4.80-0.02-0.48) [kg N] = 6.79 for the slurry and 21.7 [kg C] / (4.71-0.02-0.24) [kg N] = 4.876 for the liquid fraction. The “virtual” proportion of N assumed to affect the soil and plants as raw slurry is therefore 4.876/6.79 = 0.72, and the virtual proportion of N assumed to affect the soil and plants as mineral N is accordingly 0.28. The tables A.14 and A.15 of Annex A are therefore the basis for the calculation of N leaching, after correcting for their respective ammonia volatilizations. H.7.7 Phosphorus leachingFor P leaching, the same assumptions as those used in Annex A were used, i.e., 10% of the P applied to field has the possibility of leaching and 6% of this actually reach the aquatic recipients, based on Hauschild and Potting (2005). H.7.8 Cu and Zn fateAs in Annex A, it is considered that the entirety of the Cu and Zn applied will leach through the water compartment. H.7.9 Life cycle data for field application of liquid fractionTable H.5 presents the life cycle data for the application of ex-storage liquid fraction on the field. The results of the reference case (Annex A) are also presented for comparison purposes. However, in order to be comparable, both results must be related to the functional unit, i.e. 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. Table H.5. Life cycle data for the field processes related with the application of liquid fraction. All data per 1000 kg of “liquid fraction ex-storage”.
Processes H.8 to H.10: Handling the fibre fraction from the farm to the biogas plant before biogas is produced
H.8 Storage of the fibre fraction at the farmAs described in Annex F, section F.8, it is assumed that the storage time for the fiber fraction at the farm is very short (1-3 days) and that there are no significant emissions from this storage. See further description in Annex F. Accordingly, the fibre fraction after the storage has the same composition as at the outlet of the separator (as presented in table H.2). H.9 Transport of fibre fraction to biogas plantThe transport of the fibre fraction to the biogas plant in this Annex is identical to the transport of the fibre fraction in Annex F, see section F.9. It means that the calculations for the transport of the fibre fraction to the biogas plant is calculated for a transportation distance of 10.6 km (based on Laursen, 2009). The fibre fraction is transported by trucks. The transport is modelled by use of the Ecoinvent process “Transport, lorry >32t, EURO3” (Spielmann et al., 2007; table 5-124, p.96). H.10 Storage of the fibre fraction at the biogas plantAs described in Annex F, the storage time for the fibre fraction at the biogas plant is very short – from a few days to maximum a week – and accordingly, it means that the emissions occurring during the temporal storage of the fibre fraction at the biogas plant are considered as negligible. Processes H.11 to H.14: Handling the raw slurry input for biogas: from in-house storage to storage at the biogas plant.
H.11 In-house storage of raw slurryThe assumptions and Life Cycle Inventory data for the storage of slurry in the housing units are the same as for the reference scenario (section A.2, Annex A), and thereby the same as described in section H.2. H.12 Storage of raw slurry in pre-tankThis process is identical to the process described in section H.2. Therefore, the same life cycle data applies here. H.13 Transport of raw slurry to biogas plantAs described in Annex F, section F.13, a distance of 5 km from the farm to the biogas plant is taken into account for the transport of untreated slurry to the biogas plant. H.14 Storage of the raw slurry at the biogas plantAs described in Annex F, section F.14, the raw slurry is stored at the biogas plant for a rather short time, since the storage capacity available at the biogas plant is limited. Therefore, no emissions were considered for this temporal stage. The composition of the raw slurry is therefore the same as the ex-housing slurry of the reference scenario, see table H.1. Processes H.15 to H.18: Biogas production, co-generation of heat and power and avoided heat and electricity production
H.15 Biogas productionH.15.1 Biogas principlesThe principles for the biogas production in this annex is identical to the principles for the biogas production described in Annex F, see section F.15.1. However, the composition of the biomass entering the biogas plant is changed. This is described in the following. H.15.2 Biomass mixture entering the biogas plantThe biomass mixture input in the anaerobic digester is constituted of raw slurry (which composition is identical to the ex-housing pig slurry from table H.1) and fibre fraction (which composition is shown in table H.2). According to the composition and the degradability of both fractions, the amount of both fractions in the mixture is determined in order to obtain a biomass mixture that has a DM of approximately 10% during the digestion in the reactor, in order to obtain realistic production conditions (Jensen, 2009). According to calculations provided by Xergi (Jensen, 2009), the 1000 kg mixture of the biomass entering the biogas plant consists of:
The mixture composition and mass balances is shown in table H.6 below. Table H.6. Mass balances for the biomass entering the biogas plant, i.e. a combination of fibre fraction and raw pig slurry (slurry from fattening pigs).
a) Same as in table H.1 (which is from ex-housing slurry in Annex A) b) Same as in table H.2 c) Composition of biomass mixture of slurry and fibre fraction entering the biogas plant, i.e. the biomass input into the digester In this project, the functional unit is “Management of 1000 kg slurry ex-animal”. The biogas production therefore has to be related to the functional unit by the use of mass balances, i.e. the values expressed per 1000 kg of biomass mixture must be converted in order to be expressed per 1000 kg of slurry ex-animal. To do this, the amount of biomass mixture (753.39 kg raw slurry plus 246.61 kg fibre fraction) used per 1000 kg of slurry ex-animal must be calculated. This calculation can be done in 6 steps:
The mass flows in figure H.1 are based on the mass flows calculated above. H.15.3 Energy consumption during biogas production and heat value of the biogas producedThe energy parameters for the biogas production are calculated using the same principles and calculation methods as in Annex F. However, there is one important difference: The specific methane yields for the fibre fraction is 187 Nm³ per ton (170 Nm³ per ton from primary digester + 10 % extra from secondary step). These data are based on Møller (2007) (the same reference as used for the corresponding data in Annex F). The fibre fraction data used are those referred to as “solids from separation by mechanical equipment (solid 2, 3)” by Møller (2007). Accordingly, the data for the calculations are:
The calculation principles are explained in Annex F and will not be repeated here. The results of the calculations are:
H.15.4 Emissions of CH4 and CO2As the biogas plant is constructed tight in order to reduce losses of biogas, the emissions to air during the digestion are assumed to be rather small. As described in Annex F, section F.15.4, the emission of CH4 from the biogas plant is estimated as 1% of the produced methane. For the emissions of CO2, Jungbluth et al. (2007) used an emission of 1 % of the produced carbon dioxide in the biogas. In this project, the calculated ratio between emissions of CO2 and CH4 in anaerobic conditions will be used, i.e. 1.42 kg CO2 per kg CH4 (see section F.5.5 in Annex F). This, in the present case, corresponds to 0.96 % of the CO2 produced, which is in the same magnitude as proposed by Jungbluth et al. (2007).[9] H.15.5 Emissions of NH3 and N2OAs described in Annex F, section F.15.5, the emissions of NH3 and N2O from the biogas plant are assumed to be insignificant. H.15.6 Life cycle data and mass balances for anaerobic digestion processIn this scenario, the biogas is not upgraded (which is necessary if it is going to be used as fuel for transport). The biogas is used for co-production of electricity and heat. Table H.7 presents the life cycle data for the anaerobic digestion process. Table H.7. Life cycle data for the anaerobic digestion process. Data per 1000 kg biomass mixture into the biogas plant.
The composition of the degassed slurry after biogas production is shown in table H.8. It is based on mass balances from data presented in table H.7 for the total mass, the DM content and the total N. Table H.8. Mass balances for the biogas mixture before and after the biogas plant
a) All the data are the same as in the precedent column, but adjusted to be expressed per 1000 kg of degassed mixture, instead of per 950.04 kg of degassed mixture. b) This loss corresponds to the biogas produced, expressed in mass terms. c) No water loss and therefore change in dry matter is equal to change in total mass. d) This corresponds to the losses in the biogas itself and the losses that occurred during the digestion process: H.15.7 Material consumption for the anaerobic digestion plantThe materials for the anaerobic digestion plant are identical to the material consumption for the anaerobic digester in Annex F, section F.15.7, see this. H.16 Co-generation of heat and power from biogasAlso in this annex it is assumed that the biogas produced is used for the production of electricity and heat. The technology and basic methods for calculations are the same as in Annex F, however, the biogas production per 1000 kg slurry “ex-animal” is somewhat different. As detailed in section H.15.3, the system produces 43.14 Nm³ biogas per 1000 kg of biomass mixture. As there are 181.894 kg biomass mixture per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal (see detailed calculation in section H.15.2), this corresponds to a production of 7.847 Nm³ biogas per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal[10]. The net energy production after the co-generation unit is therefore 83.96 MJ heat plus 20.28 kWh electricity (73.01 MJ) per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal[11]. As also detailed in section H.15.3, some of the produced heat is used to fulfil the heat demand of the biogas production. The amount of heat needed for this purpose is 116.57 MJ per 1000 kg mixture input, which corresponds to 21.209 MJ per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal[12]. The heat consumption by the biogas plant thus corresponds to 21.209 MJ/ 83.96 MJ = 25.26 % of the heat produced. The surplus heat for the system is 83.96 MJ – 21.209 MJ = 62.75 MJ for the total system. As described in Annex F (section F.16), it is considered that only 60 % of the surplus heat produced at the biogas plant is used, the remaining 40 % being wasted. Therefore, out of the 62.75 MJ per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal of net surplus heat, only 37.65 MJ (i.e. 62.75 MJ * 60%) are used to fulfil the heat demand. The wasted heat thus corresponds to 25.10 MJ. The energy produced from the biogas can be summarized as:
As for Annex F, the emissions from the biogas engine were estimated from recent data from the Danish National Environmental Research Institute (DMU, 2009) (plants in agriculture, combustion of biogas from stationary engines). Table H.9 presents the life cycle data related to the co-generation of heat and power from the biogas engine. Table H.9. Life cycle data for the co-generation of heat and power from biogas. Data per 1 MJ energy input.
H.17 Avoided electricity productionThe electricity that is replaced is the marginal electricity as described in Annex A, following the same principles as in Annex F, see section F.17. However, the amount of replaced electricity (detailed in section H.16) is different than in Annex F. H.18 Avoided heat productionThe avoided heat production is described in Annex F, section F.18. However, the amount of replaced heat (detailed in section H.16) is different than in Annex F. Processes H.19 to H.22: Fate of the degassed biomass
H.19 Transport of the degassed biomass to the farmThe transport of the degassed biomass to the farm is identical to the process from Annex F, “Transport of the degassed liquid fraction” – except that the amount is different. Accordingly, the transport distance is 5 km. H.20 Outdoor storage of the degassed biomassH.20.1 General descriptionThe outdoor storage of the degassed biomass is assumed to be mostly identical to the outdoor storage of the reference slurry in Annex A, including some adjustments in order to take the “degassed” perspective into account. The degassed biomass is thus stored in an outdoor concrete tank covered with a floating layer consisting of 2.5 kg of straw per 1000 kg slurry stored. As in section H.5.1, the life cycle data of straw production are not included in this study, as straw is regarded as a waste product from cereal production (rather than a co-product). H.20.2 Addition of waterThe degassed biomass will be diluted by precipitation in the same amount as described in H.5.2, i.e. a total of 86 kg of water. H.20.3 Electricity consumptionIt is assumed that the electricity consumption is identical to the electricity consumption for the storage of the reference slurry in Annex A. Accordingly, the electricity for pumping and stirring is taken from table A.10 (Annex A). The electricity consumption thus involves : the consumption for stirring when straw is added (1.2 kWh per 1000 kg slurry), the consumption for stirring (1.2 kWh per 1000 kg slurry) and pumping (0.5 kWh per 1000 kg slurry), before application to the field. This gives an electricity consumption of 2.9 kWh per 1000 kg slurry. Note, that for the liquid fraction in section H.5.3, the energy consumption is adjusted by a reduction of 50 %, in order to account for the fact that the liquid fraction will offer less resistance during the pumping and stirring than does the raw slurry. As the degassed fibre fraction has a DM content (105.71 kg DM per kg degassed biomass, see table H.8) that is even higher than the DM content of the reference slurry “ex-housing” (69.7 kg DM per kg slurry “ex-housing”, see table A.1 in Annex A), the energy consumption for pumping and stirring has not been reduced. H.20.4 Emissions of CH4It has not been possible to find high quality data about the CH4 emissions occurring during the storage of degassed biomass. Yet, in the latest Danish national inventory report for greenhouse gases, Nielsen et al. (2009) calculated the absolute CH4 reduction of biogas-treated slurry by using the IPCC methodology[13], coupled with a reduction potential factor of 50 % in the case of pig slurry. When applying this equation, Nielsen et al. (2009) considered the VS content of the treated slurry instead of the VS content ex-animal. This is the methodology that will be applied in this project. The VS is estimated as 80% of the DM content. This corresponds to a VS content of 84.568 kg per 1000 kg degassed biomass (= 80% of the 105.71 kg DM per 1000 kg degassed biomass from table H.8). As regarding the reduction potential factor, in this project, the interest is not the reduction, but the emissions occurring, so a factor of (100 – 50 %) will be used instead of 50 % (which in this case does not change anything mathematically). The CH4 emissions are therefore calculated as: 84.568 kg VS/1000 kg degassed biomass * 0.45 m³ CH4/kg VS * 0.67 kg CH4/m³ CH4 * 10% * (100-50) % = 1.2745 kg CH4/1000 kg degassed biomass. H.20.5 Emissions of CO2Emissions of CO2 were estimated with the calculated ratio between emissions of CO2 and CH4 in anaerobic conditions, i.e. 1.42 kg CO2 per kg CH4 (see Annex F, section F.5.5). As mentioned in section F.5.5, part of the produced CO2 from the outdoor storage is emitted to air immediately and part of the CO2 is dissolved in the slurry. However, in this life cycle assessment, it is calculated as all the CO2 is emitted to air immediately, which makes the interpretation of the sources easier, as detailed in section H.2. This gives a CO2 emission of 1.42 kg CO2 per kg CH4 * 1.2745 kg CH4/1000 kg degassed biomass = 1.810 kg CO2. H.20.6 Emissions of NH3Hansen et al. (2008) states that there are no clear differences between the ammonia (NH3) emissions from degassed slurry and untreated slurry. On one hand, the lower content of dry matter might reduce the emission of ammonia, on the other hand, TAN concentration and pH of degassed slurry are higher, which both increase the potential for ammonia emissions. Yet, Sommer (1997), who measured the NH3 volatilization from both covered (one tank covered by straw and one tank covered by clay granules) and uncovered storage tank containing digested slurry, concluded that ammonia volatilization from the covered slurry was insignificant. The ammonia emissions occurring during the storage of the degassed biomass are therefore calculated using the same assumptions as for the reference scenario, i.e. the emission of NH3–N are 2% of the total-N, based on Poulsen et al. (2001). The total N being 6.2069 kg N/1000 kg degassed biomass, the NH3-N emissions are 0.124 kg NH3-N per 1000 kg degassed biomass. H.20.7 Emissions of N2O,-N NO-N and N2-NIn the reference scenario, the direct N2O-N emissions for storage were based on IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006). However, the IPCC methodology does not provide any emission factor for storage of degassed biomass. The fact that the biomass is degassed involves a reduction in the N2Oemissions, as part of the most easily converted dry matter was removed during the biogas production (Mikkelsen et al., 2006). Yet, as for the CH4 emissions, the latest Danish national inventory report for greenhouse gases (Nielsen et al., 2009) considered a reduction potential factor for estimating the reductions in N2O-N emissions obtained when the slurry is biogas-treated. In the case of pig slurry, this reduction potential factor is 40 %. In the present project, the direct N2O-N emissions will be estimated as in section H.5.7 (i.e. relatively to the emissions in the reference scenario but adjusted with the different N content), and this result will be multiplied by (100-40) % in order to consider the fact that the biomass is degassed. The direct N2O-N emissions are therefore calculated as: 0.033 kg N2O-N/1000 kg slurry ex-housing * (6.2069 kg N in 1000 kg of degassed biomass/ 5.48 kg N in 1000 kg slurry ex-housing) * (100-40) % = 0.02243 kg N2O-N/1000 kg degassed biomass. The NO-N and N2-N emissions were calculated in the same way as in Annex A, i.e. based on the study of Dämmgen and Hutchings (2008). In their study, they assumed that the emission of nitrogen monoxide (NO) is the same as the direct emission of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as NO-N and N2O-N). Furthermore, they assumed that emission of nitrogen (N2) is three times as high as the direct emissions of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as N2-N and N2O-N). As regarding the total NOX emissions (NOX = NO + NO2), it was assumed, as in Annex A, that NOX = NO. This is because it has not been possible to find data on NO2. Therefore, this means that the NO-N emissions (and thereby the NOX-N emissions) correspond to 0.02243 kg N2O-N per 1000 kg degassed biomass, and the N2-N emissions correspond to 0.06728 kg per 1000 kg degassed biomass. The indirect N2O-N emissions can be calculated as described by IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006), i.e. as 0.01 * (NH3-N + NOX-N). This gives indirect N2O-N emissions of 0.00146 kg per 1000 kg degassed biomass. H.20.8 Life cycle data and mass balances for storage of degassed biomassTable H.10 summarizes the life cycle inventory data for the storage of the degassed biomass and presents the comparison with the storage emissions in Annex A. It must be emphasized that 1000 kg of degassed biomass do not correspond to 1000 kg slurry ex animal, so the values of Annex A versus Annex H are not directly comparable. Values from Annex A were only included since they were needed for the calculation of some of the emissions. Table H.11 presents the mass balances of the degassed slurry in order to establish its composition after the storage. In table H.11, it can be noticed that the change of DM is estimated as the losses of N and C. As explained in section H.5.8, it is acknowledged that this is a rough estimation, as other elements of greater molecular weight may also be lost (e.g. dissolved O2). The estimated DM change shall therefore be seen as a minimum change, the actual DM change may in fact be greater than the one taken into account in this study. Table H.10 Life cycle data for storage of the degassed biomass. All data per 1000 kg of degassed biomass “ex-biogas plant”.
Table H.11. Mass balances for storage of degassed biomass
a Changes in total N: 0.1241 kg NH3-N + 0.02243 kg N2O-N + 0.02243 kg NO-N + 0.06728 kg N2-N = 0.236 kg N b Changes in total C: 1.8103 kg CO2 * 12.011 [g/mol] /44.01 [g/mol] + 1.2749 kg CH4 * 12.011 [g/mol] /16.04 [g/mol] = 1.4487 kg C c The change in DM is assumed to be identical to the sum of the loss of N and C H.21 Transport of degassed biomass to fieldThe transport of the degassed biomass to the field is identical to the process described in section F.6 (transport of the liquid fraction to the field). H.22 Field processes for degassed biomassH.22.1 General descriptionThe field processes for the degassed biomass is assumed to be mostly identical to the field processes for the reference slurry in Annex A, including some adjustments in order to take the “degassed” perspective into account. As in the process described in section H.7 (field processes for liquid fraction), the data from the Ecoinvent process “Slurry spreading, by vacuum tanker” (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p. 198) were used for the emissions related to spreading equipment “consumption”. This includes the construction of the tractor and the slurry tanker, as well as the diesel consumption. The diesel consumption due to the use of the “tanker” in the Ecoinvent process was adjusted to 0.4 litres of diesel per 1000 kg of slurry, based on Kjelddal (2009) (the same as in Annex A). H.22.2 Emission of CH4 and CO2The CH4 emissions on the field are assumed to be negligible, as the formation of CH4 requires an anaerobic environment, which is, under normal conditions, not the case in the top soil. CO2 emissions are modelled by the dynamic soil organic matter model C-TOOL (Petersen et al., 2002; Gyldenkærne et al., 2007). The development in organic soil N is modelled by assuming a 10:1 ratio in the C to N development. H.22.3 Emissions of NH3Since the degassed biomass is subjected to both increasing and reducing factors as regarding the ammonia emission potential, the ammonia emissions were calculated as in the reference scenario. This is further detailed in section F.7.3 in Annex F (but without the 50% reduction factor as this reduction factor only applies for liquid fractions – and the degassed biomass is not separated). Accordingly, the NH3-N emissions for the period after application are calculated by using the same method as described in section H.7.3 above (but without the 50% reduction factor). H.22.4 Emissions of N2O and NOX-NThe direct N2O emissions are generally assumed to be smaller for degassed slurry than for untreated slurry (Sommer et al. 2001). This is because digested manure contains less easily decomposed organic matter than undigested manure (Börjesson and Berglund, 2007) and because more N is in a form already available to the plants (NH4+). This means that less N shall be available to microorganisms for nitrification (where NO3- is formed), and thus, the potential for denitrification (where NO3- is reduced to N2O, and subsequently to N2) is also reduced. This is also in accordance with Marcato et al. (2009), who concluded from their results that there are fewer risks for oxygen competition between the crops and soil bacteria (and therefore of N2O emissions) with digested slurry as compared to undigested slurry. According to Sommer et al. (2001, table 2) N2O emissions with degassed slurry are in the magnitude of 0.4 % of the applied N. Based on Sommer et al. (2001), Nielsen (2002) used, for field emissions with digested slurry, a reduction corresponding to 41 % of the emissions with raw slurry (i.e. from 34 to 20 g N2O/ton manure) and Börjesson and Berglund (2007) assumed a reduction of 37.5 % (i.e. from 40 to 25 g N2O per tonne of manure). In this project, the estimate of Sommer et al. (2001) for digested slurry will be used as the best available data. This should be regarded as a rather rough estimate. A more precise value for the magnitude of this value would require either an adequate number of scientific based field measurements or detailed modelling in an appropriate tool, which has been beyond the frame of this project. As in section H.7, indirect N2O emissions due to ammonia and NOX are evaluated as 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg of (NH3 + NOX) volatilized. The indirect N2O-N emissions due to nitrate leaching correspond to 0.0075 kg N2O-N per kg of N leaching. The emissions of NOX-N are calculated as 0.1* direct N2O-N, based on Nemecek and Kägi (2007). H.22.5 Emissions of N2-NThe N2-N emissions are based on the estimates from SimDen (Vinther, 2004). For soil type JB3 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 3:1 and for soil type JB6 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 6. H.22.6 Calculation of degassed biomass fertilizer valueThe fertilizer value for degassed biomass is calculated and detained in section H.23. H.22.7 Nitrate leachingThe C/N ratio of the degassed biomass is higher than for pig slurry. Hence, a simplifying approach is used here, where the N “remaining” after gaseous losses and incorporation in the soil N pool is assumed to be divided between harvest and leaching in the same proportion as for pig slurry. See Annex F, section F.23.7 for further description. After the gaseous losses (table H.12), there is 3.6107 (JB3) and 3.3841 (JB6) kg N left for harvest and leaching. For the 100 years values, there is, after the gaseous losses, 5.197 (JB3) and 5.1774 (JB6) kg N left for harvest and leaching. H.22.8 Phosphorus leachingFor P leaching, the same assumptions as those used in Annex A were used, i.e., 10% of the P applied to field has the possibility of leaching and 6% of this actually reach the aquatic recipients, based on Hauschild and Potting (2005). H.22.9 Cu and Zn fateAs in Annex A, it is considered that the entirety of the Cu and Zn applied will leach through the water compartment. H.22.10 Life cycle data for field application of degassed biomass “ex-storage”Table H.12 presents the life cycle data for the application of degassed biomass “ex-storage” on the field. The results of the reference case (Annex A) are also presented for comparison purposes. However, in order to be comparable, both results must be related to the functional unit, i.e. 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. Table H.12. Life cycle data for application of degassed biomass and field processes. All data per 1000 kg of “degassed biomass ex-outdoor storage”.
Process H.23: Avoided production and application of mineral fertilizers and yield changesH.23 Avoided production and application of mineral fertilizersH.23.1 Calculation of the replaced amount of mineral fertiliserThis is calculated using the same method as in Annex F. Table H.13. Replaced amount of mineral N fertiliser in Annex H. All calculations per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal
H.23.2 Yield changesUsing the same methods as in section F.28.3[14], the overall N difference between Scenario A and Scenario H is (in kg mineral N equivalent): 0.3182 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal for soil JB3; Accordingly, the extra corresponding wheat is: For soil JB3: 0.3182 kg N surplus * 9.0 kg extra wheat/kg N surplus = 2.86 kg extra wheat (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal). For soil JB6: 0.4432 kg N surplus * 8.1 kg extra wheat/kg N surplus = 2.57 kg extra wheat (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal). H.23.3 Avoided P and K mineral fertilisersAs the amount of P and K in the slurry is the same as in Annex A, as there are no loss of P and K in the system, and as it is assumed that all the slurry fractions (the liquid fraction at the farm and the degassed biomass) ends in the same area, the amount of replaced mineral fertilisers are the same as in Annex A, see section A.6. [1] The initial phosphorus content is 1.13 kg P per 1000 kg pig slurry “ex-animal”. From figure H.1, it can be seen that an input of 863 kg pig slurry is separated (H.4), and from this, 818.11 kg ends as liquid fraction. The liquid fraction contains 1.0833 kg P per 1000 kg, i.e. 818.11 kg * 1.0833 kg P per 1000 kg = 0.8863 kg P ends in the liquid fraction. This corresponds to 0.8863 kg P/1.13 kg P*100% = 78.4%, which means that only 21.6% of the P ends at the biogas plant in this system. Therefore only 21.6% of the initial P has the potential to be found in the degassed biomass from the biogas plant, which is judged not enough to justify a separation post biogas. [2] 80 % * 51.76 kg DM per 1000 kg liquid fraction (see table H.2) * 0.45 * 0.67 * 10 % = 1.248 kg [3] The content of total-N “ex-separation” is 5.387 kg/1000 kg liquid fraction (table H.2). The content of total-N in the reference slurry is 5.48 kg per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing (table A.1, Annex A). The direct N2O emissions in the reference scenario were 0.033 kg N2O-N per 1000 kg slurry ex-housing (table A.11, Annex A). Therefore, the direct N2O-N emissions are calculated as: 0.033 kg N2O-N * (5.387 kg/ 5.48 kg) = 0.03244 kg N2O-N per 1000 kg liquid fraction. [4] 44.857 kg fibre fraction * (1000 kg slurry ex-animal / 51.98 kg fibre fraction) = 862.963 kg pig slurry ex-animal. [5] From pig slurry: 753.39 kg slurry* 69.7 kg DM/ 1000 kg slurry * 0.8 kg VS per kg DM * 319 Nm³ CH4 per ton VS / 0.65 Nm³ CH4 per Nm³ biogas * ton/1000 kg = 20.62 Nm³ biogas. From fibre fraction: 246.61 kg fibre fraction * 396.9 kg DM/1000 kg fibre fraction * 0.8 kg VS per kg DM * 187 Nm³ CH4 per ton VS / 0.65 Nm³ CH4 per Nm³ biogas * ton/1000 kg = 22.53 Nm³ biogas. Total biogas produced per 1000 kg of “biomass mixture”: 43.14 Nm³ biogas (20.62 Nm³ from slurry + 22.53 Nm³ from fibre fraction). [6] This is calculated using the heat value and the total biogas produced: 6.46 kWh/Nm³ biogas (see table F.19) * 43.14 Nm³ biogas/1000 kg “biomass mixture” * 3.6 MJ/kWh = 1003.4 MJ/1000 kg “biomass mixture”. [7] Estimated internal consumption of electricity in kWh per 1000 kg biomass mixture : 43.14 Nm³ biogas/1000 kg biomass mixture x 6.46 kWh/Nm³ biogas x 40 % engine power efficiency x 5 % internal consumption = 5.57 kWh per 1000 kg biomass mixture. [8] It is assumed that the average temperature for the biomass is 8 °C when entering the process and that it is heated to 37°C (the process temperature). Specific heat is calculated based on the content of DM and water (calculated as 1-DM), assuming that the specific heat for DM corresponds to 3.00 kJ/kg°C and to 4.20 kJ/kg°C for water. As the DM for biomass mixture is 150.39 kg/1000 kg biomass mixture (table H.6), it involves that the water content is 1000kg – 150.39 kg = 849.61 kg/1000 kg biomass mixture. The heat consumption for heating the biomass mixture from 8°C to 37°C is thus : For DM: 150.39 kg DM/1000 kg biomass mixture * 3.00 kJ/kg DM*°C * (37-8) °C = 13084.00 kJ/1000 kg biomass mixture; For water : 849.61 kg water/1000 kg biomass mixture * 4.20 kJ/kg DM*°C * (37-8) °C = 103482.40 kJ/1000 kg biomass mixture; Total : (13084.00 kJ + 103482.40 kJ) kJ/1000 kg biomass mixture * MJ/1000 kJ = 116.57 MJ/1000 kg biomass mixture. [9] When calculating in accordance with the biogas composition, which is defined as 65% CH4 and 35% CO2 (see table F.19 in Annex F), then the ratio is 1.477 kg CO2 per kg CH4: 0.65 mol CH4-C corresponds to 0.35 mol CO2-C i.e. 1 mol CH4-C gives 0.538 mol CO2-C (= 0.35/0.65) Accordingly: 16.04276 g CH4/mol = 0.538 * 44.0098 g CO2/mol i.e. 1 g CH4 = 1.477 g CO2 1.42/1.477 = 96% [10] 181.894 kg biomass mixture (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) * 43.14 Nm³ / 1000 kg biomass mixture = 7.847 Nm³ biogas per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. [11] Heat produced: 7.8469 Nm³ biogas (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) * 23.26 MJ/ Nm³ biogas (heat value of the biogas, see table F.19 in Annex F) * 0.46 (engine efficiency for heat) = 83.96 MJ heat per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. Electricity produced: 7.8469 Nm³ biogas (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) * 23.26 MJ/ Nm³ biogas (heat value) * 0.40 (engine efficiency for electricity) = 73.01 MJ electricity per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. This corresponds to 73.01 MJ * MJ/3.6 kWh = 20.28 kWh electricity per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. [12] There is 181.894 kg biomass mixture per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal, see section H.15.2. The heat required for the process is 116.57 MJ per 1000 kg mixture (section H.15.3). The heat needed per functional unit corresponds to: 181.894 kg biomass mixture / 1000 kg slurry ex-animal * 116.57 MJ / 1000 kg biomass mixture = 21.209 MJ per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. [13] According to IPCC (2006), the methane emission can be calculated as: CH4 [kg] = VS [kg] * B0 * 0.67 [kg CH4 per m³ CH4] * MCF B0 = 0.45 m³ CH4 per kg VS for market swine (IPCC, 2006, Table 10A-7). The MCF value used is 10 % (for liquid slurry with natural crust cover, cool climate, in table 10-17 of IPCC (2006)). This is also the MCF recommended under Danish conditions by Nielsen et al. (2009). [14] The values needed to apply the methodology presented in Annex F can be found in the sections for N leaching, namely H.7.6 and H.22.7. Annex I. Fibre pellets from mechanical separation for biogas production – Life Cycle Inventory dataI.1 System descriptionThis annex contains Life Cycle Inventory data for biogas production from a mixture of fibre pellets (from a Samson Bimatech energy plant that also contains a separator, see further description in Annex C, D and E) and raw untreated pig slurry. The biogas is used for co-production of heat and power. This scenario is set up in order to answer the question: “What are the environmental benefits and disadvantages of using the fibre pellets (from Samson Bimatechs energy plant) for biogas production compared to the reference scenario for pig slurry?”. Accordingly, it is different than the scenario in Annex F, where the aim was to analyse an optimised system using “Best Available Technology” for biogas production as far as possible. The main differences compared to Annex F are:
A flow diagram for the scenario for biogas production based on the fibre pellets from the Samson Bimatech Energy Plant (including mechanically separation) and untreated slurry is shown in figure I.1. The process numbers in figure I.1 follows the numbers of the sections in this annex. The present annex describes a total of 26 main processes, which were divided into 7 main sections:
Figure I.1. Flow diagram for the scenario for biogas production based on fibre pellets from the Samson Bimatech Energy Plant (including the Samson Bimatech mechanical separator). Processes I.2 to I.7: Raw slurry from which the fibre pellets origins: production, separation and fate of the liquid fraction
I.2 In-house storage of slurryThis process is identical to process H.2 from Annex H, see this. I.3 Storage of raw slurry in pre-tank at farmThis process is identical to process H.3 from Annex H, see this. I.4 mechanical separation and fibre pellet productionThis process is identical to process E.4 from Annex E, see this. During this process, the slurry is separated, and the fibre fraction is used for fibre pellet production. The process is taking place in the Samson Bimatech Energy Plant, which is described in Annex E, section E.4. I.5 Outdoor storage of the liquid fractionThis process is identical to process H.5 from Annex H, see this. I.6 Transport of liquid fraction to fieldThis process is identical to process H.6 from Annex H, see this. I.7 Field processes (liquid fraction)This process is identical to process H.7 from Annex H, see this. Processes I.8 to I.10: Handling the fibre pellets from the farm to the biogas plant before biogas is produced
I. 8 Storage of the fibre pellets at the farmAs described in Annex D, section D.9, it is assumed that there are no significant emissions from the fibre pellets during storage. Accordingly, the fibre pellets after the storage has the same composition as at the outlet of the Samson Bimatech Energy Plant (as presented in table D.1 in Annex D). I.9 Transport of fibre pellets to biogas plantThe transport of the fibre pellets to the biogas plant in this Annex is identical to the transport of the fibre fraction in Annex F, see section F.9 (i.e. the same distance, but different amount). I.10 Storage of the fibre pellets at the biogas plantThe storage of the fibre pellets at the biogas plant is based on the same assumptions as the storage of the fibre fraction at the biogas plant in Annex F, i.e. that the storage time for the fibre fraction at the biogas plant is very short – from a few days to maximum a week – and accordingly, it means that the emissions occurring during the temporal storage of the fibre fraction at the biogas plant are considered as negligible. Processes I.11 to I.14: Handling the raw slurry input for biogas: from in-house storage to storage at the biogas plant.
I.11 In-house storage of raw slurryThis process is identical to process H.11 from Annex H, see this. I.12 Storage of raw slurry in pre-tankThis process is identical to process H.12 from Annex H, see this. I.13 Transport of raw slurry to biogas plantThis process is identical to process H.13 from Annex H, see this. I.14 Storage of the raw slurry at the biogas plantThis process is identical to process H.14 from Annex H, see this. Processes I.15 to I.18: Biogas production, co-generation of heat and power and avoided heat and electricity production
I.15 Biogas productionI.15.1 Biogas principlesThe principles for the biogas production in this annex is identical to the principles for the biogas production described in Annex F, see section F.15.1. However, the composition of the biomass entering the biogas plants is changed. This is described in the following. I.15.2 Biomass mixture entering the biogas plantThe biomass mixture input in the anaerobic digester is constituted of raw slurry (which composition is identical to the ex-housing pig slurry from table I.1) and fibre pellets (which composition is shown in table D.1 of Annex D). According to the composition and the degradability of both fractions, the amount of both fractions in the mixture is determined in order to obtain a biomass mixture that has a DM of approximately 10% during the digestion in the reactor, in order to obtain realistic production conditions (Jensen, 2009). According to calculations provided by Xergi (Jensen, 2009), the 1000 kg mixture of the biomass entering the biogas plant consists of:
The mixture composition and mass balances is shown in table I.1 below. Table I.1. Mass balances for the biomass entering the biogas plant, i.e. a combination of fibre pellets and raw pig slurry (slurry from fattening pigs).
a) Same as in table A.1 (which is from ex-housing slurry in Annex A) b) Same as in table D.1 from Annex D. c) Composition of biomass mixture of slurry and fibre pellets entering the biogas plant, i.e. the biomass input into the digester In this project, the functional unit is “Management of 1000 kg slurry ex-animal”. The biogas production therefore has to be related to the functional unit by the use of mass balances, i.e. the values expressed per 1000 kg of biomass mixture must be converted in order to be expressed per 1000 kg of slurry ex-animal. To do this, the amount of biomass mixture (898.78 kg raw slurry plus 101.22 kg fibre pellets) used per 1000 kg of slurry ex-animal must be calculated. This calculation can be done in 6 steps:
The mass flows in figure I.1 are based on the mass flows calculated above. I.15.3 Energy consumption during biogas production and heat value of the biogas producedThe energy parameters for the biogas production are calculated using the same principles and calculation methods as in Annex F. However, there is one important difference: The specific methane yields for the fibre pellets is 187 Nm³ per ton (170 Nm³ per ton from primary digester + 10 % extra from secondary step), i.e. the same as for the fibre fraction in Annex H (the fibre fraction from the Samson Bimatech separation). These data are based on Møller (2007) (the same reference as used for the corresponding data in Annex F). The fibre fraction data used are those referred to as “solids from separation by mechanical equipment (solid 2, 3)” by Møller (2007). Accordingly, the data for the calculations are:
The calculation principles are explained in Annex F and will not be repeated here. The results of the calculations are:
I.15.4 Emissions of CH4 and CO2As the biogas plant is constructed tight in order to reduce losses of biogas, the emissions to air during the digestion are assumed to be rather small. As described in Annex F, section F.15.4, the emission of CH4 from the biogas plant is estimated as 1% of the produced methane. For the emissions of CO2, Jungbluth et al. (2007) used an emission of 1 % of the produced carbon dioxide in the biogas. In this project, the calculated ratio between emissions of CO2 and CH4 in anaerobic conditions will be used, i.e. 1.42 kg CO2 per kg CH4 (see section F.5.5 in Annex F). This, in the present case, corresponds to 0.96 % of the CO2 produced, which is in the same magnitude as proposed by Jungbluth et al. (2007).[8] . I.15.5 Emissions of NH3 and N2OAs described in Annex F, section F.15.5, the emissions of NH3 and N2O from the biogas plant are assumed to be insignificant. I.15.6 Life cycle data and mass balances for anaerobic digestion processIn this scenario, the biogas is not upgraded (which is necessary if it is going to be used as fuel for transport). The biogas is used for co-production of electricity and heat. Table I.2 presents the life cycle data for the anaerobic digestion process. Table I.2. Life cycle data for the anaerobic digestion process. Data per 1000 kg biomass mixture into the biogas plant.
The composition of the degassed slurry after biogas production is shown in table I.3. It is based on mass balances from data presented in table I.2 for the total mass, the DM content and the total N. Table I.3. Mass balances for the biogas mixture before and after the biogas plant
a) All the data are the same as in the precedent column, but adjusted to be expressed per 1000 kg of degassed mixture, instead of per 947.53 kg of degassed mixture. b) This loss corresponds to the biogas produced, expressed in mass terms. c) No water loss and therefore change in dry matter is equal to change in total mass. d) This corresponds to the losses in the biogas itself and the losses that occurred during the digestion process: I.15.7 Material consumption for the anaerobic digestion plantThe materials for the anaerobic digestion plant are identical to the material consumption for the anaerobic digester in Annex F, section F.15.7, see this. I.16 Co-generation of heat and power from biogasAlso in this annex it is assumed that the biogas produced is used for the production of electricity and heat. The technology and basic methods for calculations are the same as in Annex F, however, the biogas production per 1000 kg slurry “ex-animal” is somewhat different. As detailed in section I.15.3, the system produces 45.31 Nm³ biogas per 1000 kg of biomass mixture. As there are 122.386 kg biomass mixture per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal (see detailed calculation in section I.15.2), this corresponds to a production of 5.545 Nm³ biogas per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal[9]. The net energy production after the co-generation unit is therefore 59.3 MJ heat plus 14.33 kWh electricity (51.59 MJ) per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal[10]. As also detailed in section I.15.3, some of the produced heat is used to fulfil the heat demand of the biogas production. The amount of heat needed for this purpose is 116.49 MJ per 1000 kg mixture input, which corresponds to 14.257 MJ per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal[11]. The heat consumption by the biogas plant thus corresponds to 14.257 MJ/ 59.329 MJ = 24.0 % of the heat produced. The surplus heat for the system is 59.329 MJ – 14.257 MJ = 45.072 MJ for the total system. As described in Annex F (section F.16), it is considered that only 60 % of the surplus heat produced at the biogas plant is used, the remaining 40 % being wasted. Therefore, out of the 45.072 MJ per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal of net surplus heat, only 27.04 MJ (i.e. 45.072 MJ * 60%) are used to fulfil the heat demand. The wasted heat thus corresponds to 18.0 MJ. The energy produced from the biogas can be summarized as:
As for Annex F, the emissions from the biogas engine were estimated from recent data from the Danish National Environmental Research Institute (DMU, 2009) (plants in agriculture, combustion of biogas from stationary engines). Table I.4 presents the life cycle data related to the co-generation of heat and power from the biogas engine. Table I.4. Life cycle data for the co-generation of heat and power from biogas. Data per 1 MJ energy input.
I.17 Avoided electricity productionThe electricity that is replaced is the marginal electricity as described in Annex A, following the same principles as in Annex F, see section F.17. However, the amounts of replaced electricity are different than in Annex F. I.18 Avoided heat productionThe avoided heat production is described in Annex F, section F.18. However, the amounts of replaced heat are different than in Annex F. Processes I.19 to I.22: Fate of the degassed biomass
I.19 Transport of the degassed biomass to the farmThe transport of the degassed biomass to the farm is identical to the process from Annex F, “Transport of the degassed liquid fraction” – except that the amount is different. Accordingly, the transport distance is 5 km. I.20 Outdoor storage of the degassed biomassI.20.1 General descriptionThe outdoor storage of the degassed biomass is assumed to be mostly identical to the outdoor storage of the reference slurry in Annex A, including some adjustments in order to take the “degassed” perspective into account. The degassed biomass is thus stored in an outdoor concrete tank covered with a floating layer consisting of 2.5 kg of straw per 1000 kg slurry stored. As in section I.5.1, the life cycle data of straw production are not included in this study, as straw is regarded as a waste product from cereal production (rather than a co-product). I.20.2 Addition of waterThe degassed biomass will be diluted by precipitation in the same amount as described in I.5.2, i.e. a total of 86 kg of water. I.20.3 Electricity consumptionIt is assumed that the electricity consumption is identical to the electricity consumption for the storage of the reference slurry in Annex A. Accordingly, the electricity for pumping and stirring is taken from table A.10 (Annex A). The electricity consumption thus involves : the consumption for stirring when straw is added (1.2 kWh per 1000 kg slurry), the consumption for stirring (1.2 kWh per 1000 kg slurry) and pumping (0.5 kWh per 1000 kg slurry), before application to the field. This gives an electricity consumption of 2.9 kWh per 1000 kg slurry. Note, that for the liquid fraction in section I.5.3, the energy consumption is adjusted by a reduction of 50 %, in order to account for the fact that the liquid fraction will offer less resistance during the pumping and stirring than does the raw slurry. As the degassed fibre fraction has a DM content (105.74 kg DM per kg degassed biomass, see table I.8) that is even higher than the DM content of the reference slurry “ex-housing” (69.7 kg DM per kg slurry “ex-housing”, see table A.1 in Annex A), the energy consumption for pumping and stirring has not been reduced. I.20.4 Emissions of CH4It has not been possible to find high quality data about the CH4 emissions occurring during the storage of degassed biomass. Yet, in the latest Danish national inventory report for greenhouse gases, Nielsen et al. (2009) calculated the absolute CH4 reduction of biogas-treated slurry by using the IPCC methodology[12], coupled with a reduction potential factor of 50 % in the case of pig slurry. When applying this equation, Nielsen et al. (2009) considered the VS content of the treated slurry instead of the VS content ex-animal. This is the methodology that will be applied in this project. The VS is estimated as 80% of the DM content. This corresponds to a VS content of 84.592 kg per 1000 kg degassed biomass (= 80% of the 105.74 kg DM per 1000 kg degassed biomass from table I.8). As regarding the reduction potential factor, in this project, the interest is not the reduction, but the emissions occurring, so a factor of (100 – 50 %) will be used instead of 50 % (which in this case does not change anything mathematically). The CH4 emissions are therefore calculated as: 84.592 kg VS/1000 kg degassed biomass * 0.45 m³ CH4/kg VS * 0.67 kg CH4/m³ CH4 * 10% * (100-50) % = 1.275 kg CH4/1000 kg degassed biomass. I.20.5 Emissions of CO2Emissions of CO2 were estimated with the calculated ratio between emissions of CO2 and CH4 in anaerobic conditions, i.e. 1.42 kg CO2 per kg CH4 (see Annex F, section F.5.5). As mentioned in section F.5.5, part of the produced CO2 from the outdoor storage is emitted to air immediately and part of the CO2 is dissolved in the slurry. However, in this life cycle assessment, it is calculated as all the CO2 is emitted to air immediately, which makes the interpretation of the sources easier, as detailed in section I.2. This gives a CO2 emission of 1.42 kg CO2 per kg CH4 * 1.275 kg CH4/1000 kg degassed biomass = 1.811 kg CO2. I.20.6 Emissions of NH3Hansen et al. (2008) states that there are no clear differences between the ammonia (NH3) emissions from degassed slurry and untreated slurry. On one hand, the lower content of dry matter might reduce the emission of ammonia, on the other hand, TAN concentration and pH of degassed slurry are higher, which both increase the potential for ammonia emissions. Yet, Sommer (1997), who measured the NH3 volatilization from both covered (one tank covered by straw and one tank covered by clay granules) and uncovered storage tank containing digested slurry, concluded that ammonia volatilization from the covered slurry was insignificant. The ammonia emissions occurring during the storage of the degassed biomass are therefore calculated using the same assumptions as for the reference scenario, i.e. the emission of NH3–N are 2% of the total-N, based on Poulsen et al. (2001). The total N being 5.716 kg N/1000 kg degassed biomass, the NH3-N emissions are 0.114 kg NH3-N per 1000 kg degassed biomass. I.20.7 Emissions of N2O, NO-N and N2-NIn the reference scenario, the direct N2O emissions for storage were based on IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006). However, the IPCC methodology does not provide any emission factor for storage of degassed biomass. The fact that the biomass is degassed involves a reduction in the N2Oemissions, as part of the most easily converted dry matter was removed during the biogas production (Mikkelsen et al., 2006). Yet, as for the CH4 emissions, the latest Danish national inventory report for greenhouse gases (Nielsen et al., 2009) considered a reduction potential factor for estimating the reductions in N2O-N emissions obtained when the slurry is biogas-treated. In the case of pig slurry, this reduction potential factor is 40 %. In the present project, the direct N2O-N emissions will be estimated as in section I.5.7 (i.e. relatively to the emissions in the reference scenario but adjusted with the different N content), and this result will be multiplied by (100-40) % in order to consider the fact that the biomass is degassed. The direct N2O-N emissions are therefore calculated as: 0.033 kg N2O-N/1000 kg slurry ex-housing * (5.716 kg N in 1000 kg of degassed biomass/ 5.48 kg N in 1000 kg slurry ex-housing) * (100-40) % = 0.02065 kg N2O-N/1000 kg degassed biomass. The NO-N and N2-N emissions were calculated in the same way as in Annex A, i.e. based on the study of Dämmgen and Hutchings (2008). In their study, they assumed that the emission of nitrogen monoxide (NO) is the same as the direct emission of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as NO-N and N2O-N). Furthermore, they assumed that emission of nitrogen (N2) is three times as high as the direct emissions of nitrous oxide (N2O) (measured as N2-N and N2O-N). As regarding the total NOX emissions (NOX = NO + NO2), it was assumed, as in Annex A, that NOX = NO. This is because it has not been possible to find data on NO2. Therefore, this means that the NO-N emissions (and thereby the NOX-N emissions) correspond to 0.02065 kg N2O-N per 1000 kg degassed biomass, and the N2-N emissions correspond to 0.06196 kg per 1000 kg degassed biomass. The indirect N2O-N emissions can be calculated as described by IPCC guidelines (IPCC, 2006), i.e. as 0.01 * (NH3-N + NOX-N). This gives indirect N2O-N emissions of 0.001347 kg per 1000 kg degassed biomass. I.20.8 Life cycle data and mass balances for storage of degassed biomassTable I.5 summarizes the life cycle inventory data for the storage of the degassed biomass and presents the comparison with the storage emissions in Annex A. It must be emphasized that 1000 kg of degassed biomass do not correspond to 1000 kg slurry ex-animal, so the values of Annex A versus Annex I are not directly comparable. Values from Annex A were only included since they were needed for the calculation of some of the emissions. Table I.6 presents the mass balances of the degassed slurry in order to establish its composition after the storage. In this table, it can be noticed that the change of DM is estimated as the losses of N and C. It is acknowledged that this is a rough estimation, as other elements of greater molecular weight may also be lost (e.g. dissolved O2). The estimated DM change shall therefore be seen as a minimum change, the actual DM change may in fact be greater than the one taken into account in this study. Table I.5 Life cycle data for storage of the degassed biomass. All data per 1000 kg of degassed biomass “ex-biogas plant”.
Table I.6. Mass balances for storage of degassed biomass
a Changes in total N: 0.129 kg NH3-N + 0.02332 kg N2O-N + 0.02332 kg NO-N + 0.06995 kg N2-N = 0.2456 kg N b Changes in total C: 1.8108 kg CO2 * 12.011 [g/mol] /44.01 [g/mol] + 1.2752 kg CH4 * 12.011 [g/mol] /16.04 [g/mol] = 1.4491 kg C c The change in DM is assumed to be identical to the sum of the loss of N and C I.21 Transport of degassed biomass to fieldThe transport of the degassed biomass to the field is identical to the process described in section F.6 (transport of the liquid fraction to the field). I.22 Field processes for degassed biomassI.22.1 General descriptionThe field processes for the degassed biomass is assumed to be mostly identical to the field processes for the reference slurry in Annex A, including some adjustments in order to take the “degassed” perspective into account. As in the process described in section F.7 (field processes for liquid fraction), the data from the Ecoinvent process “Slurry spreading, by vacuum tanker” (Nemecek and Kägi, 2007, p. 198) were used for the emissions related to spreading equipment “consumption”. This includes the construction of the tractor and the slurry tanker, as well as the diesel consumption. The diesel consumption due to the use of the “tanker” in the Ecoinvent process was adjusted to 0.4 litres of diesel per 1000 kg of slurry, based on Kjelddal (2009) (the same as in Annex A). I.22.2 Emission of CH4 and CO2The CH4 emissions on the field are assumed to be negligible, as the formation of CH4 requires an anaerobic environment, which is, under normal conditions, not the case in the top soil. CO2 emissions are modelled by the dynamic soil organic matter model C-TOOL (Petersen et al., 2002; Gyldenkærne et al., 2007). The development in organic soil N is modelled by assuming a 10:1 ratio in the C to N development. I.22.3 Emissions of NH3Since the degassed biomass is subjected to both increasing and reducing factors as regarding the ammonia emission potential, the ammonia emissions were calculated as in the reference scenario. This is further detailed in section F.7.3 in Annex F (but without the 50% reduction factor as this reduction factor only applies for liquid fractions, and as the degassed biomass is not separated). Accordingly, the NH3-N emissions for the period after application are calculated by using the same method as used in section F.7.3 (but without the 50% reduction factor). I.22.4 Emissions of N2O and NOX-NThe direct N2O emissions are generally assumed to be smaller for degassed slurry than for untreated slurry (Sommer et al. 2001). This is because digested manure contains less easily decomposed organic matter than undigested manure (Börjesson and Berglund, 2007) and because more N is in a form already available to the plants (NH4+). This means that less N shall be available to microorganisms for nitrification (where NO3- is formed), and thus, the potential for denitrification (where NO3- is reduced to N2O, and subsequently to N2) is also reduced. This is also in accordance with Marcato et al. (2009), who concluded from their results that there are fewer risks for oxygen competition between the crops and soil bacteria (and therefore of N2O emissions) with digested slurry as compared to undigested slurry. According to Sommer et al. (2001, table 2) N2O emissions with degassed slurry are in the magnitude of 0.4 % of the applied N. Based on Sommer et al. (2001), Nielsen (2002) used, for field emissions with digested slurry, a reduction corresponding to 41 % of the emissions with raw slurry (i.e. from 34 to 20 g N2O/ton manure) and Börjesson and Berglund (2007) assumed a reduction of 37.5 % (i.e. from 40 to 25 g N2O per tonne of manure). In this project, the estimate of Sommer et al. (2001) for digested slurry will be used as the best available data. This should be regarded as a rather rough estimate. A more precise value for the magnitude of this value would require either an adequate number of scientific based field measurements or detailed modelling in an appropriate tool, which has been beyond the frame of this project. As in section F.7, indirect N2O emissions due to ammonia and NOX are evaluated as 0.01 kg N2O-N per kg of (NH3 + NOX) volatilized. The indirect N2O-N emissions due to nitrate leaching correspond to 0.0075 kg N2O-N per kg of N leaching. The emissions of NOX-N are calculated as 0.1* direct N2O-N, based on Nemecek and Kägi (2007). I.22.5 Emissions of N2-NThe N2-N emissions are based on the estimates from SimDen (Vinther, 2004). For soil type JB3 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 3:1 and for soil type JB6 the N2-N:N2O-N ratio is 6. I.22.6 Calculation of degassed biomass fertilizer valueThe calculation of the fertilizer value is presented on section I.26. I.22.7 Nitrate leachingThe C/N ratio of the degassed biomass is higher than for raw pig slurry. Hence, a simplifying approach is used: the N “remaining” after gaseous losses and incorporation in the soil N pool is assumed to be divided between harvest and leaching in the same proportion as for pig slurry. See Annex F, section F.23.7 for further description. After the gaseous losses (table I.7), there is 3.7746 (JB3) and 3.5462 (JB6) kg N left for harvest and leaching. For the 100 years values, there is, after the gaseous losses, 5.4155 (JB3) and 5.4007 (JB6) kg N left for harvest and leaching. I.22.8 Phosphorus leachingFor P leaching, the same assumptions as those used in Annex A were used, i.e., 10% of the P applied to field has the possibility of leaching and 6% of this actually reach the aquatic recipients, based on Hauschild and Potting (2005). I.22.9 Cu and Zn fateAs in Annex A, it is considered that the entirety of the Cu and Zn applied will leach through the water compartment. I.22.10 Life cycle data for field application of degassed biomass “ex-storage”Table I.7 presents the life cycle data for the application of degassed biomass “ex-storage” on the field. The results of the reference case (Annex A) are also presented for comparison purposes. However, in order to be comparable, both results must be related to the functional unit, i.e. 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. Table I.7. Life cycle data for application of degassed biomass and field processes. All data per 1000 kg of “degassed biomass ex-outdoor storage”.
Process I.23 to I.25: Fate of the ash from the Samson Bimatech Energy PlantI.23 Outdoor storage of the ashThis process is identical to process D.11 from Annex D, see this. I.24 Transport of ash to fieldThis process is identical to process D.12 from Annex D, see this. I.25 Field processes (ash)This process is identical to process D.13 from Annex D, see this. Process I.26: Avoided production and application of mineral fertilizers and yield changesI.26 Avoided production and application of mineral fertilizersI.26.1 Calculation of the replaced amount of mineral fertiliserThis is calculated using the same method as in Annex F – however, at it involves incineration/ combustion of some of the fibre pellets, the replacement value for this part is accounted as 85% as in Annex D, see section D.8. This is in accordance with a special rule that only applies when slurry is separated and the fibre fraction is combusted. In that case, the fertiliser replacement value should be calculated as 85% of the liquid fraction (Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen (2008), paragraph 21[13]) Table I.8. Replaced amount of mineral N fertiliser in Annex I. All calculations per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal
I.26.2 Yield changesUsing the same methods as in section F.28.3[14], the overall N difference between Scenario A and Scenario I is (in kg mineral N equivalent): 0.2307 kg N per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal for soil JB3; Accordingly, the extra corresponding wheat is: For soil JB3: 0.2307 kg N surplus * 9.0 kg extra wheat/kg N surplus = 2.08 kg extra wheat (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal). For soil JB6: 0.2368 kg N surplus * 8.1 kg extra wheat/kg N surplus = 1.92 kg extra wheat (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal). I.26.3 Avoided P and K mineral fertilisersAs the amount of P and K in the slurry is the same as in Annex A, as there are no loss of P and K in the system, and as it is assumed that all the slurry fractions (the liquid fraction at the farm, the ash from the combusted fibre pellets and the degassed biomass) ends in the same area, the amount of replaced mineral fertilisers are the same as in Annex A, see section A.6. [1] The initial phosphorus content is 1.13 kg P per 1000 kg pig slurry “ex-animal”. From figure I.1it can be seen that the biogas plant receive 12.4 kg fibre pellets plus 110 kg raw pig slurry. The fibre pellets contain 0.055 P (i.e. 12.4 kg * 4.433 kg P /1000 kg, see table D.1 in Annex D) and the raw slurry contains 0.1243 kg P (i.e. 110 kg raw slurry * 1.13 kg P/1000 kg), which means that a total of 0.1793 kg P reach the biogas plant. This corresponds to 15.9% (i.e. 0.1793 kg / 1.13 = 15.9%) [2] According to the footnotes for table C.3 in Annex C, the separation of 1000 kg pig slurry gives 51.98 kg fibre fraction. From Annex D (table D.1) and the text for this, it can be seen that when 1000 kg of pig slurry undergoing mechanical separation and pellet production, 23.199 kg fibre pellets are produced. As described in section E.4, Annex E, 40% of the fibre pellets are used for drying the fibre pellets, i.e. the amount left is 23.199 kg fibre pellets * 60% = 13.919 kg fibre pellets. Accordingly, in order to produce 101.22 kg fibre pellets for the biogas plant, 1000 kg pig slurry * 101.22 kg/13.919 kg = 7272.07 kg raw slurry is needed. [3] 12.388 kg fibre pellets * (1000 kg slurry ex-animal / 13.919 kg fibre pellets) = 890.002 kg pig slurry ex-animal. [4] From pig slurry: 898.78 kg slurry* 69.7 kg DM/ 1000 kg slurry * 0.8 kg VS per kg DM * 319 Nm³ CH4 per ton VS / 0.65 Nm³ CH4 per Nm³ biogas * ton/1000 kg = 24.60 Nm³ biogas. From fibre pellets: 101.22 kg fibre pellets * 889.3 kg DM/1000 kg fibre fraction * 0.8 kg VS per kg DM * 187 Nm³ CH4 per ton VS / 0.65 Nm³ CH4 per Nm³ biogas * ton/1000 kg = 20.72 Nm³ biogas. Total biogas produced per 1000 kg of “biomass mixture”: 45.31 Nm³ biogas (24.60 Nm³ from slurry + 20.72 Nm³ from fibre fraction). [5] This is calculated using the heat value and the total biogas produced: 6.46 kWh/Nm³ biogas (see table F.19) * 45.31 Nm³ biogas/1000 kg “biomass mixture” * 3.6 MJ/kWh = 1053.8 MJ/1000 kg “biomass mixture”. [6] Estimated internal consumption of electricity in kWh per 1000 kg biomass mixture : 45.31 Nm³ biogas/1000 kg biomass mixture x 6.46 kWh/Nm³ biogas x 40 % engine power efficiency x 5 % internal consumption = 5.85 kWh per 1000 kg biomass mixture. [7] It is assumed that the average temperature for the biomass is 8 °C when entering the process and that it is heated to 37°C (the process temperature). Specific heat is calculated based on the content of DM and water (calculated as 1-DM), assuming that the specific heat for DM corresponds to 3.00 kJ/kg°C and to 4.20 kJ/kg°C for water. As the DM for biomass mixture is 152.66 kg/1000 kg biomass mixture (table I.6), it involves that the water content is 1000kg – 152.66 kg = 847.34 kg/1000 kg biomass mixture. The heat consumption for heating the biomass mixture from 8°C to 37°C is thus: For DM: 152.66 kg DM/1000 kg biomass mixture * 3.00 kJ/kg DM*°C * (37-8) °C = 13281.4 kJ/1000 kg biomass mixture; For water : 847.34 kg water/1000 kg biomass mixture * 4.20 kJ/kg DM*°C * (37-8) °C = 103206 kJ/1000 kg biomass mixture; Total: (13281.4 kJ + 103206 kJ) kJ/1000 kg biomass mixture * MJ/1000 kJ = 116.49 MJ/1000 kg biomass mixture. [8] When calculating in accordance with the biogas composition, which is defined as 65% CH4 and 35% CO2 (see table F.19 in Annex F), then the ratio is 1.477 kg CO2 per kg CH4: 0.65 mol CH4-C corresponds to 0.35 mol CO2-C i.e. 1 mol CH4-C gives 0.538 mol CO2-C (= 0.35/0.65) Accordingly: 16.04276 g CH4/mol = 0.538 * 44.0098 g CO2/mol i.e. 1 g CH4 = 1.477 g CO2 1.42/1.477 = 96% [9] 122.386 kg biomass mixture (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) * 45.31 Nm³ / 1000 kg biomass mixture = 5.545 Nm³ biogas per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. [10] Heat produced: 5.545 Nm³ biogas (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) * 23.26 MJ/ Nm³ biogas (heat value of the biogas, see table F.19 in Annex F) * 0.46 (engine efficiency for heat) = 59.329 MJ heat per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. Electricity produced: 5.545 Nm³ biogas (per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal) * 23.26 MJ/ Nm³ biogas (heat value) * 0.40 (engine efficiency for electricity) = 51.59 MJ electricity per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. This corresponds to 51.59 MJ * MJ/3.6 kWh = 14.33 kWh electricity per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. [11] There is 122.386 kg biomass mixture per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal, see section I.15.2. The heat required for the process is 116.49 MJ per 1000 kg mixture (section I.15.3). The heat needed per functional unit corresponds to: 122.386 kg biomass mixture / 1000 kg slurry ex-animal * 116.49 MJ / 1000 kg biomass mixture = 14.257 MJ per 1000 kg slurry ex-animal. [12] According to IPCC (2006), the methane emission can be calculated as: CH4 [kg] = VS [kg] * B0 * 0.67 [kg CH4 per m³ CH4] * MCF B0 = 0.45 m³ CH4 per kg VS for market swine (IPCC, 2006, Table 10A-7). The MCF value used is 10 % (for liquid slurry with natural crust cover, cool climate, in table 10-17 of IPCC (2006)). This is also the MCF recommended under Danish conditions by Nielsen et al. (2009). [13] Gødskningsbekendtgørelsen (2008), paragraph 21: ”Ved beregning af forbruget af kvælstof i husdyrgødning skal følgende andele af det totale indhold af kvælstof i gødningen anvendes: 9) væskefraktion efter forarbejdning hvor fiberfraktionen afbrændes: 85%.” [14] The values needed to apply the methodology presented in Annex F can be found in the sections for N leaching, namely I.7 (referring to H.7.6) and I.22.7.
|